Skip to main content

Full text of "Ars pictoria: or An academy treating of drawing, painting, limning, etching. To which are added XXXI. copper plates, expressing the choicest, nearest, and most exact grounds and rules of symmetry. Collected out of the most eminent Italian, German, and Netherland authors. By Alexander Browne, practitioner in the art of limning"

See other formats


24  BliOWNE  (Alexander),  Ars  Pictoria  : or  an 
Academy  treating  of  Drawing,  Painting,  Limn- 
ing, Etching.  [With  an  Appendix  to  the  Art  of 
Painting  in  Miniature  or  Limning.)  London, 
Printed  for  Arthur  Tooker,  1675.  Folio,  with 
brilliant  impression  of  the  portrait  and  31  plates 
by  A.  de  Jode,  fresh  copy,  original  calf,  £9  9s. 

Alexander  Browne  is  several  times  men- 
tioned in  Pepys'  Diary. 

May  7th,  1655.  “ Yesterday  begun  my 

wife  to  learn  to  limn  by  one  Browne,  which 
Mr.  Hill  helps  her  to,  and,  by  her  beginning 
upon  some  eyes,  I think  she  will  [do]  very 
line  things,  and  I shall  take  great  delight 
in  it.” 


Ars  Pittoria : 


ACADEMY 

TREATING  OF 

DR  A WING,  ; c LIMNING, 
PAINTING,  ) / ETCHING. 

To  which  arc  Added 

XXXI.  Copper  Plates, 

Expreffing  the  Choiceft,  Neareft.and  Moft  Exad  Grounds 

and  Rules  of 

SYMMETRY. 

Collefted  out  of  the  moft  Eminent  Italian,  German , and 

Netberland  Authors. 


By  ALEXANDER  BROWNE , 

Practitioner  in  the  Art  of  Limning. 


The  Second  Edition , Cor  retted  and  Enlarged  b)  the  Author. 


LONDON. ; 

Printed  for  Arthur  Tookf.r,  at  the  Globe  in  the  Strand,  over  againd  Ivie- 
Bndge;  and  William  B alter sby,  ziThavie's  InneGace  in  Holborn, 
near  S.  Andrews  Church.  167  5. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2016 


https://archive.org/details/arspictoriaoracaOObrow 


TO  THE 

Moft  Excellent  and  Illuftridus  Priricefs 


Dutchefs  of  Monmouth  & Bucclugh, 

WIFE 

To  the  Moil  Illuftrious  and  High-born  Prince' 

JAMES 

Duke  of  ^Monmouth , &c. 


Madam,- 

A LI  the  World  knows  that  Nature  in  its  per- 
fection needs  nothing  of  Art,  and  that  great 
Beings  regard  no  more  the  ufe  of  it,  then  found 
Men  do  that  of  Medicine.  Your  Graces  therefore 
goodnefs  in  owning  Petnture,  which  you  once 
honoured  to  learn , with  as  much  charity  as  dying 
Saints  build  Colledges,  is  fo  fignal,  that  it  oblieges 
in  duty  this  imperfect  Treatife  to  beg  your  pinty : 
and  then  I am  lure  twill  deferve  other  perlons  e- 
fteem.  Your  Grace  was  p leafed  from  my  poor  iu- 
ftructions  to  draw  a nobler  honour  to  this  Art-, 
then  Artiffs  thcmfelvcs  ete  could  do.  Not  that  ! . 
prefume  to  claime  any  share  of  this , which  is  folel  y 
due  to  the  Grandeur  of  yo ur  Quality  and  fweet- 
nefs  of  Humour.- 

The 


The  Epiftie  Dedicatory. 

The  Cods  chcmfclves  here  prayers,  and  fmell 
Sacrifices,  and  declare  they  love  thcfe  practifes  for 
no  other  end,  but  to  blefs  and  encourage  us  Men 
in  our  Obedience,  andlnduftry,  As  much  as  can, 
or  may  be  attributed  of  Divinity  to  mortals,  is  cer- 
tainly due  to  your  Grace,  who  are  fo  much  higher 
advanced  in  glory,  by  how  much  the  meaner  and 
undcfervedaTitlelcanmaketomy  felfof  your  in- 
dulgence, to  this  honeft,  though  not  grand  efiay, 
unlels  only  in  this,  that  it  intreats  the  favourable 
Eve  of  fo  Eminent  a Perfonape- 

J O 

However  Madam, fince  my  own  Fortune  is  low 
and  narrow,  1 h ave  endeavoured  to  get  fo  much 
credit  in  th  e W odd,  as  to  make  a confiderable  col- 
legion  both  from  the  living  andthe  dead,andthat 
of  th  e heft  Painters  and  Sculptors  of  th  eir  times. 

Thefe  Madam  will  be  more  beholding  to  you 
for  their  memory,  then  to  their  own  monuments : 
For  paint  and  marble  muff  needs  dyefooner  then 
your  great  Name.  i 

For  th  e it  fakes  unparailel’d  Princefs  own,  and 
conforve  this  fmall Record  oftheir worth : and 
after  that,  (becaufo  your  bounty  is  unlimited) 
pray  pardon  the  rude  hand,  and  bold  addrelsof 

Tjht  Graces  woft  devoted,  and 
humbltft  Servant 


Alexander  Brovvne. 


To  the  READER: 


YOZJ  have  the  Contents  of  this  Treat  ife  fo  pdYticularly 
in  the  Title-Page,  and  every  particular  Difcoiirfe  fo 
di fylayed,  that  l meant  it  no  other  Preface  : but  upon 
fecond  thoughts  I judge  it  needful  to  fay  fomewhat  concerning 
The  Proportions  of  Men.,  Women,  and  Children.  They 
were  intended  onely  and  defigned  to  create  the  Idea  offuch  Pro- 
portions in  the  Fancy  or  Brain,  before  they  are  drawn  in  a true 
Symmetrical  way 

The  Grecians  had  this  Art  in  fo  high  efleem,  that  they  made 
an  Editi,  that  no  Slave  Jhould  be  admitted  to  learn  this  Art  ',and 
good  reafonfecanfe  this  Art  floould  onely  be  permitted  to  thofe  that 
were  of  a Free  Jngenious,  Noble  Mind , and  fuch  as  excelled  others 
in  their  (harp  Ingenuity  * and  this  Noble  Mind  is  foon  efied  in 
him  who  hath  a dt  light  to  fuch  a Liberal  Art. 

The  Ancient  Romans  ordered  their  Children  fo,  that  among 
other  Liberal  Sc.  ences  The  Art  of  Limning  was  enjoyned  to 
them  to  learn.  Which  Commendable  thing  long  before  this  was 
in  pr allice  among  the  Grecians, that  their  Tout  h of  a good  De- 
fcent  added  to  the.  r Liberal  Learnings  ^ Geometrie,  Mufick3 
and  other  Mathematical  Sciences,  The  Art  of  Painting  alfo  ; 
for  this  Art  hath  been  fo  highly  efeemed,  that  amongfl  the  Femi- 
nine Sex  it  was  held  a great  Honour  if  they  had  afelled  and  de- 
lighted themf elves  in  fuch  an  Honourable  Fxercife  ; as  the 
Faithful  Hi flories  bear  witnefs  of  the  mofl  Potent  Roman 
V a r r o*s  Daughter, called  MaRtia^  that  fe  had  good  sbjll 
in  T he  A rt  or  Limning. 

What  I have  here  writ  is  dire&ed  to  the  Ingenious  Lovers 
and  Favourers  of  all  Noble  Sciences,  to  whom  I fland  obliged , 
and  whofe  Pardon  l onely  beg  for  any  thing , wherein  I may  be 
found  unhappily  Ignorant  or  Offenfive  \ and  indeed  I am  extremely 
unwilling , that  any  Perfon  jhould  lofe  his  Time, or  tafy  the  trouble 
of  Caflwg  his  Eye  here,  were  1 not  modeflly  of  the  Opinion,  that 
fomewhat  of  this  Boo\  might  not  be  unworthy  Curious  Mens 
Le&ion.  Farewell  1 am 

j 


Your  Humble  Servant,  A,  B, 


In  LaudemOperofi  Voluminis 

Alexandri  Browne,  Gen 

J g \Andem  Browne  venis.,  expe&atillirnusEIofpes, 
Florilegas  imitatus  Apes.,  qui  ScuJptilis  Art  is 
M Quicquid  ab  externis  populisExfuxeris,  annis 
Pluribus.,  in  proprium  prudens  difponis  Hymitton. 

Et  nunc  in  Patrii  partiris  commoda  Mundi. 

Quanta  Poetarum  praeconia  dona  morantur. 

Quanta  PatronorumTe  ! Qui  velamine  dempto 
ArtibuSj  antiquum  reparata  luce  Timantem 
Afflafti^  & Britonum  radiis  melioribus  orbem. 

Quod  fi  Roma  dabat  pro  digno  munere  ferta 
Civica,  cui  Civem  bello  fervaverat  unum  ; 

Debentur  turn  Browne  tuis  quot  ferta  capillis, 

Qui  tot  femineces  artes  in  Juminis  auras 
DuxiftL,  propriaque  manu  caelata  novafti 
Artificum  fimulacra  Senum.  Jam  Cons  Apelles 
Praxitilefque  cluens?8c  magni  nominis  ZJrbin 3 
Angelo  & infignis,  vifi  rupifte  lepulchris., 

Et  rediviva  fibi  fumpfifle  cadaverarurfus., 

Aufpiciis  mi  Browne  tuis.  Correggio  jam  jam 
Et  Delvincentm,  necnon  Holbenus ,Sc  audax 
Titian 3 5c  nofiri  V andi1\ns  gloria  fecli., 

Dogma  Pythagoricum  de  /ponte  fatentur,  Sc  artes 
Sculpendi  pariter  veterum.,  pariterque  modern^ 

In  chartas  migrafle  tuas  * ubi  machina  mundi 
Et  nitido  Naturaglobo  Ipirare  videtur 
Principiis  animata  novis.  I fortibus  aufis 
Dexter  Alexander , multb  Sc  felicior  illo, 

Qui  face  languentem  ferroque  fubegerat  orbem  ; 

Alitibus  procede  bonis^  Nomenque  per  artes 

Sic  extende  tuas^  ut  te  primasva  falutent 

Teque  hodierna  fuum.venturaque  ftcla.  Magi  strum, 

V.  t1  I S H E B,  dudum  Militum  Servians  Mai  or  t 


INGENIOUS  FR  IEND 

Mod 

EXCELLENT  PIECE, 

HSreyou  may  find  objeBed  to  your  Sye, 

Taint , the  creations,  Man  (gods  Imagry* 

What  fcatter  d ray  s of  Heaven  in  us  remain, 
zA re  here preferv'd , if  not  renew  d again . 

For  who  can  draw  to  life  the  humane face 
Do's  therein  few  the  intelleBual grace. 

Whofe  fair  I dea  though  it's  not  opprejl 
With  names  body > or  Arts  colour  dr ef: 

From  thence  yet  all  thofe  numrous  fhadows  flow » 

Which  men  fo  worfhip  and  admire  below. 

Fancy  th ’ original,  and parent , gives 
This  Art  a birth , which  beyond  nature  lives 3 
And  keeps  the  Father  youthful  as  the fon, 

V V ith  the  fame  colours,  when  complexions  gone* 

Death  cannot  part  them  *,  for  when  ugly  age 
That  Cj  rand  defir oy  crs>  lafl  and  fatal page 
Is  all  decipher'd , He  a column  [lands 
Coeval  to  his  heirs,  and  all  his  lands. 
zA nd  when  his  body  to  the  grave  is  fent 
He  ferves  for  furniture  and  monument. 

3\(ature  is  troublefmnin  its  decayes , 
cA (o  Toet  cares  to  wear  the  wither  d bayes. 

Tis  [indnefs,  and  ’tis  manners  to  remove „ 

When  we  can  neither  be  belov'd  nor  love. 
zIATufi  then  all  die  ? no,  that  the  painters  skill’ 

For  bid's,  afsisted  with  the  W riters  quil. 

This  immortality  dear  Friendyou  caufe, 

V V iihout  ordaining , or  repealing  Laws* 


Your  (Book<advances  further,  and difplayes 
If/ hat  'Plutarcjus  fl  orals,  or  his  lives  have [aid. 
JVeary  Thilojophy  expires  in  ftrife 
JVhiijl  you  expofe plain  truth  unto  the  Life . 
jfatures  excefs , ornarromefsbyyou 
l j-  civdy  reprov  d , and  all  that  s due , 

Of  beaut  i ous  artyand  Symetry  to  mans 
fMufl  own  its  payment  to  your  mind  andhand. 

We  h/iow  no  form  of  Angels  but  from  paint y 
S\for  difference  mal{c  of  devil , or  of  Saint . 

The  famous  TXdichael  Angelo  fo  drew 

Hell  and  the  damned,  and  infuch  a hue-9 

’Tv  as  thought  tb'  Archangel fome  old  grudge  might  bear , 

/hid  bid  his  namc-fakg  to  renew  the  war. 

T is  then  hop'd  by  the  painter  at  the  leajly 
He  may  a fi ft  ant  be  unto  the  Trie  ft. 

Since  Virtu  s lovely  drawn,  and  vice  foe  ill 
Sinners  by  him  converted  are ' 'gainfl  will . 

Emblems  of  honour,  piety , and  love. 

Arts gre ate fl  teachers , by  him  only  move . 


\ J.  H. 


E R R.  A T A, 

la  Pag  the  4 Line.  zy.  for  it.  Read  us;  for  whofoevcver  Read  whatfoever.  In  Pag 
17.  line  15. /or  in,  rcadand.  Inpag7^.  line  14.  for  Sonne,  read  fum.  Inpag74.1ine 
4.  for  near',  read  were.  In  pag  87.  hne  10.  for  keeping  colour,  read  keeping  the 
colour.  In  pag  88.  line  21.  for  lilvea,  read  filver.  In  pag  90.  line  3.  for  ufe  with, 
readufeiewith.  In  pag  91.  line  7.  for  white  Serus,  read  white  or  Serus. 


OF  THE 

-A  

Vertue  and  Praife 

O F 

p p^op  o pjrro^,  or,  symetpjy, 

SUCH  is  the  Importances  and  Vertuo  of  Pro* 
portion , that  nothing  can  any  way  fatisfie  the  Eye 
without  the  help  thereof:  So  that  whatfoevcr 
workethany  Pleafuro  or  Delight"  in  us,  doth  there- 
fore content  us  5 becaufethe  Graces  of  Proportion  con- 
fiding in  the  meafure  of  the  Tarts , appeareth  therein  3 
Wherefore  all  the  Inventions  of  Men  carry  with  them 
fo  much  the  more  Graces  andBeauties,  by  how  much 
the  more  Ingenioufly  they  are  proportioned,  whence 
Vitruvius  faith.  That  tphofoeyer  toill proceed  in  his  W ork^s  ivith 
ff udoment , mujl  needs  be  acquainted  ivith  the  U\fature  and  Force 
of  Proportion;  which  being  well  and  kindly  under- 
flood,  will  make  him  not  only  an  excellent  ]udge  of 
ancient  and  late  Workmen,  but  alfo  an  Inventor  and 
Performer  of  Rare  and  Excellent  Matters himfelf 
Now  the  Effects  proceeding  from  Proportion  are  tin- 
fpeakable,  the  Principal  whereof,  is  that  Majeflio 
andBeautio  which  is  found  in  Todies,  called  by  Vi - 
trnVtus , Eurithmi  a,  And  hence  it  is , that  wThcn 
we  beholda  well-proportioned  thing,  we  call  it  Peau* 
tiful , as  if  we  should  fay.  Indued  with  that  exaefl  and 
comely  Grace,  whereby  all  the  Perfection  of  fweet 
belonging  to  the  Sight,  are  communicated  to 
the  Eye,  andfoconveyedto  theUnderftanding. 

But  if  we  shall  enter  into  a farther  Confideration  of 
this  "Beauty,  it  will  appear  moft  evidently  in  things  ap«* 
pertaining  to  Civil  Difcipline  • for  it  is  ftrange  to  con- 
duct what  effects  of  Piety,  Reverenco  and  Religion* 

A are 


2 Of  Proportion 

are  ftirrcd  up  in  mens  Minds,  by  means  of  thisfuitable 
comelinefs  of  ape  proportion.  A pregnant  example 
whereof  we  have  in  the  Jupiter  carved  by  Thidias  at  Slis, 
which  wrought  an  extraordinary  leni'c  of  Religion 
in  the  People,  whereupon  the  antient  and  renowned 
Zeuxis  well  knowing  the;  excellency  and  dignity 
thereof,  perfwaded  (f  reece_j  in  her  moll  flourishing 
Eftate,  that  the  Pidures  wherein  this  Majefty  appear- 
ed were  dedicated  to  great  Princes,  and  conlecrated 
to  the  Temples  of  the  Immortal  gods,  fo  that  they 
held  thetn_.  in  exceeding  great  eftimation_j ; partly 
becaufe  they  were  the  W orks  ofthofe  famous  Mailers, 
who  were  reputed  as  gods  amongft  men;  and  partly 
becaufe  they  not  only  reprelentedthe  Works  of  God, 
butalfo fupplyed the  defeds of  Nature;  ever  making 
choice  ofthe  Flower  and  Quinteflence  of  Eye-pleaf- 
ing  delights; 

Neitheryetisthis  Proportion  proper  unto  painting 
alone,  butextendeth  itfelf  even  unto  all  other  Arts; 
infomuchasis  drawn  from  mansBody,  whichasthe 
Painterchiefly  propofeth to himfelf,  (as Vitruvius  not- 
ethjlo  doth  the  Architedmuch  imitato  it,  in  the 
convenience  of  his  buildings,  and  without  which, 
neither  the  Carver,  nor  any  Handicrafts  man  can  per- 
forme  any  laudablo  Work;  becaule  it  was  the  firft 
patterns  of  all  Artificial  things : So  that  there  is  no 
Art,  but  is  fomeway  beholding  to  Proportion:  yet 
notwithftanding  the  Painter  as  (Loo  ‘Baptijla  Albertus 
affirmeth ) infomuch  as  he  confidereth  mans  Body 
more  elpecially , is  juftly  preferred  before  all  other 
Artizans,  which  imitate  the  fame,  becaufe  antiquity 
meaning  to  grace  Painting  above  all  the  reft.  Handi- 
crafts men  exempting  onely  Painters  out  of  that  num- 
ber. 


Of 


or  Symccrv.  3 

* <f. 

Of  the  Jfieceflity  and  Definition  of ‘Proportion. 

TT  was  not  wit  hour' juft  Caufe,  that  the  antient 
(frteciam  (at  which  tinier  the  Ar v of  Painting  had 
fully  attained  to  his  Perfection,  by  the  Induftry  of 
Dimantes , Eufenidas 5 <iA ri [tides , Eupompus , Sicyonias  and 
‘Pamphilw y the  Famous  Macedonian  Painter,  and  Ma- 
tter of  Apelles 5 whoalfowas  thefirft  learned  Painter 
directing  his  Workes  by  the  Rules  of  Art,  above  any 
of  hisPredeceiTors,  and  well  coniidering  that  w hat- 
foe  ver  was  made  without  meafurc;  and  proportion^ 
could  never  carry  with  it  any  fuch  congmity  as 
might  reprefent  either  Beauty  or  Grace  to  the  ju- 
dicious beholder)  were  wont  to  fry,  that  it  was 
impofliblo  to  make  any  tolerable,  much  lefs  any 
Commendable  PiCture,  without"  the  help  of  (fieo- 
metry  and  ^Arithmetics  wherefore  they  required  the 
Knowledge  thereof,  as  a_>  thing  moft  neceflary; 
which  faying  was  alfo  approved  by  Philip  PAPacedo. 
And  furely  it  is  impoflible  (toomitt  the  mecre  Ar- 
tizans)  that  he  who  is  ignorant^  of  thefe  two  Sci- 
ences, should  underftand  the  exaCt  meafure  and 
proprotion  of  any  probable  or  true  Body,  the  ne- 
ceffity  of  which  proportions  shall  be  shewed  here- 
after. 

It  is  apparent  then_j  that  a Picture  lacking  this, 
is  like  a piece  of  Marble  grofly  wrought,  without 
Rule  or  Meafure,  or  two  Columns  : which  al- 
though they  be  to  (lender,  ortogrofte,  to  short  or 
to  long,  yet  are  called  Columns;  as  Dwarfesand 
deformed  Creatures  are  named  Men.  Now  this 
Book  shall  contain  the  general  proportions  of  the 
principal  things  alone,  from  whence  the  reft  are 
derived,  of  which  before  I begin  tofpeak.  / hold 

A 2-  v it 


4 Of  Proportion 

it  convenient  to  confeder  the  definition  of  proportion,  and  the  patts 
thereof 

. Proportion  is  a correfpondency  and  agreement 
of  the  Meafureof  the  parts  between  themfelvesand 
with  the  whole,  in  every  Work,  this  correfpon- 
dency is  by  VitruYius  called  Commodulation,  be- 
caufe  aModell  is  a Meafure  which  being  taken  at 
the  firft  meafureth  both  the  parts  and  the  whole. 
And  this  is  that  ( to  omitt  the  leveral  kindes  there- 
of, which  shall  be  diftinguished  in  their  due  place, ) 
which  for  fo  long  (pace  having  been  loft,  was  the 
caufe  why  the  exad  and  true  proportion  of  Mans 
Body  was  not  underftood,  by  Qccafion-j  whereof 
there  never  came  any  Excellent  Peeces  abroad,  al- 
though the  matter  were  never  fo  coftly  : Andcon- 
fequcntly  that  the  Painters  being  ignorant  of  that 
they  had  in  hand,  inftead  of  proportionable  men 
made  lame  Pictures  as  the  Architedure,  Temples, 
Images,  and  Pictures  made  throughout^  the  whole 
World  (but  cfpecially  in  Italy ) about  the  timo  of 
Confiantin^j  the  Great , untill  firiotto  in  Tufcany , as 
oAndrino  di  £ defeat  Taucfe^j  in  Lombardy  canfufficiently 
witnefs,  and  this  fin  a_>  word)  is  that,  the  know- 
ledge whereof  fb  fatisfieth  the  judgment,  that  ii_j 
maketh  it  not  onelyableto  mako  whofoeven,  we 
lift,  but  alio  teacheth  us  to  judge  of  Images,  and 
Pidures,  as  wellantient  asnew,  and  without^  this 
a_>  Painter  ( befides  that  he  is  not  worthy  the  namo 
of  a_?  Painter  ) is  like  one  which  perfwadeth  himfelf 
he  fwimmeth  above  Water,  wdien^  indeed  he  fink- 
eth,  to  conclude  then  it  is  impoffible  to  make  any 
decent^  or  well  proportioned  thing,  without-*  this 
Sy  metrical  m ea  1 ure  of  the  parts  orderly  united. 

Wherefore  my  greateft  endeavour  shall  be,  to 
lay  open^  the  worthinefs  of  this  part  of  painting 

unto 


or  Symetiy.  $ 

Unto  all  fuch  as  are  naturally  inclined  thereunto,  by 
reafon  of  a good  temperature  joyned  with  an  apt 
Difpofition  of  the  parts  thereof,  for  fuch  men  will 
be  much  affeefed  therewith , to  the  end  they  may  the 
better  perceive  the  force  of  S\ (attire:  who  by  indu- 
ftry  and  help  of  agood  conceipt,  will  eafily  attain 
to  fo  deep  a reach,  that  they  will  be  able  upon  the 
fudden  to  difcern_j  any  Difproportion , as  a thing 
repugnant'’  to  their  Stature:  unto  which  perfection 
on_;  the  contrary  Side  they  can  never  attain,  whole 
Judgements  are  corrupted  through  the  Diffemperature 
of  their^  Organical  parts  , I fpeak  of  luch  who  not 
knowing  the  virtue  of  proportion  , affeCf  nothing 
elfe,  but  the  vain  furface  of garijh  colours , wrought  after 
their  own  humour,  who  prove  only  Daivbers  of  Ima- 
ges and  Walls  throughout  the  whole  World;  moving 
the  beholders  partly  to  fmile  at  their  follies,  and 
partly  to  greive  that  the  Artshould  be  thus  difgraced 
by  fuch  ablurde  Idiot's:  who  as  they  have  no  judge- 
mentherein;  fo  do  they  run-*  into  divers  other  molf 
shamefull  errors,  into  which  I never  heard  that  any, 
ever  fell,  who  were  acquainted  with  the  ! 'Beauty  of 
proportion,  but  have  rather  prooved  meru  of  rare 
Spirits  and  found  Judgements,  as  may  be  gathered 
by  the  great  requeft  it  was  in , untill  the  times  of 
thofe  Princes , as  well  antient  as  late  : Hut  before  I 
proceed  any  farther , l think ^ it  neceffary  to  treat  fome thing  of 
Head  in  particular , Firjl , 

r > t 

. * Of  the  Head  in  Trophile  or  fide -way  esa 

. • ? > - s 

'"THe  manner  to  make  this  Head  by  juft  and  fafe  rules 
*■  is  thus,  Firft  forme  a perfect  equall  Triangle 
in  what  pofition  you  will,  turning  the  Triangle  to 
make  the  Face  upon_>  one  of  the  three  fides , be  it 

B whieM 


6 Of  Proportion 

According  which  it  will , either  upwards  or  down- 
hl  wards,  higer  or  Aower;  dividing  that  fide 
into  three  equall  parts,  the  one  to  ferve  from  the 
lower  part  of  the  aaire,  to  the  lowen,  part  of  tho 
Forehead  • the  Second  thenco  to  the  under  pare  of  the 
j\(oflrils . the  Third  to  the  lower  part  of  the  Qhinn: 
now  having  framed  thefe  three  lines,  drawalittlo 
crooked  ftroak  with  a C°^e  or  0ja^  out  °f  the  right 
Line  , that  may  reach  from-/  the  top  of  the  Forehead 
unto  the  Eyebtoiv,  from  whence  draw  away  the  Hope 
Line,  bending  at  the  end.  Toperforme  the  S\ofey 
either  long,  short,  grofs  or  thin,  as  you  Vvould 
have  it,  ending  that  at  the  fecond  diftance,  where 
the  J^oflrils  end,  then  fubdivide  the  remaining  third 
part  in  the  midft,  where  xhc<EA4outh  shall  be  placed 
for  the  parting  of  the  upper  and  under  Lipps , then-/ 
frame  the  Chinn,  having  a refpeeft  to  the  perpendi- 
cular Line,  that  it  fall  notoutof  the  middlej  of  the 
(jointly  adjoyning  thereto  the  under  Chinn  down-;  to 
the  Throat-pit.  So  with  the  other  two  dividing  lines, 
the  one  from-;  the  Top  of  the  Forehead  downwards 
(and  ends  in  the  midft  of  the  back  part  of  the  Ear-,) 
the  other  proceedeth  upwards  from  the  Chinn,  afeen- 
ing  till  that  meet  with  the  Superioun,  defeending 
Line,  whofe  Interfe<ftioro  dire&eth  the  Earc,  that 
the  circumference  thereof  ftretch  not  too  far:  Thus 
with  your  judgement  take  the  upper  part  of  the  Fore- 
head, and  come  to  deferibo  a great  circular  Lino 
about,  toForm  with  that  the  roundnefsof  thcHead, 
unto  the  Nape  of  the  S\(ec^  keeping  the  propor- 
tion^ that  0\(ature_j  teacheth;  and  from  thenco 
downwards  frame  the  reft  of  theJA (eck^  remembring 
that  the  Tip  of  the  Eare  doth  not  exceed  the  lower 
part  of  the  3\ (o/Iril0  So  yon  may  hav o the  Head  in  tohat 


or  Symctry.  7 

T option  you  trill,  fo  this  abandon  not  the  wo  other  Lines,  each 
concurring  in  their  due  points. 

Of  the  Foreright  Lace. 

BEing  then  defireous  to  draw  the  Foreright  Face  • 
it  will  beneceflary  to  Forme  a perfect  Ot>all,  which 
being  made,  divide  it  in  the  midd,  with  aline  the 
longed  way  ( that  is  to  fay  ) a perpendicular  line , 
divide  this  line  into  three  equall  parts,  allowing 
fourth  of  one  of  the  three  parts  for  the  Hair  in  the 
Forehead,  the  Fird  for  the  Forehead,  the  Second  for  the 
3\ (ofe , the  Third  forthe  Qmh  In  the  midd  thereof 
mud  the  < 'JMoutb  be  formed,  alwayes  remembring 
that  the  Eyes  mud  be  in  one  line,  thecrofs  line  of  the 
3\fofe  and  zIAFouth  mud  alwayes  be  correfpondent*" 
to  thecrofs  line  where  the  Byes  are  placed;  and  the 
Byes  mud  be  the  length  of  on cSye  didanr  from  tho 
other  5 and  that  their  inward  Corners  be  perpendicu- 
larly over  the  out-fide  of  theN ojlrils  punctually,  but 
to  mako  the  Bares  in  a_>Forerighr  Face  proportio- 
nable, they  mud  be  much  Foreshortned  by  Fore- 
shortning,  I mean  whefi^the  Bye  doth  nor  fee  the 
full  Latitude  of  it*  the  proportion  of  the  length  of 
the  Eare , to  be  from  the  Syebrows  to  the  bottom  o of 
the  N ojlrils,  and  then  joyn  the  Nec\ with  the  Hair  iiL ^ 
fueh  fort  as  may  feem  mod  pleafant  unto  the  Bye. 


0 f the  Head  in  F orefhortning a 

TTltherto  X have  treated  of  the  Head,  both  Foreright' 
and  in  other  Pofitions,  but  that  you  might 
know  all  that  is  needful!  for  the  perfect  underdand- 
ing  of  this  profefliori,  it  is  necelfary  that  I fpeci- 
fie  the  manner  how  to  draw  thcFace  by  an  eafy,  ab* 

B 


% 


8 Of  Proportion 

folute  and  fair  way;  Treating  thus  I propound  to 
you  Methodical  means  therein,  becaufe  my  intent 
is  to  Facilitate  the  matter  in  that  manner,  but  with- 
out writing  thereupon  it  may  be  intelligible;,  foe, 
a draught  well  made  hath  that  power,  that  it  makes 
it  lelfunderftood  without"  any  difeourfeof  the  Au- 
thor thereon,  but  I alwayes  obferve  both  the  one; 
and  the  other  alfo;  I fay  that  the  forefhortning  which 
is  mado  onely  withFrettr,  (grates , Squares , or  with 
(geometrical  Inftruments,  breed  onely  a confufion  of 
lines,  which  is  not  thebeft  principal  of  expert"  In- 
genuity, the  reafon  whereof  is,  that  it  can  hardly 
be  mealured  by  any  Rule,  unlefs  the  whole  Body  be 
framed  together.  Therefore  I trill  (here  an  eafy  ‘Rule , very 
like  to  that  of  the  foreright  Face,',  that  is , to  makg_j  a Circular 
draught  with  the  ajjteB  upwards , or  downwards,  as  in  the  foreright 
Head,  where  the  Traverfe  lines  are_> jlraight , hut  the fe  go  Cir- 
cularly, for  if  the  Heads  flye  upwards  the  Traced  flrokesand  the 
Divifions  mu(l  be  raifed,  with  caution  that  the_>  Eares  and  Eyes 
fallnotout  of  their  due  points,  as  isfignified  in  the  fir [l  ‘Plate. 

% r C t j/ 

* V 

Of  the  fide  face  without  any  Meafure. 


T)Eing  defireous  to  make  the  fide  face  without  any 
-*-*  Triangle  or  Meafure,  which  witha  little;  care 
and  pra&ice,  obfervingthe  diftances  andMeafurcs 
which  will  ferve  for  Dire6tion,  becaufe  the  Head 
and  other  parts  of  the  Body  oughts  to  be  proportio- 
nal, and  made  from^  Meafures  , it  will  eafily  fol- 
low, Framing  on.  Traceing  many,  you  may  not" 
only  Facilitate  it  by  the  Eye  and  Judgements,  but 
alfo  accommodate  the  Hand,  to  Trace  and  draw,  all 
things  right,  for  it  is  true  that  the  Syew  ill  have  its 
place.  I having  drawn  certain-*  ftroaks  or  draughts 

from 


or  Symetry.  g 

from  the  life  ot  nature,  and  reduced  it  with  the  Pencil 
into  Colours*  have  found  it  como  off  punctually 
right,  of  a correlpondent^  bignefs  to  that,  which 
I have  imitated,  and  have  not  found  any  thing  dif- 
proportioned,  but  have  alwayes  found  it  fall  out 
right  as  I would  havoR,  therefore  I fay  that  this 
Rule,  and  M eafure  which  I have  fet  down,  in  the 
Torphile  or  other  opofitionsofthe  Head, is  not  any  hin- 
drance to  the  excellency  of  the  Art,  nor  will  weak- 
en your  worth*  but  will  ferve  foL  a general  Rule 
being  once  polfeft  therewith;  and  alfo  become  pre- 
valent when  occafion_j  shall  require,  to  make  a Head 
Ten  times  as  big  as  the  Life  ; for  that  with  this 
Meafure  , you  shall  readily  Frame  it  right  by  any 
great  Head  *,  and  thaL^  becaufe^  the  underftandmg 
therein  is  equally  extended*  but  the  more  the  capa- 
city is  wanting,  the  more  my  Labour  will  farther-# 
when_j  need  requireth.  <Theje  then  1 give  as  Trincipal  for 
the  firU  flroakes , as  in  the  next  figure  may  he  perceived,  which  is 
fronts  the  Forehead,  as  I have  already  faidy  for  the  beginning 
of  the  Nofe  •,  that  is  fronts  the  lower  part  of  the  Hair,  to  thehoL 
lovmef  of  the  Nofe  and  the  Noftrils,  and  fronts  thence  to  the 
Chinn, 

i 

Several  Observations,  in  drawing  Os  Head  after  the  Life, 

ANd  becaufe  the  greateft  difficulty,  and  principal 
parts  of  this  Art  confift  infome  partin  drawing 
tfie  lively  Refemblance  of  a Face,  therefore  I thought 
it  very  neceffary  to  add  this  as  further  Diredtioru 
to  draw  any  F ace  after  the  life.  T herefore  if  you  will 
draw  any  Vace  after  the  life,  that  it  may  referable  the 
party  you  draw  it  after*,  take  notice  in  the  Firft  place 
of  the  Thyfognomy  or  circumference  of  thc'Face,  whi- 
ther it  be  round  or  long,  FatorLean*  Big  or  Little* 

G fo‘ 


io  Of  Proportion 

fo  that  in  theFirft  place  you  muft  be  fure  to  take  the 
right  Thyfioonomy  and  bignefs  of  th eFace,  and  in  cafe 
it  be  a Far1  Face,  you  will  perceive  the  Cheeks  to  make 
the  fide  of  the  F ace  to  fwell  out,  and  fo  make  the  F ace 
look  as  if  it  were  fquare  : And  if  it-'  be  neither  too 
fat  nor  too  lean,  it  will  be  round  for  the  moil  parr; 
but  if  it  be  a learr  Face  the  fave-Eones  will  flick  out, 
and  the  Cheeks  fall  in,  and  theFace_a  will  be  long  and 
(lender,,,  obierve  when_>you  draw  the  outmoft  cir- 
cumference-'of  a Face,  to  take  the  Head  and  all  with 
it,  or  otherwife  you  may  be  deceived  irr  drawing 
the  true  bignefs  of  a_,F ace,  then  you  muft  diligent- 
ly and  judicioufly  obferveand  difcernall  the  Gentle 
EA/faftcr  ‘Touches , which  gives  the  Spirit  and  Life  to 
a Face,  and  difeovers  the  Grace  or  Difpolition  of 
the  e5\dind,  wherein  lieth  the  whole  Graces  of  the 
Work,  andthe  Credit  of  the  zTrtifl,  voumayeafi- 
ly  difcern_>  a finding  Countenance  in  the  Corners 
of  th  cuSXfouth,  when  they  turn  up  a little;  you  may 
beft  difeern  a ftaied  and  fober  Countenance-fin  the 
Eyes , when  the  upper  Eyelids  comes  fomew  hat  over  the 
Balls  of  the  Byes,  butafrowning  Countenance  is  eafi- 
lydifcerned  in  theF orehead  by  thebendingof  th e Eye- 
brones,  and  fome  few  wrinkles  abouir  the  top  of  the 
3\fo[e  between  the  two  Syebrotees , and  a_>  laughing 
Countenances  is  eafily  difeerned  all  over  the  F ace, 
but  an  angry  Countenance  is  difeerned  by  extraor- 
dinary frowning;  there  are  alfo  forne  touches  about 
the  Eyes  and  Mouth  which  you  muft  diligently  obierve, 
which  gives  the  Spirits  and  LifetoaF ace. 

The  Troportion  of  a Man  of  Ten  faces. 

II  ftandeth  with  good  reafon , that  ( following  the 
Method  of  the  Antients  Gramm ) I should  make 

this 


or  Symetry.  i £ 

this  Body,  whole  Proportion  I intend  to  handle  particularly, 
anfwerableto  the  Symetry  of  all  other  Artificial  Bodies, 
which  may  be  made  far  more  beautiful  then  Nature  affordeth 
any.  W herein,  notwithftanding  the  whole  Art  of  Symetry 
may  be  comprehended  more  or  lefs ; and  this  point  I mean  to 
handle  in  this  Chapter  and  the  next,  wherefore  I have  prefix- 
ed this  before  the  reft,  becaufe  it  is  as  it  were  the  Foundation 
of  all. 

This  Figure  then  is  firft  divided  into  Ten  equal  parts 
or  Faces,  1 mean  from  the  Top  of  the  Head  to  the  Sole 
of  the  Foot . The  firft  diftance  beginneth  at  the  top  of  the 
Heady  and  reacheth  to  the  root  of  the  Noflrilsyhe  fecond  from 
thence  to  the  Throat-fit,  the  third  thence  to  the  Parting  of  the 
Breafls,  the  fourth  thence  to  the  Navel , the  fifth  thence  to  the 
PrivitieSy  which  is  juft  the  middle  of  the  Length  of  the  Bo- 
dy: From  thence  to  the  Sole  of  the  Foot  are  five  parts  more, 
whereof  two  are  between  the  Privities  and  the  Mid-tyiees,  and 
three  more  to  the  Sole  of  the  Foot.  Thus  according  to  this 
divifion  all  the  Parts  are  Equal. 

But  before  I proceed  any  further,  ’tis  neceftary  to  begin  to 
treat  in  part  of  the  Parts  or  Divifionsof  the  Head  firft. 

Now  the  firft  part,  which  I intend  for  the  Face,  is  to  be 
divided  into  three  Equal  parts,  the  firft  beginning  at  the  up- 
per part  of  the  Forehe.idy  and  ending  upon  the  upper  Crols 
Line  of  the  Eye-brows  ; the  fecond  diftance  reacheth  from 
thence  to  the  bottom  of  the  Nofe  ; the  third  reacheth  to  the 
bottom  of  the  Chin,  the  firft  and  uppermoft  Divifion.  The 
Forehead  muftbe  traced  or  dawn,  the  fecond  you  form  the 
Nofe  and  Eye , the  third  the  Mouth  and  Chin.  The  diftance 
of  one  Face  below  the  Chin  you  place  the  Throat-pity  but 
note  that  in  a fore-right  Face  you  place  your  Eyes  the  length 
of  one  Eye  diftance  from  the  other,  and  the  length  of  one  Eye 
the  bottom  ofthe  Nofe  is  to  be.  The  Ears  muft  be  much 
forefhortened, becaufe  the  Face  being  fore-right, the  full  Lati- 
tude of  the  Ears  is  not  expofed  to  the  fight,  as  you  may  fee 

C 2 tn 


j 2 Of  Proportion 

in  the  firft  Print  at  A.  Obferve  that  the  three  parts  are 
onely  for  the  Face ; and  then  there  muft  be  an  allowance  for 
the  Hair  above  the  Forehead;  the  common  allowance  is  Half 
of  one  of  the  three  parts,  or  according  to  the  Hair  you  intend 
to  draw,  more  or  lefs. 

The  Breadth  of  this  Body  confifteth  likewife  of  Ten  Fa- 
ces, namely,  between  the  Extremities  of  both  the  Middle 
Fingers , when  the  Arms  arefpread  abroad , and  is  thus  divi- 
ded ; The  Hand  from  the  end  of  the  Middle  Finger  to  the 
Wrifl  is  the  length  of  a Face,  and  from  the  Wrifl  to  the  Elbow 
one  and  an  half,  two  Faces  more  from  the  Elbow  to  the  Cla- 
vicula, or  Joyntof  the  Shoulders , and  one  to  the  Throat-pit. 
The  Hands  are  of  the  fame  proportion  with  that  between  the 
Shoulder  Joynt  and  the  T hroat-pit.  The  Nipples  muft  be  pla- 
ced at  the  diftance  of  a Face  and  a half  from  each  other,  fo 
that  it  agrees  with  that  between  the  Wrifl  and  the  El- 
bow. 

The  Compafs  of  the  Head  from  the  Eye  brows  to  the 
Ncc^  behind,  is  double  to  the  length  of  the  whole  Head.  The 
Circumference  of  the  Waft  is  the  diftance  of  three  Faces  to  the 
Diameter  thereof,  and  is  all  one  with  the  Trunk  of  the  Body. 
The  Circumference  of  the  Body  under  the  Arm-pits,  and  the 
ipace  between  them  and  the  Wrifl , anfwer  in  a double  pro- 
portion, and  is  agreeable  to  any  Half  of  the  Body. 

The  Meafures  which  are  Equal  between  themfelves  are 
thefe;  Firft,  the  fpace  between  the  Chin  and  the  Throat-pit  is 
asmuch  as  the  Diameter  of  the  Nec\.  The  Circumference 
of  the  Nec\  is  as  much  as  from  the  ThroaUpit  to  the  Navel. 
The  Diameter  of  the  Wafl  anlwers  to  the  diftance  between 
the  Knob  of  the  T hroat  and  the  Top  of  the  Head  • and  this  is 
the  length  of  the  Foot.  The  fpace  between  the  Eyelids  and 
the  Noflrils  is  all  one  with  that  betwixt  the  Chin  and  the 
T hroat-bone.  Again,  from  the  Nofe  to  the  Chin,  is  as  much 

as  from  the  Throat-bone  to  the  Throat-pit.  Moreover  the 
fpace  from  the  Hollow  of  the  Eye-brow ? and  from  the' Eye- 
brow 


or  Symetry.  i - 

brow  to  the  Centre  of  the  Eye, is  the  fame  with  the  Prominen  - 
cy of  the  Noftrils , and  fo  much  it  is  between  the  Noflrils  and 
the  end  of  the  Upper  Lip . So  that  thefe  three  Spaces  are 
Equal,  befides  the  diftance  between  the  Top  of  the  Nail  of 
the  Fore-finger,  and  the  laft  Joynt  thereof  and  from  thence  to 
the  Wrifl  are  Equal.  Again,  the  Space  between  the  Nail 
o f the  Middle-finger  and  the  laft  Joynt,  and  from  thence  to 
the  Wrifl ,is  all  one*  The  greater  joynt  of  the  Fore  finger  is 
the  Height  of  the  Forehead,  and  the  Space  between  that  joynt 
and  the  Top  of  the  Nail  is  Equal  to  theNofe,  beginning  at  the 
Bottom  of  the  moft  eminent  Arch  above  the  Eyes, where  the 
Forehead  and  the  Nofe  are  divided.The  two  firft  joynts  of  the 
middle  finger  are  equal  to  the  Space  between  the  Nofe  and  the 
Chin . The  firft  joynt  whereon  the  Nail  grows  is  the  diftance 
between  the  Nofe  and  the  Mouth . So  that  the  fecond  joynt 
anfwers  to  the  firft, as  alfb  does  the  Space  between  the  Mouth 
and  the  Chin . The  bigger  joynt  of  the  Thumb  gives  the 
Length  of  the  Mouth,  the  Space  between  the  Top  of  the  Chin 
and  the  Dint  under  the  Lower  Lip  anfwers  the  lefier  joynt  of 
the  Thumb, and  is  as  much  as  from  the  Nofe  to  the  fame  Dint. 
The  laft  joynt  of  each  Finger  is  double  the  Length  of  the 
Nail . From  the  middeft  between  the  Eye-brows  to  the  out- 
ward Corner  of  the  Eye,  is  as  much  as  from  thence  to  the  tar . 
The  Height  of  the  Forehead,  the  Length  of  the  Nofe,  and  the 
Diftance  from  the  Nofe  to  the  Chin,  are  Equal.  The  Breadth 
of  the  Eland  and  Foot  are  all  one.  The  Length  of  the  Foot 
meafured  round  about  to  the  Height  of  the  Inflep  is  the  fame. 
Twice  the  Breadth  of  the  Hand  gives  its  juft  Length.  T he 
Arches  of  the  eye-brows  are  Equal  to  the  Arch  of  the  Upper 
Lip , at  the  Divifion  of  the  Mouth.  The  Breadth  of  the  nofe 
is  the  Length  of  the  Eye , and  are  either  of  them  half  the 
Length  of  the  nofe.  T he  navel  is  the  Middeft  betwdxt  the 
nofe  and  the  Knee . From  the  Top  of  the  Shoulder  to  the  el- 

bow mu  ft  be  the  Diftance  of  two  Faces,  and  from  them  to  the 
Wrifl  one  and  an  half.  The  Breadth  of  the  Body  at  the  broad- 

D eft 


x _j_  Of  Proportion 

eft  part  of  the  Shoulders  is  to  be  two  Faces  and  an  half,  agree- 
able to  that  diftance  from  the  Elbow  to  the  end  of  the  Middle 
finger.  The  Breadth  of  the  Body  at  the  Privities  is  two  Fa- 
ces. Th eThighs  at  the  thickeft  part  near  the  Privities  are 

the  diftance  of  two  Faces  broad.  The  thickeft  part  of  the 
Leg  hath  the  lame  Proportion  as  from  the  Top  of  the  Fore- 
head to  the  End  of  the  Nofie.  The  Breadth  of  the  Bacfi  at 
the  Arm -pits  is  the  Proportion  of  two  Facts,  and  (o  are  the 
Hips  at  the  Buttocks.  From  the  Outmoft  end  of  the  Middle 
finger  to  the  end  of  the  laft  Joynt  next  to  the  Hand , bears  the 
lame  Proportion  as  from  thence  to  the  joynt  of  the  Wrift . 

The  Proportion  of  a Man  Eight  times  the  length  of  his  Head . 

Firft  ftrike  a (freight  Perpendicular  Line  of  the  Length  you 
defign  the  Figure,  then  divide  it  into  Eight  Equal  Parts; the 
Uppermoft  Part  is  intended  for  the  Heady  in  which  you  mud 
be  very  Exadf,  becaufe  the  whole  Body  muft  be  proportioned 
Correfpondent  to  it.  Therefore  *tis  neceflary  that  I give 
you  in  ftiort  a Rule  to  draw  a Fore-right  Face  : Firft  form 
an  Oval, then  divide  that  Oval  into  four  Equal  parts, the  firft 
for  the  Hair0  the  (econd  for  the  Forehead \ the  third  for  the 
Length  of  the  Nofe,  the  fourth  from  the  Lower  part  of  the 
Nofe  to  the  Bottom  of  the  Chin.  But  when  you  Draw  after 
the  Life,  you  are  not  to  follow  this  Rule  exa&Iy,  becaufe 
Dame  Nature  is  extremely  Various  in  her  Reprefentations. 
The  Eye  muft  be  placed  the  length  of  one  Eye  diftant  from  the 
other.  Having  drawn  the  Head,  there  remains  Seven  Parts 
more  (rom  the  Bottom  of  the  Chin  to  the  Sole  of  the  Foot . 
The  Length  of  the  Head  from  the  Chin  you  draw  the  Breaftr. 
The  third  Divifion  reaches  to  the  (mailed  part  of  the  FFafie, 
the  fourth  to  the  Privities , the  fifth  to  the  Middle  part  of  the 
Thigh , the  fixth  to  the  Middle  of  the  Knee , the  (eventh  to  the 
Small  ot  the  Legy and  the  eighth  to  the  Heel  & Sole  of  theFoot. 

And  thus  if  we  fhould  proceed , we  might  find  in  the  Head 
all  the  other  Proportions  of  the  Smallefl  Parts , together  with 
their  Concords  mojl  exafflyy  which  for  brevity*  sfaty?  Iomityhafie - 

ing 


or  Symetry.  15 

trig  to  the  Measures  of  all  the  ’Tarts , which  are  truly  Symmetric 
cal,  and  correfpondent  to  the  Tarts  of  the  VV orlda 


TheTroportion  of  a Mans  Tody  of  Ten  faces . 


THe  proportion-* of  alongand  (lender  Body  mud 
be  patterned  after  the  Body  of  tSMars  the  god  of 
Warr,  amongft  the  (f  entiles,  who  by  reafoii-j  of  his 
Heat  and  Drynefs  hath  a long  and  (lender  Body  a- 
greeable^  thereunto ; and  may  alfo  ferve  for  any  o~ 
ther  Body  of  that  nature,  as  being  Boyfterous,  Cho- 
lerick,  Cruel,  Martial,  Mutinous,  Rashand  prone' 
to  Anger*  asarealla&iveandftrongmen,  byreafon 
of  the  bignefs  of  their  Tones , void  of  much  Flesh, 
which  caufeth  them  to  be  of  a hard,  and  sharp  Body, 
with  great  Joynts,  and  big  N o/lrils  dilated  with  Heat, 
whofe^Kx,  zSXTouth,  and  other  paffages,  are  corref- 
pondenC  *,  as  in  his  due  placo  shall  be  more  particu- 
larly shewed. 

The  breadth  of  tho  Hand,  being  divided  into 
Four  Parts,  makeththe  Four  Fingers  from  the  top  of 
the  Middle  linger  to  the  Elbow , is  the  Fourth  Part-*  of 
the  whole  Body*,  And  this  proportion  is  of fuch  indifferent  Teau~ 
ty , that  [paring  the  oSATartial  afperity  and  bouldnefs , it  may  ft 
divers  other fender  and  noble^j  Todyes , as  occaffon fall  ferte. 


The  extravigant  Troportion  of  Ten  Heads . 


CInce  mypurpofe  is  to  Handle  this  matter^  exaitly 
^ it  shall  not  be  amifs,  briefly  to  touch  the  height 
proportion  of  Ten  Heads  delivered  by  ^Albert  Turn 
for  although  it  be  (in  truth.)  to  (lender  in  all  Mens 
Judgements,  yet  I may  no omit  it,  becaufe  it  hath 
the  authority  of  fo  Famous  a Man^  in  the  Skill  of 

D % ~ ’ " 


1 6 Of  Proportion 

Tainting  zsCfermany  cannot"  match  again.  Firftthen 
this  proportion-/ is  in  length  from  the  top  of  the  Head 
to  the  Chinn,  a tenth  part  of  the  whole : thenco  back-' 
wards  to  the  top  of  theF  ore-head,  an_j  Eleventh:  77;e 
face  may  be  divided  into  'Three  ecpual  Tarts , as  the  re jl  are . 

The  'Proportion  of  a Young  Man  of  nine  Heads . 

IAmofopinionthat  Francis  ^Wa^ga/inus  would  have 
proved  the  only  rare^  Man  of  the  World,  if  he 
had  never  Tainted  any  other  kind  oiTiclures  ( as  rude, 
grofs,  and  mclancholly  ) then  thefo  (lender  ones 
which  he  reprefented  with  anadmirablo  dexterity 
as  being  naturally  inclined  thereunto  5 fo  that"  if 
he  had  only  reprefented  <tApollo>  Tacchus,  the  JsQmphes, 
&c.  he  had  fufEciently  warranted  this  his  molt  ac- 
ceptable^ proportion  , which  was  ever  (lender,  and 
oftentimes  to  Height , but  when  he  took  upon  him-, 
to  exprefs  the  Prophets,  our  Lady  and  the  like  in__* 
the  fame;  as  appeareth  by  his  *5\dofes  at  Tama , our 
Lady  at  Mncona. and  certain  aAtigells  not  farr  from_. 
thenco,  and  divers  other  things  quite  contrary  to 
the  Symetry  they  ought" to  have,  he  gave  a prefident 
to  all  other  Tainters  to  shunne  the  like  error  : which 
himfelf  might  alfo  havo  eafily  avoided,  being  re- 
puted little  inferiority  to  ‘Raphael  Vrbinc_j,  whom  he 
might  have  propofed  to  himfelf  as  a^patterne;  for 
Raphael  ever  fuited  his  perfonages  anfwerable  to  the 
variety  of  the  futures,  and  Hifpofitions  of  the  Parties 
he  imitated  : fo  that"  his  Old  Folks  feem  ftiffand 
crooked,  his  Young  Men  agile  and  (lender  and  fo 
forth  in  the  reft,  which  example^  admonisheth  us, 
that  Taintcr  ought  not"  to  tye  himfelf  to  any  one 
kind  of  proportion^,  in  all  his  Figures*,  for  befides 
that  he  shall  lofe  the  true  Decorum^  of  theHiftory: 

He 


or  Syrnetry,  if 

He  shall  commit  a_>  great  abfurdity  in  the  iAh  by 
making  all  his  Figures  like  Ticvinm:  Into  which  crrdrb 
notwithftanding  divers  (otherwife^  worthy  c Painters ) 
have  runn,  whole  names  I lupprcfs : and  efpeeialiy 
one  of  thole  two  great  ones,  which  over-lights  all 
good  pra&itioners  will  ealily  difcetris,  becaule  all 
their  Figures  areofan  Uniforme  proportion,  though 
wonderfully  exprefling  variety  of  actions:  And  for 
our  betteiL-underflandingin  this  kind  of  proportion^ 

( as  beft  fitting  Young  Men,  who  are  fomewhaf  Beau- 
tiful I by  means  of  theirs  flendernefs,  agility,  and 
gentle  Difpofitioixjmixed  with  a kind  of  boldriels) 
Raph:  Vrbtne  hath  very  well  exprefied  if'  in  St.  (feorge 
fighting  with  tho>  Dragon,  now  to  be  leen_>  in  the 
Churches  of  St.  V Sore  de  Fratri  in  zTMilane  • in  St.  oS\d ichaell 
at  Vontainble’w  in  Trance , and  in  that  (feorge_j>  which  he 
made  for  the  Duke  oCVrhine  on  a_^Peice  richly  guilt, 
according  to  which  Obfervation  of  his>  every  Man 
may  difpofe  of  this  proportion^  in  the  like  young 
Bodies,  now  for  our  more  exa£i  infighr  hereinto, 
byway  of  precept,  we  mull  firlt  note  that  a (lender 
young  Body  of  Nine  Heads  is  from  the  top  of  th c Head 
to  the  end  of  the  £/;/>//*,  aNineth  Parr'  of  the  whole 
length  : And  thence  back  again^  to  the  root  of  the 
Hair aTenth  or  Eleventh  Part,  aslhave  obferved  in 
"Raphaels  St.  Michael  and  in  an  old  dA polio,  butlj  which 
way  foever  you  makeitr,  this  fpace  is  divided  into 
Three  equal  Parts ; whereof  the  Firft  makes  the  fore - 
bead,  the  Second  the  Sfofe,  the  Third  the  Chinn,  how* 
beit  I grant  that  in  a face  which  is  the  Eleventh  Part 
(byreafonof  a certain  Tuff  of  Hair  which  is  ufually 
exprefied  ) the  fore-head  becomcth  lower  by  a Third 
Part;  which  Rule  the  ancient  Cjracians  kept,astheio 
Statutes  do  evidently  witnefs. 


iS  Of  Proportion 

The  Proportion  of  a Man  of  Eight  heads. 

: C ^ [ l V / ..  ti  J O t*  / 11)  L ' i I J 1 1 1 J 1 f . j L*  1 1 

WHereas  in  every  Work  there  is  Tome  one  entire 
Figure,  whereunto  all  the  particulars  of  the 
whole  Hiftory  ought  to  be  principally  referred,  the 
Painter  ought  not  to  imagine,  f becaufe  he  is  more 
skilfull  mreprefen.ting  fome  other  thing  in  the  work 
then  that  which  beareththe  reference  of  the  whole,) 
that  therefore  he  shall  delervo  commendation,  but 
rather  diferedit,  for  it  is  mod  certain-.  that  Work 
w’ill  prove  offenfive,  where  fome  inferiour  and  by 
matter,  is  more  cunoufly  handled  then  the  princi- 
pal, andtherather,  becaufe  the  other  Parts  cannot-, 
chufe  but  loofe  their  Grace.  A thing  which  hath 
caufed  divers  excellent-;  ‘Painters  ( as  well  new  ) as 
antientr'  ( being  purpofely  carried  away  with  too 
great  a defire-.  of  doing  well)  to  leave  their  Works 
imperfeCt , which  they  could  not  remedy  any  other* 
way,  then-,  by  utterly  defacing  that  which  they  had 
dono,  were  it  never  fo  excellent. 

A mofl  pregnant-,  example  whereof  we  have  itu> 
thatantien  tPainter  Eupbzginor-  whobcingto  drawthe 
Twelve  gods  in  & Athens , he  began-,  with  the  PiCture  of 
Tfepttme,  which  he  wrought  fo  exquifitely  both  for 
proportion,  colour,  and  all  other  points;  that  pur- 
pofing  afterwards  to  mako  ffupiter  with  far  greater 
perfection-.,  he  had  fo  fpent  his  conceit  in  tne  Firft 
Figure,  that  he  was  not  able  afterwards  to  exprefs 
any  of  the  other  gods,  much  lefs  fupiter)  the  like-. 
Difgrace  happened  to  Zchxcs  by  the  Naturalenefs  of 
his  Grapes,  and  the  Imperfection-,  of  the  ‘Boy , not 
unlike  unto  which  was  that  of  Leon:  Vincent  of  late 
Dayes,  who  being  to  Paint  thrift,  at  his  laft  Supper 
in  the  middlt  of  his  Difciples  in  the  %efellory  of  St. 
Maria 


or  Symetxy.  rp 

tSXdariade Gratia-, in  zSMilahe ■,  and  having  finished  all 
the  other  zA'pofllcs , he  reprefented  the  two  fames' i 
with  fuch  perfection^,  of  (jrace  and  Majefly,  that  en- 
deavouring afterwards  to  exprefs  he  was  not" 

able  to  perfect  and  accomplifh  thatfacred  Countenance, 
notwithstanding  his  incomparable  skill  in  the  zArt, 
whence  being  in  a defperate  Cafe,  he  was  enforced 
to  advife  with  ! Bernard  Zenale  concerning  his  Fault, 
who  ufed  thefe  Words  to  comfort  him.  0 Leonard 
this  th'mCj  Srror  is  of  that  quality,  that  none  but  God  can  correS 
it • for  neither  thou  nor  any  Man  living,  is  able  to 
beftow  moreDivino  Beauty  upon  any  Figure,  then 
thou  haft  upon  thefe  fames’s,  wherefore  content" 
thy  felf,  and  leave  Chrifi  uriperfedt,  for  thou  mayeft 
not  let  Chrijl  nearthofe  zApojlles,  which  advife  Leonard 
obferved,  as  may  appear  by  the  Pidture,  at  this  day, 
though  it  be  much  defaced.  Whence  my  Council  is  ; that 
for  the  avoiding  of  the  like  Errors , tee  examine. _j  the  original 
thereof,  having  an  efpecial  regard  to  our  proportions ; as  the  cheif 
Caufe  of  the  grojfnef,  JJendemefs,  clowni/hneji,  and  daintynejs  of 
‘Bodies : whence  all  the  ‘Beauty  and  / ll-faVourdncfs  of  Pictures  pro - 
ceedetb ; wherefore  let  each  ‘Body  have  his  true  and  particular  pro- 
portion: which  is  to  divide  tbejbody  into  Eight  equal  Barts,  whereof 
the  head  is  one, which  may ferve^  for  all  zSMen  in  general,  who  agree 
with  this  nmfl  abf 'ilute  form ; whofe  proportion followeth. 

Of  the  ‘Proportion  of  a Mans  Body  of  Seven  Heads. 

. . y , * * | , ....  , f 

/T'He  grand  Philofopher  Pythagoras , giveth  fkffi- 
cient  Teftimony  of  the  Truth  of  thelo  Rules 
concerning  the  proportion  of  Mans  Body;  info- 
much  as  by  their  help  he  diftinguished  the  propor- 
tions of  Hercules  his  Body,  from  the  other  gods,  by 
finding  out  the  true  Stature  thereof;  and  confe- 
quentiy  how  much  he  exceeded  the  Stature  of  ordi- 

E a nary 


20  Of  Proportion 

nary  Men • of  whom  aJn:  Cyellius  writefh,  that  he 
obferved  the  Quantity  of  Hercules  Foot , wherewith 
the  race-' in  Acaicu,  before  fupiter  Olmypius  his  Temple 
( where  the  Olympian  Gaines  were  celebrated  every 
Fift  Year)  was  mcafured-,  and  found  it  to  agree,  in 
the  Number.,  of  Feet,  with  the  other  Races,  which 
were  fix  hundred  Twenty  Five  Foot ■ and  yetr'to  be 
much  longer  then  any  of  the  reft. 

Tty  ’which  Example  we  may  ea/ily  conceive , that  every  propor- 
tion  will  not  fit  all  kfndcs  of  Bodyes , becaufe  thert_a  are  many 
varieties  thereof , as  there  are  Sfatural  ‘Differences  of  Bodyes , 
wherefore  1 will  proceed  to  the  handling  of  the  proportion  of  a Body 
of  Seven  fuhjlant'tal  and  big  Heads,  all  whofe  <-5\4  embers  are 
prong,  Jlurdy,  and  rat  fed-,  his  length  then  from-,  the  Crown  of 
the  Head  to  the  Sole  of  the  Foot , is  feven-times  the  length  of 
his  head. 

Of  the  ^Proportion  of  a Woman  of  Fen  Faces. 

A Lbeit  Dame  Sfature,  the  cunningeft  Work-Mi- 
ftrefs  of  all  others,  doth  ordinarily  obferve  f'o 
greatr"  variety,  in  all  her  Workes,  that  each  of  her 
particulars  differeth  i n Beauty  and  proportion;  yet  not- 
withftanding,  we  find  by  experience,  that-"  she  is 
more  induftrious,  In  shewing  her  Art  and  Skill  in 
fomc  few  mod  Beautifull  creatures,  whereupon-1 1 
C infomuch  as  Art  being  the  counterfeiter  of  JA fame, 
rnuft  ever  endeavour  to  imitate  the  mod  abfoluto 
things  ) intending  to  handle  the  proportion-1  of  a 
Woman  mean  not  to  fpend  much  time  in  difeourfing 
of  the  fcveral  proportions  of  all  the  Sortsof  Women 
which  SSfaturc  affordeth  ( for  that  were  infinite) but 
purpofc  to  write  only  of  the  moft  pleafing  propor- 
tions appearing  in  dainty  and  delicate  Bodies,  now 
this  Body  is  thus  mcafured  : Divide  the  Body  into 

Ten 


or  Sy merry.  It 

V J Tf  I t 

Ten  equall  Parcs,  whereof  the  Head  mutt  be  one  , 
from— » the  Crown  of  the  bead  to  the  privities  mutt  be 
FiveoftheTen,  and  from  the  privities  to  the  Sole  of 
the  Foot  Five  more. 

And  this  is  the  Mealureand  proportion  of  a come1' 
ly  Womans  Body,  drawn  not  only  from.;  the  ob- 
fervations  of  the  antient  Statues  of  Vcnm , but  even 
fronts  the  ground  of  Nature  itfelf;  which  propor- 
tion may  lerve  for  any  Woman,  wherein  you  would 
efpeciallyreprefent  the  perfedlionof  Beauty,  and  not 
for  every  common  Woman  5 asMartial,  Huntrettes5 
grave  MatroneSi  or  other  ftayed  Women,  incline- 
ing  to  groflnefs,  as  the  other  tend  to  flendernefs, 
and  becaufe  all  the  other  proportions  depend  upon 
thefe  two  fas  may  eattly  be  proved  by  Geometrical 
linesj  I thought^  good  to  fet  them  down  firft;  as 
Rule  and  Direction  for  the  rett,  which  I purpofe  now 
to  handle  j with  the  fame  Method  I did  the  other 
two:  Leaft  otherwifej  it  might  happily  be  thought^ 
that  thefe  proportions  were  made  by  chance^  where~ 
foro  all  the  particulars  are  to  be  framed,  anfwer- 
able  to  the  3\(atureof  fuch  Bodies  as  they  refeinblo* 
otherwife  fome  one  difproportionable  and  unfuitable 
Parr1  will  caufe  as  great,  or  rather  a greater^  ble~ 
mish  in  a heautifull  Body : Qyfs  a Tufcan  Capital,  in  a Co * 
rinthian  Qullumne  ; or  a Phrigian  note  mixed  with  a (DoricfrK. 

# 

The  Proportion  of  a Woman  of  Ten  heads  a 


'T'He  proportion  of  a Woman  of  ten  Heads  in  lengthy 
is  thusmeafured,  between-^  the  top  of  the  Head 
and  the  Sole  of  the  Foot  5 is  ten  times  as  much  as  be* 
tween  the  Chinn,  and  the  top  of  the  FT  cad,  thenco 
to  the  Privities  is  half. 


22  Of  Proportion 

P be  ‘Proportion  of  a woman  of  Jfine  Face s. 

TT  was  not  without  juft  caufe  that  V itruYms  in  theFirft 
" of  his  aJrchiteBure , diftinguishing  the  manner  of 
Temples  by  their  feveral  Orders dedicated  the  Ionic\_ 
Order  to  the  goddefsj^,  as  being  ftenderer  thens 
the  Doric  and  more  lubftantial  thens  the  C0Y'inthian : 
Confidering  no  doubt"  very  wifely,  that  this  god- 
defs  was  not  naturally  fo  Grave  as  V efta. nor  yet  fo 
ftender  and  beautifuli  as  V mm  • notwithftanding  she 
carrieth  a <T\datrone  like  Beauty?  fullof  State  and  Ma- 
jcfly , for  which  caufe  alio,  I apply  this  Portions  of 
Nine  Faces  unto  her,  as  moft  properly  belongingun- 
to  her,  being  inferiour  in  Beauty  to  the  proportions 
of  Venus , and  yets  the  moft  beautifuli  amongftthc^ 
fSWatronc- like.,  wherein oSMajefy  and  (frace  oughts  to 
be  reprefented.  cj "Moreover  ibis  proportion  may  be  applyed 
unto  Queenes  of  Middle-age ; or  unto  any  other  bonejl , fair  and 
grave  women ; and  doth  mofl properly  appertain  to  our  Lady . 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a W oman  ofjfine  Heads. 

'"THough  1 might  defcnbo  divers  other  proporti- 
ons  of  Bodies  ( albeit"  of  fmall  worth  in  refpedf 
of  the  principal)  yet  I purpofe  to  pretermit  them-., 
as  well  for  thein*  fmall  ufe,  as  for  brevities  fake, 
whereforo  concluding  the  Principal  and  moft  Re- 
gular-* proportions,  I come  to  the  reft,  and  Firft  to 
that  of  Nine  Heads , which  being  very  flender  and 
comely,  as  reprefenting  the  third  Degree  of  Peauty , 
may  be  givens  not  only  to  VA4inerva-j,  but  alfo  to 
Diana  for  her  fwiftnefs  and  agility i as  alfo  to  the  3\ Qrnphs 
ot  the  Rivers,  and  to  the  Mufs>  though  with  divers 
attire,  in_j  regard  of  their  place.  This  proportion-/ 

is 


or  Symetry.  £3 

is  from  the  top  of  the  head  to  the  Chinn,  a Ninth  Part 
of  the  length.  The  Face  from  the  Root  of  the  hair , 
to  the  Chinn,  may  be  either  a tenth  or  eleventh  Part",, 
as  shall  pleafethe  Painter.  This  divided  into  Three  equal 
Tarts,  the  fir /l  gives  the  Fore -head , the  fecond  the  3\ (fife , the 
third  the  Chinn . 

The  Troportion  of a VF oman  oj  [even  heads . 

TT  was  not  without  good  Ground,  that  the  old  Cfra- 
cians  made  the  goddefs  Vcfla  but  Seven  heads  high  ; 
bccaufo  this  proportion  is  Cjrave  and  <TA4atrone  like, 
and  therefor o was  attributed  to  the  Earth,  the  com- 
mon Parent"  of  all  things.  Belides  you  may  give  it 
to  any  other.  goddefs,  which  hath  any  kind  of  re- 
femblancej  with  the  Earth,  as  alfo  to  the  more  ftaied 
and  antient  fortr*  of  Women  , wherefores  it  were  a 
great  overfight  to  give  a flender  and  delicate  propor- 
tion to  the  Sibi/ls  or  other  Grave  and  Sage  Trophetejfes $ 
as  it  were  like  wifo  to  make  a Trophet  with  (uch  a pro- 
portion as  belongeth  to  young  Men, 

sJt  Qoild  of  fix  Heads  is  thus  measured , dividing  the  body 
into  fix  equal parts , whereof the  Head  mujl  be  one. 

T Child  of fiveY leads  is  thus  meafured,  dividing  the  body 
into  five  equal parts , 7 vherofithe  H ead  mu (l  be  one. 

Child  of  four  Heads  is  thus  meafured,  dividing  the  body 
into  four  equal parts , whereof  the  H ead  mujl  be  one . 

The  Teafon  why  I have  not  given  T)cfcriptions  or  Tqiles,  upon 
all  the  particular  defignes  upon  the  Plates,  farther  then  the 
Side-  way,  or  Triangle , F ore-right  drFore-short- 
ening,  is  becaufe  I thin! fit  unnecejjary , unlefi  you  could 
force  T)ame  N at  urc  to  obferve  the  fame  method , with  them 
antient  Tides  of  Alberta  Durera  or  foufine,  the  grand 
r F 2 reafon 


The  Art  of  Painting. 

' reafon  u becaufe  every  Trint  /hews  its  dcjigne  of  itfelf , to 
any  one  that,  is  Ingenious , obferFmg  the  due  difances,  and 
lights. 


The  Definition  of  Painting. 

Pointing  is  an  Art  which  with  proportionable  Lines , and 
(Colours  answerable  to  the  life , by  ob frying  the  Ferfpeclive 
Li?ht , doth  So  imitate  the  Nature  of  corporal  things , that 
it  not  only  repreSentetb  the  thicknefs  and  tendernefs  thereof  upon  a 
Flat,  but  alfo  their  odious,  andgejlures,  expre fling  moreover  di- 
vers affections  and pafsions  offthe  Mind . 

For  the  better  unfolding  of  which  Definitions 
we  mu  ft  underftand  thatr*  every  5\ (atural  thing  con- 
fifteth  of  Matter  and  Forme  : W hereunto  (fenus  and 
Difference  in  LogicI^,  whence  the  Logicians  fay, 

that  (fleniis  dcchzcth  the  E/fence  o(  things,  and  Difference 
of  their  Forme  and  Effential  Quality9.  Wherefores  I 
think  it  not  amifs  > according  to  this  DoBrine,  to  lay 
open  the  above  named  Definitions,  by  expound- 
ing all  the  Differences  whereby  the  Arts  of  Tainting  is 
diftinguished  from  all  other  dArts  and  Sciences • the 
1 genus  then  in  Fainting  is  Art , which  is  prooved  by 
twoReaforis.  The  Firfl;  is  drawrs  from  the  Defi- 
nition of  d/lrt  it  felf>  which  is  nothing  elle  but  a_> 
luro  and  certain  Rules  of  things  to  be  made,  the 
Second  from  the  Fflatural  things  themfelves,  which 
are  a Fu/e  and  AALeafurc  to  the  greater  Part  of  the 
Arts  and  Sciences,  in  the  World  (infomuch  as  they  are 
God  s creatures,  and  confequcntly  indued  with  all 
inch  Perfection-;  as  their  Nature  is  capable  of,  and 
therefore  may  well  be  a certain--  Rule  to  Artificial 
things. 

Hence 


The  Art  of  Painting.  if 

Hence  it  appeareth  that  Taint  ingAs  an  Art,  becaufo 
it  imitateth  natural  things  moft  precifely , and  is  the 
counterfeiter  and  (as  it  were ) the  very  Ape  of  nature  ; 
whofe  Quantity,  Eminency  and  Colours,  it  ever  ftriveth  to* 
imitate,  performing  the  fame  by  the  help  of  (geometry , 
Arithmetic Terfectire , and  Tfatural  Thilofophy  , with 
moft  Infallible  Demonftrations,  but  hecaufe  of  Arts 
fome  be  Liberal , and  fome  Mechanical , it  shall  not^ 
be  amifs,  to  shew  amongft  which  of  them  Tainting 
oughi^tobenumbred.  Now  Tliny  callethit  plainly 
a liberal  Art , which  authority  of  his  may  be  proved 
by  reafon,  'for  although  the  Painter  cannot  rahtting  u a Li: 
attains  to  his  end,  but  by  working  both  lcraL'*1t' 
with  his  hand  and  pencil,  yetthere  is  lb  little  pains  and 
labour.,  beftowed  in  this  Exercife,  that  there  is  no 
Ingenious  Man  in  the  World,  unto  whofe  Nature  it  is 
not  moft  agreeable,  and  infinitely  pleafant. 

For  we  read  of  the  French  King  F rancis,  the  Firft 
of  that  name,  that  he  oftentimes  delighted  to  handle 
the  pencil , by  exercifing , drawing  and  painting  ; the  liko 
whereof  is  reported  of  divers  others  Princes,  as  well 
antient  as  late;  amongft  whom  I may  not  conceal 
Charles  Emanuel  Duke  of  Savoy , who  (in  all  other  He- 
roical  Venues , fo  amongft  other  Liberal  Sciences  in  this) 
imitated  and  moft  happily  equalled  that  great-' 
King  Francis  his  (grand- father  by  the  Mothers  fide,  fo  that 
in  thefe  and  the  liko  Exercifes,  nothing  is  Taf}^  or 
TAl  echanical , b u t a 1 1 Afoble  and/  ngeniom . 

For  to  fay  the  truth;  what  Princo  or  Ingenious 
Man  is  there,  which  taketh  not  delight"  with  his 
pencil  to  imitate  Cjod  in  nature,  fo  far  forth  as  he  is  able  : 
Farthermore  it  cannot  be  denied,  but  that"  the  (jeo - 
metrician  alfo  worketh  with  the  Hand \ by  drawing  Lines, 
as  Cycles,  Triangles , Quadrangles  and  fuch  like  Figures  j 
neither  yet  did  ever  any  Man^  therefore  accounts 

G Cjeome* 


z6  The  Art  of  Painting. 

geometry  a z5\fecbanical  oJrt,  hecaufe  the  Hand-labour 
therein  imployed  is  fo  Height,  that  itwere  an_^  ab- 
furdity  in  refpeft  thereof,  to  reckon  it  a bafe  con- 
dition. 

The  like  reafon  is  there  of  painting,  the  Pra&ice^ 
whereof,  doth  fo  little  weary  a Man,  that  he  which 
was  (oble  before,  cannot  juftly  be  reputed  Safe  by 
exercifing  the  lame;  butifbefides  all  this,  we  shall 
farther  confider,  that  Tainting  is  fubordinate  to  the 
P erfpeftives,  to  0\ (aturdlphilofopby,  and  geometry  (all  which 
Out  of  queftion_->  are  Liberal  Sciences ) and  moreover 
that  it  hath  certain^Demonftrable  conclufions,  de- 
duced from  the  Firft  and  immediate  Principalis 
thereof,  we  muft  needs  conclude  that"  it  is  a Liberal 
zArt. 

S\(ow  what  k[tid  of  L iber  al  Arts  it  is  (to  omit  all  other  proofs ) 
may  eafily  appear  by  the  forefaid  Definition  $ where  it  is  firfi 
faid , that  it  reprefentetb  upon  a plain , the  T hicknefs  and  round- 
er Diffmnc n n efs  of  Toddy  things , not  excepting  any , either  N a- 
tural  or  Artificial,  whereby  we  may  gather  that  it  belongetb  to 
the  Painter  alfo  to  reprefent  Pallaces,  Temples,  and  all 
other  things  niade_j  by  the  hand  of  the  Artificer. 

Moreover  it  is  faid,  that  it  reprefenteth  the  Figure 
upon  a P laine_j  , and  hereby  it"  is  diftinguished 
from  Caning  ( though  not  Efjentially , but  onely  Acci~ 
dentally  (as  it  is  faid  in  the  Prom)  by  reafon  of  thedi- 
Verfityof  the  matter,  wherein  both  of  them  repre- 
fent" natural  things  which  imitateth  Nature  likewife, 
though  it  exprefs  the  perfeft  roundnefs  of  the  Bodies 
as  they  are  created  of  Cfod,  whereas  the  P ainter  repre- 
fenteth them  upon  a Flat"  Superficies : JVhich  is  one  of  the 
chicfejl  reafons , why  Painting  hath  ewer  been  preferred  before 
Carving. 

Becaufe  by  meer  Art  upon  a Flat,  where  it  findeth 
only  length,  and  breadth,  it  reprefenteth  to  the  Bye 

the 


The  Art  of  Painting.  27 

the  Third  Dimenfion,  which  isroundnefsandthick- 
nefs;  and  To  maketh  the  Body  to  appear  upon  a Flat ; 
where  naturally  it  is  not. 

Furthermore  itis  added  in  the  Definition-. : that  it 
reprelenteth  the  DodilytSM otions,  which  is  moil 
true,  for  in  that  moll  Famous  picture  of  the  lalt  judge- 
ment, done  by  the  Hand  of  the  Divine  Michael  Angelo,  in 
the  Popes  Chappel  at  ‘Rome,  who  fees  not  what  moti- 
ons may  be  exprefled  in  Bodies,  and  in  what  order 
they  maybe  placed;  there  may  you  fee  our  Lady,  St. 
John, and  the  other.  Saints  reprefented  with  great  Fear, 
W’hileft  they  beheld  fhrifi  moved  with  indignation-, 
again!!  the  wicked,  who  feem  to  fly  away  and  hide 
themfelves  behind  bis  Back,  that  they  might  no£j 
behold  his  angry  countenance  wholly  inflamed  with 
indignation-, : There  shall  you  behold  the  guilty, 
who  being  aftonished  with  Fear,  and  not  able^  to 
indure  his  glorious  pretence,  feek dark  Dens  and  deep 
Caves  to  hide  themfelves  in. 

On  the  one  fide,  you  shall  findethe  Saints  teeming 
( in  a Sort ) to  finish  the  <lAB  of  the  refurredtion,  at- 
tending up  into  the  Aire , to  be  placed  atr*  the  right 
hand  of  Chrijl : On  the  other  fide  you  would  think 
you  faw  the  Angels  coming  down  front-.  Heaven  with 
the  Standard  of  the  Crofs : And  on  the  other,  car- 
rying theBlefledSWei  tobeplacedat  the  right  hand 
of  God.  f 

And  to  conclude  there  is  m corporal  rShdoiion , whether  it  be 
forwards,  or  backwards ; on  the  right  hand,  or  on  the  left-,  upwards  $ 
or  downwards,  which  may  not  be  fen  expre fed,  intbismo/l  arti~ 
ficial  and  admirable  Picture,  but  if  we  jhall  farther  confdcr  the 
pafions  and  motions  of  the  hSAAind,  whereof  the  Definition  maketh 
mention  likewife,  they  are  alfo  to  be  found  in  the  fame  work , with 
no  lef  Aft  then  admiration  to  the  beholder , efpecidlly  in  Chrift 

© Ts  iff 


2g  The  Art  of  Painting. 

in  whom  you  may  fee  W rath  and  Indignation^  fo  kindled)  that 
he  feemeth  to  be  altogether  incen fed  therewith*  , . 

Again-*  both  in  the  Saints,,  and  damned 
'.MdJddln  Soules,  be i ne  appalled,  and confufed,  is  mod  Jive- 
defter*" fear,  lyexprefled,  an  exceedin g dread  and  horror 
of  the  wrathful!  fudge,  and  in  a Word,  many  mo- 
tions as  well  of  the  Body  , as  of  the  Mind,  are  to 
be  found  in  tho  Works  of  this  Divine  Ponaraot , of 
the  rare  ‘Raphael  Vrhine , and  of  other  worthy  "Painters 
both  old  and  new,  as  well  of  love  as  hatred,  fadnefs  as  mirth , 
and  all  other  pafiiom of  the  Mind. 

All  which  reprefentations  are;  after  declared  in-> 
that  parr"  of  the  Definition,  where  it  is  (aid,  that" 
Propor. tjti*  Painting,  with  proportionable^  lines  maketh, 
&c.  where  we  muft  Note  that?"  the  Painter  in  his  de- 
feriptions,  doth  not  draw  lines  at  raildome,  without 
Rule,  Proportion , or  Art,  ( as  fomo  vainly  have  imagi- 
ned ) fince  the  Arrantefl  Dumlers  that  are,  proceed  with 
l'omo  little  Method,  and  although  Horace  in  his  book 
de  ArtePocticai aith  : that 

The  VoQtamlthe  Painter,  hath  likp  Patent  to  invent, 

asl  S tor  y and  dljpoje  the  fame  as  fall  him  be{l  content. 

Yet  that-;  is  thus  to  be  underftood,  that  it  is  law- 
full  for  him  to  exprefs  re  Figure,  in  what  a£lion_>  he 
lift,  as  in  shewing  fulius  C^far  in  the  P barfalian  IVarr + 
in  fome  adion,  which  peradventuro  he  never  did  5 
asfetting  him  in  thcPatpard,  when  he  perchance  was 
found  in  the %erewrd , or  reprefenting  him  encourage- 
inghis  Souldiersto^Wcwr  which  perchance  he  never 
did;  this  only  excepted  the  f ainter  is  bound  to  pro- 
ceed in  all  his  Works  according  to  proportion  and  art. 
Whereforo  before  you  begin  to  Stell,  delineate  or 
trick  out  the  proportion  of  aMan,  you  ought  to  know 


The  Arc  of  Painting. 


his  true  Quantity  and  Stature  for  it  were  a grofs  abfurdf 
ty  to  make  a Man_>  of  the  length  of  Eight  Faces ; 
which  is  of  Nine;  or  Ten,befides  this,  we  ought  to 
know  whatr' proportion  the  Fore-head  hath  with  the  gfe, 
the  (ofe  with  thee JVfouth  and  the  Cb'mn,  the  whole 
Face  with  the  3\fecl^,  and  in  a Word  to  learn  the  true 
proportions  of  all  things  natural  and  artificial. 

Now  becaufe  it  feemeth  a matter  of  great*'  diffi- 
culty, and  almoft  impoffible  for  one  Man  to  attain^ 
to  the  full  perfe&ion^  of  all  this  Kjwn>/edge_j,  we  may 
propofe  unto  us  the  Example  of  the  mod  judicious 
nApelles , who  when  he  undertook  any  fpecial  piece 
of  fForh^,  wherein  he  meant  to  shew  the  utmoft  of 
hisSkill,  he  ufed  to  Hang  it  forth  to  publique  View, 
hiding  himfelf  behind,  to  the  end  he  might"  hearken 
what  every  Mans  Judgement"  was*  concerning  the 
proportion  And  IF orkman-fkip  thereofand  according  to  each 
manscenfureoffuchthings  as  appertained  to  their  pro* 
fefiionsi  He  ftill  corrected  his  work,  as  on  the  contrary 
fide,  he  did  confute  and  reprehend  the  cenfures  of  fuch  as 
would  take  upon  them  to  give  their  judgements  of  fuch 
things  as  appertained  not"  to  their  profefiions  ( as  did 
the  Sboemalter,  who  not  content^  to  find  Fault  with 
the  Shooeof  one  of  his  TiBures,  would  needs  cenfuro 
the  othet^  Parts ) unto  w horrid  he  anfwered,  ne  Sutor 
ultra  crepidam. 

Furthermore^  the  Tainter  ought  to  ob«  tftt  not  the  Shot' 

» s\  1 __  , . i » mailer  frtfumt  b$~ 

ierve  an  Order  and  i5kf etbod  in  thole  propor-  ^/>- 

tionablo  lines  therein,  imitating  future  in  heii> 
proceedings;  whofirft  prefuppofeth  Matter  being  z> 
thing  void  of  Forme,  ‘Beauty,  Bound , or  Limit,  and  af- 
terwards bringethin  the  Forme,  which  isabeautifull 
andlimitedthing,  in  like  fortr”  the  Fainter  taking  £»; 
Tanel or  C.  C in  the  Surface  whereof  there  is  nothing 

H Eu# 


30  The  Art  of  Painting. 

but  a Flat  and  plain-*  Super-fries,  without  Beauty  do 
Limitation-*  of  parts  J he  trimmetb , primetb , and  limiteth 
it  by  tracing  thereon-*  a zSMan,  a Horfe,  or  a Cullumney 
forming  and  tricking  the  true  proportion^  thereof,  and 
( ilia  Word)  Imitating  by  lines,  the  Sfaturc  of  the  thing  to  be 
painted  in  breadth,  length,  or  thicknefs. 
x*.  And  becaufo  in  this  place  there  fallethouto  a 
certain^  Precept  of zSSLichael  dAngelo,  much  for  our 
purpofe,  I will  notconcealit,  leaving  the  farther  in- 
terpretation and  underfunding  thereof,  to  the  judicious 
Reader.  It  is  reported  then  that  Michael  dAngelo  upon 
a timo  gave  this  obfervation  to  the  Fainter  zSMarius 
deScinaJ*  his  Schbllar,  that  he  should  al way  es  makea_? 
Figures  Fyramidal,  Serpent  like,  and  multiplyed  by 
One  Two  and  Three,  in  which  precept .( in  my  O- 
pinion^)  the  whole  zSAIyflery  of  the  <L/frt  confifteth, 
for  the  greateft  (grace  and  Life  that  a'P tdure  can  have* 
is,  that  it  exprefs  motion 5 which  the  P ainters  call  the 
Spirit  of  a P tUure.  Sfow  there  is  no  Form_>  fo  fit  to  exprefs 

tbisNLotion,  as  that  of  j/^FlameofFire,  which  according  to 
Ariftotle,  and  the  other  Philofophers  is  an  Element  mof 
active  of  all  others,  becaufc  the  Forme  of  the  Flame  thereof  is 
mof  apt for  Motion,  for  it  hath  a Conus  or  floarp  Point  where- 
with it  j'eemeth  to  divide  the  Aire  that  Jo  it  may  afcendtohis  proper 

format  Will  be  mojl 

Now  this  is  to  be  underftood  after^  two  forts: 
either  that  the  Conus  of  the  P iramis  be  placed  upwards, 
and  theFafe  downwards  asin  theFire,  orelfe  contrary- 
wife,  with  the  Fafc  upwards , and  the  (forms  downwards : 
In  the  F irft  it  exprefleth  the  width  and  largenefs  of  a 
P i£fure,  about  the  Leggs  and  Garments  below,  shew- 
ing it  (lender  above,  P iramidal  JVife , by  di (covering 
one  Shoulder , and  hiding  the  other,  which  isshort- 
ned  by  the  turning  of  the  Body  j in  the  Second  It 

sheweth 


Sphere,  jo  that  Picture  having  this 
beautiful/. 


The  Art  of  Painting.  31 

sheweth  th c Figure  biggeft  111  the  upper  Farts,  by  re- 
prefenting  either  bot&th c Shoulders,  or  both  the  Amies , 
shewing  one  Legg  and  hiding  the  other,  or  both  of 
them  after  one  fort,  as  the  Skilful!  FaintershaM  judge 
fitted  for  his  purpofe,  fo  that"  his  meaning  is,  that 
it  should  referable;  the  Forme  of  the  letter  S placed 
right,  or  elfe  turned  the  wrong  way  as  co  becaufe 
then  ithathhis  ‘Beauty:  Neither  ought  he  only  to  ob- 
ferve  this  Forme  in  the  whole  Body,  but  eveji_,  111 
every  Part;  fo  that  in  the  Leggsy  when  a AMufcle  is 
railed  outwards  on  the  one  fide,that_;  which  anfwer- 
eth  diredtly  on  the  contrary  fide,  muff  be  drawn-* 
in  and  hid,  (as  maybe  feenein  the  life,) 

The  lajl  part  of  Michael  Angelo  his  Obfervationwas , that 
a Picture  ought  to  he  multiplied  by  One,  Two,  andt Three, 
and  herein  confifeth  the  cbiefefl  Skill  of  that  Proportion^ 
the  Diameter  of  the  biggcjl  place  between  the  K nee  and  the  Foot 
is  double  to  the  leaf , and  the  large  f part  of  the  T high  triple. 

But  to  return  to  the  Definition  , that  part 
remaineth  to  be  expounded,  wherein  it  is  laid  that 
P aiming  reprefenteth  things  with  Colours , like  to  the 
Life;  whence  it  is  to  be  marked  that  the  Artificial  painter 
ought  to  proceed  according  to  the  courfe  of  JA (ature  y 
who  firft  prefuppofeth  Matter  (as  the  P hilofophers  holdj) 
unto  which  it  addetha  Forme , but  becaufe  to  create 
the  Subfances  of  things  proceedeth  from— > an  infinite 
power  , which  is  not  found  in  any  creature  ( as  the 
(Divines teach)  the  Yainter muff  take  fomething  inftead 
o £ AM  alter,  namely  Quantity  proportioned?  which  is 
the  Matter  o f painting,  here  then  th  o Fainter  muff  The  mtter 
needs  unde  lit  and  that_j  proportioned  Quantity , °fPainant- 
and  Quantity  delineated,  are  all  one,  and  that  the  fame 
is  the  Material Suhftancc  o 1 Fainting , for  hemuftconfi- 
der,  that  although  he  be  never  lb  Skilfull  in  the  ufc 
of  his  Qoloursy  and  yet  lacketh  this  Delineation he  is 

H 2 ukf 


32  The  Art  of  Painting. 

unfurnished  of  the  Principal  Matter  of  his  An,  and 
confequently  of  the  fubftantial  part->  thereof,  nei- 
ther let  any  Man-;  imagine  that  hereby  I go  about  to 
diminish  the  power  and  vertue  of  colour , for  if  all  parti- 
cular Men  should  differ  one  from  another  in  Matter 
alone  (wherein  out  of  all  doubt  all  agree)  then  all 
Men  mud  needs  be  one,  andfo  that-'moft  acceptable 
variety  of  fo  many  particulars  as  are  now  in  the  world 
would  be  wanting  ( which  variety  is  caufed  by  thofo 
mdividu^m  Seven  particularities  which  the  ‘Pbilofopbers  call 
gua/hates.  particularising  Qualities , ) thatis  Seven  fubftantial 

accidents , which  caufe  tho  particularity  and  Jingularity  of 
fubjlances , fo  if  the  Fainter  should  only  Fourtrait  out  a 
Man  in  juft  Symctry  agreeable  to  «5\( 'ature*  certainly  this 
Man  would  never  be  fufficiently  diftinguishedby  his 
mere  Quantity:  But  when  unto  this  proportioned  Quan- 
tity he  shall  farther  add  C°t°ur>  then  he  giveth  thelaft 
forme  and  perfection  to  the  Figure : Infomuch,  that-'  who- 
foever  beholdeth  itr'  may  be  able  to  fay,  this  is  the 
P iCture  of  the  Emperour  Charles  the  Fift,  or  of  Y bilip  his 
Sonne,  it"  is  the  picture  of  a z5\d elancbolich^  Flcgmaticl 
Sanguine. or  Cbolericl^Fellow,  of  one  in  love,  or  in  fear 
of  a bashful!  young  Man,  &c.  and  to  conclude  the 
picture  will  attain  to  fuch  perfection,  that  the  party 
counterfeited  may  eafily  be  known  thereby : Where* 
fore  I adyife  the  Painters  to  be  wry  skilfull in  the  u[e  of  Colours, 
as  in  that  wherein  con/iftetb  the  wholes  perfection  op  his  Art. 

Fainting  And  in  this  point  alone  is  painting  diftin- 

ftT-  guished  frorrL_^  all  other  <zJrts,  and  chiefly 

from  (farvmgy  becaufe  inprecife  imitation  of  the  life 
the  painter  performeth  much  more  then  the  Career  is 
able,  for  the  Careers  intent  is  only  to  give  thefelf  fame 
quantity  to  his  Figure  which  his  3\ (atural pattern  hath,  fo . 
that  his  [pedal purpofe  is  to  mako  the  Figure  equal  to 
the  life;  which  cannot  therefore  be  (aid  to  be  per- 


The  Arc  of  Painting;  33 

fc£ily  like  thereunto,  beeaufe  Thylofophj  teacheth us 
that  Similitude,  is  not  properly  found  in  Quantity , 
but  in  Quality  only:  now  the  C°l°ur  which  the  'Painter 
ufeth,  givingthereby  the  Similitude  and  proper  %efem- 
blance  to  his  counterfeits , is  molt  truly  and  properly  Qua- 
lity, and  although  we  ufually  call  ono  thing  like  to 
another,  when-j  it  hath  the  fame  Quantity,  yet  this  is 
an  improper  fpeech , for  if  we  should  fpeak  properly, 
we  should  call  it  Equal  and  notr'  Like,  wherefore  Si- 
militude is  found  only  in  Quality , and  Equality,  which 
the  Career  conlidereth  only  in  Quantity , but  the  Tainter 
doth  notr'only  endeavour  to  give  the  true;  and  juft 
quantity  to  his  figure  y by  making  it_?  equal  to  the  life* 
as  the  carver  doth,  but  moreover  addeth  quality  with 
his  colours,  giving  thereby  both  quantity  and  fimilitude * 
which  ( as  hath  beetle  proved  ) tho  carver  cannot 
do. 

Now  the  Tainter  exprefleth  two  things  with  his 
colour : Firft  th c colour  of  the  thing,  whether  it  be  arti* 
tificial  or  natural , which  he  doth  with  the  like  colour , as 
the  colour  oi a bleu?  garment  with  artificial  bleto , or  the  green 
colour  of  a Eree  with  a lik e green : Secondly  he  expref- 
feth  the  light  of  the  Sun , or  any  other  bright  Body 
apt  ro  lighten^  or  manifeft  the  colours,  and  beeaufe  co- 
lour cannot  be  feen_j  without  light,  being  nothing 
elfe(as  the  Philosophers  teach ) but  the  extrea Super- 
ficies a dark  untranfparentr'Body  lightned,  I hold 
it  expedient  for  him  that  will  prove  exquifito  in  the 
ufe  thereof,  to  be  moft  diligent  in_>fearching  out*? 
theeffedsof  light,  whenitenlightnethcto/r,  which 
who  fo  doth  ierioufly  confiden, , shall  exprefs  all 
thofe  effeds  with  an  admirablo(/r^5  andakhougH 
the  be  equally  difperfed  through  all  the  Parts  of 
a garment,  fo  that  there  is  no  more  in  one  part  therL^  in 
another;  Yet  notwithstanding  when  it  is  illuftrated 

I by 


34  The  Art  of  Painting. 

by  any  light,  it  caufethone  kind  of  brightnefsiio 
that  part  where  icftrikethmore  vehemently , tlierr.  an- 
odic r,  in_>  that  part,  where  it  shineth  lefs. 

Now  when  the  'Painter  would  imitates  this  blew  thus 
lightned,  he  shall  take  his  artificial  blew  colour,  counter- 
feiting therewith  the  blew  of  the  garment,  but  when_, 
he  would  exprefs  the  light  , wherewith  tho  blew 
feems  clearer,  he  mull  mix  fo  much  "white  with  his  blew, 
ashefindeth  light  in  that  part  of  the  garment,  where 
the  ligho  ftriketh  with  greater  force,  confider- 
ing  afterwards  the  other  part  of  the  garment , where 
there  is  nor'  fo  much  light,  and  shall  minglo  lefs 
white  with  his  blew  proportionably,  and  fo  shall  he'pro- 
ceed  with  the  like  difcretion_»  mail  the  other  parts: 
and  where  the  light  falleth  not.;  fo  vehemently,  but 
only  by  reflexion-*  there  he  shall  mix  fo  much  sha- 
dow with  his  blew , as  shall  leem  fufficient  to  repre- 
lent  that  light,  loofing  itfelf  as  it  were  by  degrees, 
provided  alwayes,  that  where  the  light  is  lefs  darkled, 
there  he  place  his  fbadow , 

In  which  judicious  expreffing  of  the  effects  of  light 
together  with  the  colours , ‘Raphael  Vrbine , Leonard  V in- 
tent, zAntonius  de  Qoreggio  and  Lilian  wero  molt  admi- 
rable, handling  them  with  fo  great  diferetion  and  judge- 
ment, that  their  ‘Pi Hare;  iccmed  rather  natural,  then_* 
artificial ; tho  reafon  whereof  the  vulgar.  Eye  can- 
not_>  conceive  , notwithftanding  thefe  excellent 
EALajlcrs  exprefled  their  chiefeft  art  therein,  con- 
lidering  with  themfelves  that  the  light  falling  up- 
on the  flefih  caufed  thefe  and  fuch  like  ejfe&s , in_* 
which  kind  Titian  excelled  tho  reft , who  as  well 
to  shew  his  great  Skjll  therein,  as  to  merit  commendation, 
ufed  to  cozen_>and  deceive  Mens  Byes,  the  like  did 
tS\Lichael  zAngelo  who  to  mako  proof  of  his  Angular 
infight  in  the  z Anatomy,  inclined  fomewhat  toward  the 

Ex- 


The  Arc  of  Painting; 

Extream,  by  railing  up  his  tSMufcles  a little  too 'hard; 
and  by  this  means  shewed  the  eminencics  and  riftngs, 
in  which  naturally  they  were  (mail,  as  in  tho  Body 
of  thrift,  &c. 

Again  Titian  to  make  known  his  art  in  lights  arid  Jba- 
dows,  when  he  would  exprefs  the  lighted:  part  of  the 
‘Body  uled  to  add  a little  too  much  white , making  it" 
much  lighter  then  his  pattern,  and  in  the  obfcure->  parrs; 
where  the  light  fell  by  reflexion,  a little  too  much  / hadmf 
inrefemblancoof  the  decay  of  the  light  in  that  part  of 
th eBody,  and  fo  his  Wort ieemeth  to  be  much  raifed, 
and  deceives  the/g/tf,  for  the  light  which  cometh  to 
the  Eye, in  a Byramidal former >(as  shall  be  s hewed  i n_,  the 
enfuing  difcourfe)cometh  with  a blunter  and  bigger  Jnole, 
andfo  is  feen  more  evidently,  whence  ariieth  a won- 
derfull  eminency , the  efpecial  caufe  whereof  is,  be- 
caufe  there  is  much  more  fhadow  thenneedeth  inthar' 
pdrt,  where  the  light  decayeth  mofts  fo  that  the  vufuai 
lines  failing,  that  part  cometh  to  the  Eye  in  an  accuter 
and  Jkarper  angle , and  therefore  cannot-'  be  feen  fo 
perfeddy,  infomuch  that  that  part-'  feemeth  to  fly 
inwards,  and  (land  farther  off.  Thus  when  the  Four 
parts  of  a Body  are  much  raifed , and  the  hinder  fly  fufflciently 
inwards,  there  appeareth  very  great  heightning,  which 
giveth  a wonderfrll  Spirit,  and  after  this  fort  Titian  beguiled 
the_j  Eyes  of  fuck  as  beheld  his  mofl  admirable  Works 0 

. » ** ' ' r ♦ 

*■  4 • * l - ri  £ • < . • 

Of  the  Vertue  of  Light » 

T Ight  hath  fo  great  forco  in  TiBures , that  ( in  my 
^ judgement)  therein  confifteth  the  whole^mr^ there- 
of, if  it  be  well  underflood,  an  contrarywifey  the  dife 
orace__j  if  it  be  not  perceived  * and  evident  examplo 
whereof  we  may  fee  in  2u  Body  proportionably  drawn  , 

I % which 


3(5  The  Art  of  Painting. 

which  being  yet  withour  his  lights  , sheweth  very 
beautiful l,  fo  far  forth  as  it  is  wrought,  but  if  after^ 
wards  itr'  shall  be  (hadowed  without  judgement  and  arti 
fo  that  the  fhadowes  be  confufedly  placed  where  the 
lights  ought  to  be,  and  contrarywile  the  lights  where 
the  Middle  of  the  Jhadows  should  be,  and  the  conca- 
vities and  convexities  dilorderly  fuited*  without  any 
Imitations  of  3\(ature  it  were  better  it  had  never  beeri 
either  drawn  or  lightned,  whereas  having  lights  well  dif- 
pofed,  it  doth  not  only  add  perfections  to  the  draught 
but  fo  fets  it  off  from--/  the  Flat  that  it  feems  to  be 
imboffed . 

And  in  this  venue  and  power  confifteth  the  chiefeft 
excellency  of  the  Fainter:  Infomuch  as  this  point 
moflproperly  concernethhim_>j  by  making  his  coun- 
terfeits feem  to  be  as  much  raifed,  by  reafon  of  the 
ftriking  of  the  light,  as  they  are  indeed  in  the  Carvers  work* 
by  reafon  of  the  matter,whichf  as  all  Men  knowjhath 
height  and  depth , the  right  fide  and  the  left , the  fore-part  and 
the  hinder , wherefore  they  fay  that  the  thing  which  the 
Carver  intendeth  to  make,  is  in  the  CAFarhle,  which 
afterwards  becometh  good  or  bad , by  cutting  and  forming , 
but  to  return  to  the  light , I fay  this  moreover,  that 
although  it  be  of  fuch  efficacy,  that  it  diminifbeth  the  grace 
of  the  draught;  whereit  wanteth  (asisfaid)  yetthe/nar- 
tificialnefs  of  the  draught  cannot  difgrace  it,  whence  we 
fee,  that  if  the  lights  be  well  and  proportionably  bellowed 
throughout  a Body,  which  is  ill  proportioned  and  without 
aSAFuJcles,  it  contenteth  the  Eye  of  the  beholder  fome- 
what  the  more,  by  moving  him  to  a defire  of  feeing 
the  ^M.ufcles2S\6.  other  ncccflary  parts,  in  fuch  a Body 
as  in  the  Figures  of  Bernard,  Zenale,  FriViliano , viz. 
the  glorious  refurre£lionof  Chrijl  painted  by  him,  over, 
the  (fate  in  the  Cogent  of  the  (Jourch  of  Cjrace^j>  in  <*J \\tilane% 


The  Art  of  Painting.  yf 

and  many  other  Hiftories  of  his  doing  as  well  in__, 
colours , as  in blacl^mdypbite,  in  tbefame  place. 

Wherein  may  be  feen  TiSures, made  without  Mufcles , 
and  other  neceflary  accomplishments,  for  the  moro 
gracious  representation  of  Sye^p  leafing  perfection,  but  yet 
well  placed,  and  with  their  lights ; mod  artificially  dif 
pofed  in  their  places , infomuch  that  they  leem_>  to 
be  imhoffed  outwards  , fuch  is  the  force  of  thefe  lights 
in  which  you  shall  alfo  find  admirablo  perfpeClives  and 
forefhortnings , wholly  proceeding  from  the  orderly  dif- 
poling  of  the  lights  i without^  which  thefe  draughts 
would  have  proved  imperfeCt , looting  much  of  thatr 
grace,  although  they  were  well  placed,  fo  that- wo 
find  many  Tainters , who  being  ignorant  of  the  art  of 
proportions , only  by  a little  pra&ice,  in  difpofing  their 
lights  in  fome  tolerablojw?,  have  notwithftanding 
been  reputed  good  <zjrtifls>  which  commendation^ 
they  defervenot,  becaufe  they  neither  have  the  Art 
of  pcrfpeCthes  nor  the  true  reprefenting  of  any  of  the 
lights . 

Now  for  aio  Example  of  the  true  art  of  exquifite 
bellowing  of  thefe  lights , that  Teece  of  Le:  Vincents 
mongft  many  others,  may  ferve  us,infteadof  all  the 
reft  of  his  well  lightned  TiCtures , which  is  now  to  be 
found  iro^.  Francis  Church  in  zSALilane,  where  he  hath 
painted  the  conception  of  our  Lady  5 which  (to  omitr' 
other  excellencies  therein  ) is  molt  fingular  in  this 
point,  for  the  perfections  of  lights ^ thofe  two  pieces 
doneby  the  hand  of  <• Antonio  ConegglQ  are  mofl:  admi* 
rable,  which  are  yet  to  be  feen  in  the  famo  4 
with  Cavalier  Leon:  dAretino , in  one  whereof  is  painted 
fair  fo,  with  fuptter  upon  a Cloud,  and  in  the  othfE* 
Danae and  fupiter  defeending  into  her  lap  in  the  forme 
of  a Lj  golden  fhomr,  with  Cupid  and  other  Loves,  having 
their  lights  fo  well  difpofed,  that  I dare  boldly  fay  > 

& 


38  The  Arc  of  Painting. 

no  other  Tamer  is  able  to  match  him  in  colouring  and 
lightning ; which  Degrees  were  fenL_>  him  out  of  Spain, 
from  his  Sonne  Tompey  a carver.  Moreover  cSMichael 
zJngelo,  and  Raphael  Vrhine,  the  Fathers  and  Mailers 
of  painting  are  reputed  moil  rare  and  divine  in  lights,  out 
of  whole  S ebooks  I may  truly  fay.almoft  all  the  famous 
T aimers  of  Italy  havo  attained  to  the  worth  of  their 
fame . 

Now  then-dnfomuchasthefe//£^p,  are  of  fo  great 
vertue,  we  ought  toufe  all  diligence^  for  the  perfed 
attaining  to  the  knowledge  thereof,  by  applying  them 
to  our  draughts,  as  is  shewed,  infomuch  as  the  art  of 
proportion , motion  and  forefbortning,  hath  but  (mail  ule  or 
commendation-*  in  a Tainter , without  the  knowledge  of 
thefe  lights,  found  out  by  reafon  and  art,  and  .not  taken 
by  bare  imitation^  from  the  imbojfed  models,  under  a_* 
falfe  apprehenfion  of  the  light , without  order  or  di- 
fiance , as  alfo  in  the  lines  and  fuper-ficies  of  Bodies  : 
wherefore  they  prove  falfe,  and  altogether  contrary 
to  the  rules  of  art.  ayfnd  thus  much  / thought  goad  to  not^ 
concerning  this  point""  purpofng  now  to  begirt  he  treat  i fe  0/light 
it felf,  by  the  afiflance  of  hints  who  inlightneth  theunderfland- 
ing  offuch  as  fubmit  themjehes  unto  hints,  with  a pure  *5\4  ind  wholly 
prepared  forthereceivingof fo  divine  beams. 

Of  the  Ufecefity  of  Light. 

IT  appeareth  by  that-*  which  hath  been_>  hither- 
to  fpoken,  that  a peece  of  painting  drawn-*  in  propor- 
tion having  his  truo  motion,  and  put  in  colours  with- 
out the  lights,  is  like  a Body  in  the;  dark^,  of  whole 
Quantity  or  Quality  a Mancannor'  judge , fave  only 
by  the  help  of  his  underftanding,  thatr"  is  by  that  inward 
conceipt  he  hath  of  the  thing,  and  not  by  any  outward , 
infomuch  as  it  is  hidden  from  the  external  light y which 

con- 


The  Art  of  Painting.  j p 

concurring  with  the  internal , by  means  of  the  ‘Beams 
proceeding  from  tho  Eye , makes  the  diverfity  of 
Bodies  known-;  to  the  underftanding,  after  the  fame 
manner,  as  they  receive  their  light  naturally. 

Wherefore  l will  handle  the  lights,  Jaying  nothing  of  the 
shadows,  although  they  be  handled  together  with  them , for  the 
shadows  do  necejjarily  follow  the  lights  , being  caufed  by  the 
decay  of  the  light , taking  fo  much  the  more  force , by  how  much 
the  more  forcibly  the  light  flrikgth  upon  the  Body,  whence^ 
arifeth  that  exceeding  great  raifingW  heightningtf/^  no* 
tural  plain,  in  a Body  receiving  the  light  according  to  bis  proper 
nature. 

And  by  this  we  shall  know,  how  the  lights , reflecti- 
ons, and  natural  rebatingof  th  flights,  do  vary,  according 
to  the  diverfity  of  the  Bodies,  by  altering  them-*  as 
shall  be  faid,  wherein  alfo  we  shall  fee;  the  very  per- 
feBion  of  th  cart-  for  without  this,  neither  order , forme , 
proportion , motion , compoflt  ion,  or  figure  •,  can  attains  to  their 
perfeBion,  like  unto  a Body  without*'  [cituation  or  fpirit, 
or  to  counterfeit  Starrs  without^  the  light  of  the  Suns 
giving  them  their  brightnefs  anfwerablo  to  their 
qualities , whereby  they  may  be  feen.  But"  now  as 
touch ing my propofed matter,  I willFirfthandlo  the  na- 
ture of  light,  and  afterwards  ( by  the  help  of  Ufatural 
Bhilofophy  and  tho  Opticky , beingtheFirftpartof  tho 
perfpeBives ) I will  fpeak  in_>  general  of  the  primary  and 
fecondary  lights , then  of  direct  and  reflected  lights , afterwards 
how  by  (^Mathematical  rca[ons,div  css  dift:in£t  lights  may 
befeen,  by  reafon^  of  the  variety  ofthe  Bodies,  and 
finally  of  the  qualities  of  things  appertaining  there- 
unto, how  it  may  be  underltood  in  all  things,  and  in 
the  Elements  themfelves- 


K i 


Of 


4o 


The  Art  of  Painting. 

Of  the  S\Qtture  of  Light 

THis  WordZ/^isdiverfly  taken  : Firf  and  principally 
it_>  fignifieth  the  Image  of  that~>  T>ivine  Sfature 
which  is  the  Sonne  of  (jod,  and  the  brigbtnefs  thereof, 
which  tho  Tlatonick*  called  the  Image  of  the  dhine  mind. 
Secondly  the  comfortable  operation^  of  the  Holy  (f  boll : 
Thirdly  that  divine  venue,  which  being  diffufed  through 
all  the  creatures*  is  in  Men  their  divine  grace,  and  in 
all  other  living  creatures  > that  power  whereby  they 
are  preserved  and  defended,  as  that"  of  the  Seraphims  ac- 
cording to  TDionyfim : Fourthly  that  intelligence;  in 
the  ^Angels,  which  breedeth  that  Joy  in  them,  which 
pafleth  our  underftanding,  yet  diverfly  received, 
according  to  the  diverfity  of  the  intelligence  ap- 
prehending it,  as  sSAdarcilius  Ficinius  upon_j  Flato  not- 
eth:  Fifthly  in  the  Heavenly  Bodies  it"  caufeth  abun- 
dance of  Life,  fignifyingan_;  effeftual  propagation,  and  vi- 
able bright?iefs  in  the  Fire , with  a_>  certain  accidental! 
power  proceeding  from  the  fame : Sixthly  it^is  taken  in 
Men  for  the  Light  of  their  ^^underftanding,  which 
illuminated!  their  Tatient  or  paffable  underltanding; 
(and  in  a WordJ  for  the  difeourfeof  reafon,  and  the 
knowledge  of  divine  things  : Lad  of  all  it  fignifyetha 
quality  proceeding  from  the  Sun  or  the  Fire , which  fo 
difeovereth  colours,  that  they  may  be  feen,  and  this 
( as  the  Teripatcticki  lay ) is  the  caufe  of  Formal  %eafon, 
whereby  coloured  things  are  feen,  whofe  Shapes  and 
Images  pafs  to  the  ph ant  fie , and  efpecially  enlighten  the 
Eyes,  in  which  the  Image  is  formed,  which  Firft  paf- 
ethtothe  common  fenfe,  afterwards  to  the  phantafe,  and 
laftof  all  to  the  wider /? anding,  this  Light  is  difperfed  and 
extended  unto  all  Bodies  that  are  openly  propofedunto 
it,  in  which  colour , and  a hemtifull  resplendency  of  thick 

and 


The  Art  of  Painting. 

O 


4f 


and  dark  Bodies  is  difcovered  fas  the  Tlatonicl^s  fpeak) 
caufed  by  this  light , together  with  certain  beneficient 
and  generative  venues.  But  where  the  Sun • beams  Ea\\  not5 
and  are  not  at  all  difpetfed,  there  (the  beams  of  tlio 
Eye  being  retrained  ) remaineth  a darl{  colour,  which 
difpleafeth?  and  evil  effedeth  the  mind,  fo  that  all 
things  according  to  their  capacity , feel  the  power  of 
the  light , which  joyning  all  Creatures  to.it  felf  by 
this  lively  heat , and  piercing  through  them_>  all 
giveth  to  each  of  them  his  proper  Quality  and  Ver - 
tue.  , f 

Whence  thofe  who  are  judicious  in  this  Art,  ufe  to 
give  lights  to  all  things  after  one  and  the  felf  famo 
manner ; infomuch  as  we  fee?  that  the  Sun  riling  above 
our  Horizon , lightneth  all  things  in  an  inftant,  the  reafon 
whereof  is,  becaufethe  light  hath  no  contrary  which 
might  hinder  it,  with  his  aflion.  fVherefore^j  it  perfotmeth 
his  operations  in  the  Air,  in  an  infant. 

And  hereunto  appertaineth  that,  which  the  Tbs* 
lofophers  fay  concerning  the darknels  of  th cSyjght,  that 
if'  is  not  caufed  of  any  dark  or  black  colour , which 
coloureth  the  Air,  butr'  only  by  theabfence  of  the  Sun; 
whofe  prefenccj)  and  brightnefs  equally  lightneth  our  whole 
Hemifyhere,  and  would  in  like  fortr  lighten  the  whole! 
Earth , together  with  all  compound  Bodies?  if  they 
were  transparent  as  the  Air  is?  but  being  Opake,  thicl^and 
corpulent , they  receive  not  the  light  inhis  perfed  bright - 
ne[s,  fave  only  in  that  part  which  is  direUly  oppofite  to 
the  Sun , and  therefore  in  this  our  Hcmejphere  ( becaufe 
the  Sun  never  pafleth  perpendicularly  over  our  Zenith)  the 
Earth  can  never  be  fo  Ibhtned,  but  that  one  fide  ot  b- 

o 

ther  of  it  will  be  fhado’wed , which  happeneth  unto 
thofe  parts , which  lye  direBly  under  the  equinoBial  line  , 
where  the  Sun  at  Noon  doth  fo  lighted  the  Earth,  and 
the  inhabitants , that  it  giveth  light  to  the  whole  dr  cum « 

L jeremi 


42  The  Art  of  Painting. 

ference  of  round  Bodies,  and  there  is  no  Jhadorv  feetl 
unto  the  very  Feet.  Whence  the  judicious  in  this  Arf, 
forbid  us  to  give  1 i ghts  in  a p ndure  unto  all  ‘Bodies,  after  one  and 
the j elf  fame  manner. 

But  befides  this  confideration-;  of  the  light  illumi- 
nating, and  the  Earth  with  all  earthly  Bodies  lightned , 
there  is  another  more  forcibly  rea/on  drawn  from  the 
grounds  of  the  z5\d athematicks,  vi%.  from  the  vifual  lines 
o f perfpettive,  together  with  the  Eye , for  the  better 
underBanding  whereof  we  mull  note  , that  Three; 
things  concurs  to  our  fight,  the  visual  lines,  the  coloured 
Body,  and  the  faculty  ot  feeing,  which  is  in  our  Eye , 
the  Vifual  lines  lightned  ( which  are  the  proper  Matter 
and  fubjed  of  the  perjpeclives ) come  to  our  Eye  in  a_> 
! Pyramidal  Forme,  theBafe  of  which  Tyramis  reffeth 
in  the  Objed,  and  the  conus  or  angles  thereof,  cometh 
to  ouri £ye  more  blunt  and  obtuje  : And  hereby  we  lee 
the  Object  more  plainly  andjdiBindly  *,  but  if  tho 
Objed  be  afar  off,  the  conus  or  angles  of  the  Tyramis 
comes  to  the  Eye  fJjarpcr  and  lejjer,  and  them.;  our  Eye 
cannot^  difeerne  it  fo  clearly  as  otherw i fe  it  would. 

Secondly  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  the  Objed  com- 
eth not"  to  our  Eye , but  the  Vifible  fpecies  or  Jhapes  aro 
diffufed  through  the  clearnefs  of  the  aAir  unto  the  Eye , 
which  fpecies  are  nothing  elfe  but  certain-*  Images,  like 
unto  thofe  which  we  lee  in_>a glafs,  when  a Man  or 
any  thing  elfe  Banding  againff  it",  is  reprefented 
therein. 

And  if  the  coloured  Body  or  Objed  Band  neer  to  this 
Image,  it  comes  to  our  Eye  in  the  lame  quantity  and  big - 
nefl  of  the  angle  of  th cTyranus : Now  becaufethis  angle 
comes  to  our  Eye  in  an  obtufe  and  blunt  form,  the  Image 
alio  feems  great,  .and  fo  is  difeerned  more  diBindly, 
but  when  the  coloured  Objed  Bands  afar  off,  the  Image 
comes  to  the  Eye  in  a very  [mall  and  / lender  angle , and 

there- 


The  Art  of  Painting,  4? 

therefore  filleth  nor1  the  Eye,  butwavercth  in  fuch 
fort,  that  it  cannot  bo clearly  and  dijlinctly  difcerned. 
As  touching  the  Third  I have  no  more  to  fay,  but 
that  the  faculty  of  feeing  is  reduced  into  Art , being 
formed  by  the  concurring  of  the  other  Two  things 
required  before,  vi^  the  vifual  lines , (without  which 
the  Eye  cannot  feej)  and  the  Image  of  the  coloured  Body* 
which  informeth  the  Eye,  by  reducing  it  frono  meer 
ability  into  aft,  and  informing  it  more  perfe&ly  with 
a great ^ Image,  by  performing  his  operations  better, 
and  caufing  the  thing  to  befeen  moro  apparently  and 
diflinBly : whereas  with  the  fmall  Image  of  a thing  too 
fardiftant,  the  Eye  cannot  be  fo  well  informed,  and 
therefore  it  cannot  lee  the  thing  perfectly. 

From.;  'which  grounds,  I draw  thefe  Two  reafons,  why  the  felf 
fame  "Body  cannot  be  lightned  equally  in  all  places. 

TheFirftis  becaufethe  light  doth  nor"  with  all  his 
brightnejs  illuminato  any  more  then  that  part,  which 
is  diredly  oppofito  to  it , being  not  able  to  illu - 
jlrate  the  other  parts  fo  perfectly,  by  reafon  of  the  Na- 
turo  of  the  dar\  Terrene,  and  grofs  Body,  which  fo 
hindreth  the  beams , that  they  cannot  pierce  inwards , and 
performe  their  cffeBs  perfectly. 

The  Second  reafon^  is  taken  from  the  3\fature  of 
our  Eye,  for  as  the  Firft  part  of  the  Body  is  feen  and 
placed  nezveft  the  Eye,,  comes  unto  it  with  a bigger  angle , 
fo  is  it  alfo  feen_j  more  difhnBly,  becaufe  it  is  moro 
lightned,  but  the  Second  part  thereof,  being  farther^ 
of  comes  to  the  Eyeiroa  le/Jer angle,  and  being  lefs 
lightned,  is  not  fo  plainly  feeru  as  the  Firft,  and  by  this 
rule,  the  Third  part  will  be  obfeurer,  and  fo  the  Fourth 
proportionably  until!  the  Eye  canlee  no  farther. 

Now  if  you  ask  mo  what  the  Fainter  ought  to  do, 
when-/  he  would  paintTwo,  Three , orfwMen,ftand- 
ingone  behind  another,  all  of  them  equally  receiving 

L 2 the 


44  The  Art  of  Painting. 

the  light,  I anfwer  alwayes  according  to  the  former 
DoBrine,  that  although  they  be  equally  lightned,  yet  we 
muft  paint  the  Second  which  is  farthej  offfrom_>  the  Eye 
darker , and  the  Third  more  then  him , and  the  Fourth 
molt  of  all,  &c-  untill  our  Eye  can  fee  no  more. 

The  readouts  because  the  Second  [landing  farther  off,  cometh 
to  the  Eye  with  a lefler  angle , wherefore  he  cannot  be  feen 
fo  evidently  as  the  F irft,  the  fame  reafon  there  is  of  the  T hird,  &c. 

The  fame  is  alfo  meant  fide-long. , wherefore  what- 
foever  F aimers  have  obferved  this  FoBritie^  have  be- 
came excellent , and  nothing  itf/mowr  to  the  chief  Majlers 
of  this  <*Jrt,  as  Le:  V incent  with  divers  others  named  be- 
fore, together  with  fac\  Tintoretto  tLAlarco  de  ScincL^i 
Frederick^  Faroggi  of  XJrbine , Faulus  £ aliarius  ol  V erona y Lu- 
cas C jangiafus , the  Faffans , and  Ambrose  Figinus. 

S\ (o\v  the  whole  Do£trine  delivered  in  this  prefent  (fhapter  is 
(l  for  the  moll  fart)  taken  out  of  Ariftotle,  Alhazen,  Vitel- 
lo,  Thomas  Aquinas,  and  (to  conclude)  out  of  all  the  bejl 
Philofoph  ers  and  Divines,  (whofe  Opinions  1 approve  of)  and 
thus  much  may  be  fpoken  for  the  Opinions  0/  other  zS\T en* 


Of  die  Vertue  and  Efficacy  of  Motion. 

IT  is  generally  confelfed  of  all  Men,  that  all  fuch 
< 'SMctiom  in  FiBures,  as  do  moft  needy  refemblo 
the  Life , are  exceeding  pleafant,  and  contrary- 
wife  thofe  that  which  do  farthefl  dilfent  fronts  the 
fame,  are  void  of  all  gracious  Feauty , committing  the 
like  difeordin  Ofature,  which  untuned  firings  do  in 
an  infrument.  Neither  do  thefe  motions  thus  lively  imi- 
tating SSfature  in FiBures^  breed  only  $n  E ,ye-plea(ing  con - 

tentmentp 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  ' 45 

tentment , but  do  alio  performe  the  felf  famo  effeUs  > 
which  the  natural  do,  for  as  he  which  laughetb,  motmietb , 
orisotherwi k effected,  doth  naturally  move  the  behol- 
ders to  the  felf  fame  pa/si  on,  of  mirth  or  forrow,  lo  a picture 
artificially  expreffing  the  truo  natural  motions , will 
( furely ) procure  laughter  when  it  laughetb , penfiyencfs 
when  iti s grieved  &c.  And  that  which  is  more,  will 
caufe  the  beholder  to  wonder,  whenit  wondemb  todefire 
a beautiful  young  woman  to  his  Wife,  wheru  he  feeth  her 
painted  naked , to  have  a Fellow  feeling  wheru  it  is  afftiUed  * 
to  have  an  appetite,  wheru  he  feeth  it  eating  of  dainties , 
to  fall  a fleep  at  the  fight  of  a fweet  fieeping  "Picture,  to  be 
moyed  and  wax  furious  wheru  he  beholdeth  a battel  mod 
lively  reprefented,  and  to  be  ftirred  with  difdain  and 
wrath  at  tho  fight  of  fameful  and  difhonefl  actions , 
All  which  points  aro  ( in  truth  ) worthy  of  no  Ids 
admiratioru  then  thofe  miracles  of  the  antient  Mufi- 
tians , who  with  the  variety  of  their  melodious  harmony  * 
were  wont-'  to  ftir  Meru>  up  to  Wrath  and  indignation , loye > 
warr , honourable  attempts , and  all  other  affections  as  they 
lifted,*  or  thofe  ftrange  conclufions  of  the  *5Mathe> 
matical  motions , recorded  of  thofe  undoubted  wifo 
Men,  who  made  flatues  to  move  of  their  own  accord  > 
as  thofe  of  Dedalus,  which  ( as  Homer  writeth)  came 
to  the  battel  themfelves,  or  F ulcanus  Tripodes  mentioned 
by  zAriftotle > or  thofe  guilded  Semtors  which  walking 
up  and  dowru  at  the  feaft  of  farbas  the  Cjymnofipbifl  , 
ferved  atuth cTable,  or  thofe  antient^  ones  of  Mercury 
in  JEgypt,  which  fpake,  &c. 

In  which  kind  of  artificial  motions  , Leonard  Vincent 
was  very  skilfull , ( who  as  his  Scholar  Signior  Fran - 
cefco  *5\Lelis(i  the  great  Limner  verifies  ) invented 
a certairu  conceited  matter,  whereof  he  uled  to  make 
? Birds  thatr*  would  fly  into  the  <zAir , and  made^ 
u mod  artificial  Lyon  , which  being  brought^  into 

M a 


a 6 Of  Actions  and  Geftures. 

a large  Hall  before  Francis  the  Firfl  lying  oi'  Frame  of  that 
name,  after  he  had  a_>  while  walked  up  and  down_> 
flood  flill  opening  his  Treafl,  which  was  all  full  of 
Lillies  and  other  flowers  of  clivers  forts,  at  which  fight  tho 
fiing  and  other  fpeSators  were  rapt  with  fo  great  admira- 
dcwthat  they  then  ealily  believed,  that  <t/I  r chit  as  Taren  - 
tinus  his  woodden  Dowe  flew,  that. the  brazcn_,©mm/«3 
mentioned  by  (flafiiodorus,  didfounda Trumpet,  thata_> 
Serpent  of  the  fame  metal,  was  heard  to  hifs , that  cer- 
tain^ Birds  Jung , and  that  <iAlbertus  AAd agnus  his  bragen 
Head  fpaketo  St.  Thomas  of  Aquine , which  he  brake,  be- 
caufe  he  thoughts  it  the  Devil,  whereas  indeed  itr" 
was  a meer  (^Mathematical  invention  ( as  is  moft  mani- 
feft._)  1 1 -i 

T>ut  to  returnthither  where  Ileft,  1 amof  Opinion  thatinfo- 
much  asthefe  Motions^  fo  Potent /»  affecting  our  Minds , 
when  they  be  moft  artificially  counterfeited.  We  ought  for 
our  bettering  in  the  knowledge  thereof , to propofe  unto  us  the 
example  of  Leonard  Vincent  above  all  others : Of  whom-, 
it  is  reported,  that  he  Would  never  exprefs  any  motions  in  a 
Picture,  before  he  had  firfl  carefully  beheld  the  Life,  to  the 
end  he  might  come_>  as  neer  the  fame,  as  was  pofiible : whereunto 
afterwards  joyning  Art,  his  Pictures  furpaft'edthe  Life. 

T his  Leonard  ( as  fome  of  his  Friends,  who  lived  in_» 
his  time/  have./  given_>  ouC ) being  defireous  to 
make_j  a Teece  wherein  he  would  exprefs  certain-. 
Clowns  laughing  (although  he  never  perfeQed it_,  more, 
then  in  the  Firfl  draught ) he  made  choice  of  fomo 
Oownes  for  his  purpofe , into  whofe  acquaintance  after  he 
had  infmuated h i m i e 1 f,  he  incited  them  to  a feafl,  amongft 
other  of  his  Friends,  and  in  the  dinner^  whileheentred 
into  a pleajant  vain , uttering  fuch  Variety  of  merry 
conceits,  that  they  fellinto  an  exceeding laughterj though 
they  know  not  the  reafon  thereof,  Leonard  diligently 
obferved  all  their Cjejlures,  together  with  thole  ridicu- 
lous 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  47 

lous Jpeeches  which  wrought  this  impreflion  in  their, 
eSSfinds,  and  after  they  were  departed,  withdrew 
himfelf  into  his  (. bamber . And  there  poriraited  them_> 
fo  lively,  that  they  moved  no  leis  mirth  in  the  beholders , 
then  his jefls did  in  them  at  the  banquet. 

T hey  add  moreover  that  he  took  fpecial  delight,  to 
behold  the  (ycjl  ures of  the  condemned,  as  they  were 
led  to  Execution,  to  the  end,  that  he  might"  mark  the 
contradingof  their  brows,  the  motions  of  their  Eyes , 
and  their  whole  Body.  In  imitation-*  whereof,  I hold 
itexpedientiotZiTainter,  to  delight  in  feeing  thole  winch 
fizht&xB  cuffs,  toobfervethe  Byes  of privy  murtherers,  the 
courape  of  wrafllers , the  aBions  of  Stage-players , and  the^ 
inticing  allurements  of  curtejans , to  the  end  he  be  not"  to 
feek  many  particulars , wherein^  the  very  Life  and  Soul 
of  painting  cmifijleth , wherefore^  l could  wifb  all  EAdcn  care- 
fully to  keep  their  Brains  waking,  which  whofoever  fhall  omit 
his  invention^  (out  of  doubt)  mil  fleep , fludying  perhaps  Ten 
Years  about  the  adiono/  ^Figure,  which  in  the  endwill  prove 
nothingvoorth , whenceall  famous  inventors,  for  the  avoiding 
offucb  grofs  defeds , have  the  rather  (hewed  themfelves  fub- 
tilo  Searchers  out  of  the  effeds  of  nature,  being  moved 
thereunto  by  a fpecial  delight^  of  often  feeing,  and  continually 
przQiizingthatwhicbthey  have_j>  preconceived , Jotbat  who 
fo  kgepeth  this  Order,  fhall  unawares  attain  to  fucb  an  habit  of 
pradice,  in  lively  exprefing  all  Adions  and  Geftures, 
heft  y?£f/ftgfcpurpofe,  thatitwill  become  an  other  nature. 

And  whofoever  shall  diligently  confider  fafar  Sc- 
jlius  his  admirable  worlds,  wherein^  all  the  aBions  are  mold 
naturally  appropriated  toth cSubjeB,  will  eafily  concludo 
that  he  trod  in  Leonards  fteps , and  for  this  caule  was  he 
highly  efleemed  of  ‘Raphael  Vrbine , unto  whoirw  they  fay 
he  was  wonv*  jejlingly  to  (Sy  often,  that  it"  feemed  zu 
very  ftrange  thing  unto  him,  that  they  two  being  fuch 
neer  Friends , in  the  Art  of  Tainting , yet  fpared  nor 

M 2 each 


48  Of  Aitions  and  Geftures. 

each  other  when  they  offended , a fpeecb  furely  well 
befeeming  honejl  men , albeit  they  lived  together  in 
l'uch  fweet  emulation  > which  humour  if  it  were-  to  bo 
found  in  thefe  our  Dayes,  the  World  might  be  repu- 
ted right  happy,  but  now  malicious  envy  ( to  our  great  dif- 
advantage  ) taketh  place  inftead  thereof,  c5Mini firing 
Matter  to  ignorant  and  abfurd people,  infolently  to  dtfgrace 
and  carp  at  other  Mens  rare  perfections. 

Of  the  Sffeccjsity  of  eSMotion. 

THeorderof  the  p/tfcereqaireth,  thatlshould  con- 
fequently  fpeak  of  Motion  it  felf,  namely  with 
what  Art  the  Tainterowght  to  give  Motions  bell  fitting 
his  T Bures , which  is  nothing  elfe  but  a correfpon- 
dency  to  tho  nature  of  the  proportion  of  the  forme  and 
matter  thereof,  and  herein  confifteth  the  whole  [pint , 
and  life  of  the  Art,  which  the  Tainters  call  fometimes 
the  fury,  fometimes  the  grace,  and  fometimes  the  ex- 
cellency of  the  An , for  hereby  they  exprefsan  evident 
diflinUion  between  the  living  and  the  dead,  the  fierce  and 
the  gentle,  the  ignorant  and  the  learned,  the  fad  and  tho 
merry , and  ( in  a Word)  difcoverall  thefeveral  pafiions, 
an  d(fe fares  which  Mans  Body  is  able  to  perform,  which 
here  we  term  by  the  name  of  Motions,  for  the  moro 
Jtgnificant  exprefling  of  the  Mind  by  an  outward  and  bo- 
dily dc /non first  ion,  fothatby  thismeans;«)iw</  motions  and 
affections  may  be  as  well,  (or  rather  better  )/ignifiedas  by 
their  fpeecb,  which  is  wrought  bythe  proper  operationso£ 
the  Body  , performing  jull  as  much  as  is  delivered 
unto  itfrom_>  the  reafonable_j>  Soul,  ftirred  up  either 
unto  good  ot  bad,  according  to  their  private  apprehenfions. 

Which  things,  while  all  'good  Tainters  propofe  to 
themfelves,  in  their  Works , they  exprefs  fuch  admi- 
rable feercts  of  Sffature , as  we  fee,  which  being  moved 

by 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures. 


by  that  /lining  vertue , which  continually  lying  kid  in 
the  hart,  is  outwardly  shewed  forth  in  the  Body,  By 
extending  her  branches  through  the  exteriour  zSAd  embers; 
infuchfort,  that-'  they  may  alfo  receive  motion,  hence 
fpring  thofe  admirably  motions  in  TiBures  ? which  ap- 
pear as  diverfe  as  the  pafions  whence  they  have  thein 
origmaf-are  different,  of  which  point  fomewhat  shall  be 
faid  in  this  enfumgTrcatifc. 

Now  the  perfeB  knowledge  of  this  motion , is  ("as  hath 
been  shewed)  accounted  the  moft  difficult  part  of  the 
art,  and  reputed  as  ^divine  gift.  Infomuch,  as  here- 
in alone  confifteth  the  companion  between  Tainting 
and  Toetry,  foras  it  is  required  in  a Toet,  that  betides 
the  excellency  of  his  wit , he  should  moreover  be  fur- 
nished with  a certain  propen/ton  and  inclination  of  will,  />/- 
citim and  moYmg  him  to  % erfefy , ( which  the  antientr  cal- 
led the  fury  of  ^Apollo  and  the  z5\4ufes  ) fo  likewife  a 
Tainter  ought?,  together  with  thofe  natural  parts  which 
are  required  at  his  hands,  to  be  furnished  withal 
tural dexterity  and  inborn  flight  of  exprefmg  the  principal  motions 
even  from-/  his  cradle;  other  wile  it  is  a very  hard  (if 
not  impoffibl c) matter,  to  obtain  to  the  abfolute  per* 
feBion  of  this  Art. 

Th c truth  whereof,  experience  it  felf  may  teach  us: 
Infomuch  as  there  both  have  been,  and  are  many  ex- 
cellent Tainters  y who  for  the  in,  extraordinary  skill  in 
the  art,  are  moft  highly  efteemedof  all  Men,  as  being 
able  to  make  fweet  coloured piBures , having  their  loyns 
and  joynts  in  all  points  anfwerable  to  the  rules  of  propor- 
tion, underftandmg  e. Anatomy  and  painfully  lightned 
and  fjadowed  , but  becaufe  notwithftanding  all 
their  care  and  induflry  in  this  behalf,  they  could  neven 
be  fo  happy,  as  to  attain  unto  this  faculty.  Theyhavo 
left  their  works  to  the  view,  and  hard  cenfure  of  po ferity  ; 
only  becaufe  they  expreffed  unsuitable  and  lame  f/e  [lures , 

. N ifi 


p Of  A&ions  and  Geftures. 

in  their  TiBurcs,  which  they  had  flolen  our' of  other 
Mens  inventions  : namely,  out  of  theirs  who  wero 
naturally  indued  with  tha grace,  and  perfwading  them- 
felves  that  thefe  would  very  well  ferve  their  turns: 
they  imagined  [uch  ABions  and  (/eftures in  their  own  Tic - 
turn,  as  being  ufedbefides  the  purpofe,  for  which  they 
were  Firft  indented,  could  notT  be  approved  for  good,  be- 
caufe  they  offended  irr  divers  circumftances , whereforo 
thofe  unfortunate  painful  Mien  (who  notwithftanding  in_; 
fome  others  parts  of  the  art,  be  fufficiently  skilful ) al- 
though they  can-j  imitate  the  oABions  and  (fejlures  of  o- 
ther mentors,  yet  shall  they  never  be  able  to  make 
commendable  Hiflory , becaufe  they  be  naturally  disfur* 
nifhed  of  that  inborn  facility  and  inclination. 

Now  on_j  the  contrary  part,  I deny  not,  but  thofe 
who  are  furnished  with  natural  invention  y may  want.* 
that  patience  in_->  their  mr\,  which  the  others  have;, 
which  propriety  arifeth  from->  the  multitude  of  their, 
continual  inventions , and  ftirring  apprehenjions  : Info- 
much,  that  before  they  carr_>  throughly  ftnifh  or  comp/eat 
any  oncTodyor  a/IBion,  infinite  others  arifein-j  their 
fantafie , fo  that  by  reafon  ofthegreatr  they  feel 
in  their  invention,  they  cannot  have  the  patience  to  finish 
any  thing  they  take  in  hand. 

But  the  moll  abfolute  and  compleat  Tainters  ( who  are 
nor' fo  much  inclined  by  nature , as  perfe&ed  by  art) 
endeavour,  to  choofe  out  the  belt  ABions  for  every 
purpofe , in  retraining  the  luxurious  fury  of  nature,  by  that 
deliberate  diferetion  which  they  have  irr  their  Idea,  by 
the  benefit  whereof,  they  finijh  their  TiBures  with  de- 
light and  contentment , alwayes  exprefling  in  each  member , 
ascertain  hidden  refemblance  of  the  princial  motions,  where- 
fore thefe  alone  carry  away  the  commendation  of  the; 
prof  off  on  which  is  notr’  granted  to  thofe  furious  mad-caps , 
by  reafonr  of  their  impatiency,  nor  yet  unto  the  former 

over 


Of  Actions  and  Ceftures. 


over  diligent  plodders , becaufe  they  have  not  the  natural 
kpiowledge^  of  thefe  motions , and  therefore  cannor*  ex- 
prefs  theno  in  their  works,  as  thofe  natural  inventors  will 
do,  with  "Three  or  Four  fir obes , whereforo  they  be- 
come inferiour:  fo  thao  as  well  the  one  as  the  other  ; 
muft  needs  give  placo  to  the  inventor , who  wifely 
joyneth  the  indufiry  of  art,  with  the  gift  of  nature. 

Notwithftanding,  I am  of  Opinion,  that-"  it  is  po- 
flibloto  attain  unto  this  fo  excellent  a faculty , (though 
perhaps  not"'  with  that  fpecial  eminencyo f natural  facility,  ) 
as  by  indufirious  fludy  iro  the  knowledge  of  thefe  motions ; 
andtheo^x  whence  they  proceed.  For  from  hence  aj 
Man  may  eafily  attains  to  a certain  underjlanding , which 
afterwards  putting  in  pra&ice  with  patience,  together^ 
with  the  other  points,  he  may  undoubtedly  prove  a ju- 
dicious inventor , who  never  had  any  extraordinary  na- 
tural inclination , my  meaning  is,  thao  fuch  an  inventor  5 
as  guideth  himfelf  by  understanding , shall  attains 
to  better  perfeBion  then  the  other,  who  is  naturally  in- 
dued with  the  dexterity , w i thout  induftry  and  patience : for 
example,  if  a Man  shall  diligently  perufe  the  whole 
Htftory  of  (fhrijl , our"  of  doubt  he  shall  gather  tho 
true  Idea  and  <fA4ethod,  how  he  oughts  to  reprefent  the 
motions  of  C-bri/t,  the  oApo/lles,  the  fern,  and  all  tho 
reft , who  had  any  partitLj  that  cruel  Tragedy , fo  fuffief 
ently , that  the  TTvLind  of  the  beholder  shall  be  no  lefs 
moved  to  pitty,  tears  and  forrow,  at r’  the  fight  of  the  piBure y 
then  Men_j  are  ufually  at  the  reading  of  the  Hiflory ■ 
fo  that  by  this  means  he  shall  shew  iro  jFudas-  violent , 
off en five  , hrutifb  , bui/ie,  and  diflempered  motions , and  iro 
(fbrijibcmg full  of  patience,  remifs , and  gentle,  reprefent- 
ing  in_j  him,  as  in  a glafs  that  finjgular  humility  and  patience ; 
wherewith  he  reconciled  us  unto  his  Father : All  which. 


notwithftanding  they  may  be  fufficiently  drawo 
out  of  tho  reading  of  the  Hiflory , yet  for  more  eafe 

N i fake' 


52  Of  Adfions  and  Geftures. 

fake,  they  may  be  taken  from  tho  accidental  examples  in 
the  living , imitated  with  great  felicity,  and  afterwards 
induflrioufly  and  artificially  expreffed,  by  caufing  tho 
abundance  of  his  diligence  to  appear,  in  ftirring  up  afeBions 
of  piety  and  Jorrow  ( as  in  a pcec^j>  of  tho  pafion  ) or 
other.,  affeBwns,  as  the  Hiflory  he  hath  in  hand5  shall  re- 
quire. 

Jfow  concerning  the  way  and  manner  how  thefe  Actions 
are  to  be  given,  according  to  the  diverfity  of  Paffions  and  Af- 
fections, whichat  [undry  times,  upon  federal  occafions  may 
move  Mens  Minds ; 1 hope_j  in  this  Freatifetofhew  evident^ 
examples,  although  they  be  fomewhat  hard  and  drawn  fronts 
the  fecrets  of  natural  Philosophy,  a thing  which  might  feem~, 
to  require  a^  Man  r/riper. Years,  then  Jo  young  a Man 
as  my  [elf,  wherefore  I muft  crave  pardon  for  breaking  the 
bounds  o/'Modelly,  in  undertaking  the  handling  thereof,  had  I 
not  been  prompted  unto  it  by  the  Painters  , (it  being  of 
fo great  ufe  and  importance ) howbeit , If  neither  in  that  which 
hath  been  already  Jpo\cn , I have  fufficiently  laied  open  this 
poinr',  nor  hereafter  [hall  be  able  to  deliver^  Method 
fully  , which  / prom  fed  y yet  riotwith /landing  this  my  pains  is 
not  to  be  contemned , infomuch  as  it  will,  fat  the  leaf ) pre- 
pare^weafie,  free  and  Methodical  paflage  for  every  Man 
to  exercife  his  Wit,  which  mujl  needs  prove  a^mofl  fure  and 
ready  way  ; infomuch  as  all  the  mofl  Famous  Painters  have 
been  directed  thereby , who  when  they  went  about  to  counterfeit 
any  ftory.  Fir  ft  conceived  the  general  forme  thereof , and 
then  gave  to  each  Figure  his  peculiar  Adtions,  proporti- 
oning, difpofing,  and  guiding  them  by  diferetion,  ac - 
companicdwith  natural  felicity. 

Now  amongft  the  worthy  Fainter s wTho  excelled 
herein,  Raphael  Vrbine , was  not  the  lead,  who  per- 
formed his  Works,  w lth  a Divine  If  nd  of  oSAFajefy,  nei- 
ther was Fo/idore  much  behindhim  in  his  Ifnd , whofe 
Futures  teemed  as  it  were  pafing  furious , nor  yet  Andreas 

qSM onta* 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  yj 

t5Adontagnea~>  whofe  vain  shewed  a very  laborious 
curiofity ; Nor  yet  Leonard  del  Vincent , in  whole  there 
was  never  any  errour  found  in  this  point : Whereof  a- 
mon^ft  all  other  of  hisTw^r,  that  admirable  laft  flip- 
per of  Cbrijl  in  IfcfeB.  St.  tTAdarite  de  gratis  in dAdilane^ 
maketh  mod  evident-'  proof , in  which  he  hath  fd 
lively  exprejjed  the  pafiions  of  the  <l Apcflles  minds  in  theirs 
countenances , and  the  reft  of  their  Body , that  Mail 
may  boldly  fay,  the  truth  was  nothing  fuperiour  to  his 
reprefentation , and  need  not  bo  afraid  to  reckon  ita~ 
mongft  the  beft  works  of  Oyl-painting , ( of  which  kind  of 
painting  John  Van  Sycfi  of  Maefyck^born  in  the  Year  1366. 
was  the  firft  Inventor ) for  in  thofe  (tdpoflles  , you  might 
thjlinBly  perceivo  admiration,  fear,  grief  fufpition,  iW&c 
all  which  wero  fometimes  to  be  feero together  in 
one  of  them,  and  Finally  in  ffndas  a TreaJ on-plotting  coun- 
tenance y as  it  wero  the  very  true  counterfeit  of  a Traitor , fo 
that  therein  hohathlefta  Jufficient argument  of  his  rare 
perfeBion , in  tho  true  under  (landing  of  the  pafions  of  the 
Mind } exemplified  outwardly  in  the  Body,  which  becaufe 
it  is  the  moftneceflary  part  of  painting , Ipropofe  (as  I 
fay  ) to  handle  in  this  prcicntTreatife. 

I may  not  omit  ^Michael dAngelo  in  any  cafe,  whofe 
skill  and  painfulnefs  iio  this  point  was  fo  great,  that  his 
FiBures  carry  with  thenomore  hard  motions  j exprefled 
after  an  unufual  manner > but  all  of  them  tending  to  a j 
certain  (lout  boldnejs . And  as  for  Titian  ho  hath  Worthily 
purchafed  the  name  of  a greater  Fainter  in  this  matter,  as 
his  FiBures  do  fufficicntly  witnefs  ; iio  each  w7hereof> 
there  (hineth  a certain  moving  yertue , feeming  to  incite 
due  beholder,  unto  the  imitation  thereof,  of  whom  this 
faying  may  be  well  verified \ that_;  he  was  beloved  of 
the  W odd , and  envied  of  nature. 

F inally , (faudentim  (though  he  be  not  much  known) 
was  inferiour  unto  few9  in  giving  the  apt  motions  td  the 

O Sairiti 


f4  Of  Actions  and  Geftures. 

Saints  & <Jlngels,  who  was  not-;  only  a very  Witty painter, 
as  I have  elfewhere  shewed,  but  alfo  a mod  profound 
Fbilofopher  and  ^Mathematician , amongft  all  whofe  all 
praife  worthy  worlds,  ( which  are  almoft  infinite,  efpecially 
in  this  point  of  motion  ) there  divers  FMyjleries  of  Chrijls 
pa  (lions,  of  his  doings,  but  chiefly  a.  crucifix,  called  Mount 
(fnlvary  atr"  the  Sepulchre  of  V irajlo,  where  he  hath  made 
admirable  Hor[es  and  Jlrange  Angels , nor"  only  in  painting 
but  alfa  in_j  plaijlicf  of  a kfnd of  earth , wrought^  mod 
curioufly  with  his  own  hand,  di  tutto  relievo , through  all 
the  Figures . 

Belides  in  the  V auh  of  the  CJbafpel of  St.  Mary  de  gratia 
in  Milane , he  hath  wrought  m o ft  natural  aAngels , I mean 
efpecially  for  their  aUions , there  is  alfo  that "mighty 
Cube  of  St.  Mary  de  Sorono  full  of  thrones  of  Angels , fet  out 
with  habits  and  aHions  of  all  forts,  carrying  diverfity  of 
mo  ft  jlrange  Inflruments  in  their  hands , I may  not  con- 
ceal that  goodly  C^appel , which  he  mado  in  his  latter 
time,  in  the  Church  of  peace  in  CMilane , whero  you 
shall  find  ffnall  Hijlories  of  our  Lady  and  jFoachim,  shew- 
ing fuch  fuperexcellent  motions,  that  they  feem_->  much  to 
revive  and  animate  the  (jpeBators. 

Moreover  the  J lory  of  St.  F^occho,  done  by  him  in_> 
Vercelli , with  divers  other  works  in  that-*  Qty  5 although 
indeed  all  Lombardy  be  adorned  with  his  moft  rare  worlds, 
whofe  common  faying  concerning  this  An  of  motions , 

I will  not  conceal;  which  was,  that  all  painters  delight 
to  fteal  other  Mens  indentions,  but  that  ho  himfelfwas 
in  no  great  danger  of  being  detected  hereafter.  Now 
this  great  painter,  although  in  reafon,  he  might  for  his 
diferction,  Wifdome , and  worth  be  compared  with  the  a- 
bove  named  in  the  Firft  Treatife  : Yet  notwithstand- 
ing is  he  omitted  by  Cjeorge  Fafary , in  his  lives  of  the 
Famous  T aimers , Carvers , and  Architects , an  argument"' 

( to  fay  no  worfe  of  him  that  he  intended  to  eternise  only 

his 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  jy 

his  own  Tufcanes,  but  I proceed  to  the  unfolding  of  the 
original  caufes  of  thefe  motions  : And  bird  for  our  better 
under  ft  anding  , I will  begin  with  thofe  pafions  of  thd 
mind,  whereby  the  "Body  is  moved,  to  the  performance  of 
his  particular  effeFts. 

Of  the  pafions  of  the  Mind,  their  original  and  difference. 

THe  pafions  of  the  mind,  are  nothing  elfe  but  cer- 
tain motions,  proceeding  from—*  the  apprehenfion  of 
iome  thing,  now  this  apprehenfion  is  Threefold , fenfitive > 
rational,  and  intellectual , and  from  thefe  Three,  thero 
arif cThree  pafions  in  the  mind,  for  fometimes  we  follow 
fenfitive  apprehenfions , and  then_>  we  confider  good  and 
evil,  under  the  shew  of  that  which  is  profitable  or  unpro- 
fitable, pleafant  or  offenfive  > andthefe  are  called  natural  af- 
feil ions,  fometimes  we  purfue  rational  apprehenfions , con- 
fidering  good  and  evil  in  manner  of  Virtue  or  Vice,  pra/fi 
or  diffiraife,  honejly  or  difhonefty ; and  thefe  are  reafonabl^j 
affeffions,  fometimes  we  imbrace  apprehenfions  intellectual , 
regarding  goodand  evil,  as  true  and  falfe,  and  thefe  arej 
imelleftual  apprehenfions . 

Now  the  infer/ our  powers  of  the  mind  are  of  two  forts, 
either  defire  or  anger,  and  both  of  thefe  reffect  that  which 
lcemeth  good  or  bad,  diverfy , for  the  defiring  part  either 
confldereth  good  and  bad  abfolutely  ; and  fo  if  caufeth 
love  and  hhmg,  and  contrary  wife  hatred,  or  elfe  it  reflects 
good  as  abfent,  w hence  arifeth  defire  or  longings  or  elfo 
evil  a.s  abfent,  buf  at  hand)  and  fo  it  breedeth  fear,  dread  $ 
&c.  or  both  of  them  as  prefent,  and  fo  from  the  Firft 
cometh  joy  and  delight , from  the^  latter  heavinefs  and 
grief  the  angry  faculty  confldereth  good  and  evil,  as  it  is 
eafy  o r_,  hard  to  be  attained  unto  , or  avoided • whenco 
fpringeth  fometimes  confidence  and  hope,  fometimes^- 
dacity,  fometimes  diftrufi,  and  fo  defer  at  ion,  & c.  fome- 

O t ttoes 


0 Of  Adions  and  Geftures. 

times  if  is  moved  to  revenge , and  that  is  ifi_>  regard 
of  evil  pail,  as  injury  or  offence  received , and  fo  it  breed- 
et hanrer,  by  that  which  hath  hitherto  been-,  fpoken 
iLj  is  evident , that  there  are  Eleven-,  pafsions  or  affec- 
tions in _>  the  mind , which  are  thefe,  love,  hatred,  de fire,  fear, 
joy,  for  row,  hope,  diff  air,  audacity,  timeroufnejs  and  anger,  from 
which  there  do  consequently  fomany  forts  of  ac- 
tions in_>  the  art,  as  there  may  be  affections  exprefled  in_. 
Mens  "Bodies,  wherefore  we  oughf  carefully  to  ob- 
ferve  the  motions  which  are  outwardly  exprefled,  in-,  fuch 
fort,  as  they  do  manife/ily  point  to  the  roots,  whence  they 
jlrino,  and  difeover  the  caufes  from  which  they  proceed, 
diflributing  them  and  difpofing  them  accordingly  in-,  the 
! ‘Bodies , or  Thyfiognomies  which  wholoever  shall  fail  in, 
shall  (quc/lionlefs ) wholly  pervert  the  Order  of  things,  con- 
founding the  ‘Beauty  of  Hijlories,  whether  they  be  Fables, 
or  other Inventions,  which  are  to  be  painted- 

How  the  Body  orF  hyfiognomy  is  altered  by  the  ‘Pafsions  of  themind. 

TT  is  a clear  cafe,  that  themind  according  to  the  divers 
affeHions  ( whereof  I fpake  before ) by  reafon_.  of  the 
apprehenfiens  both  fenfible  and  imaginative ) doth  diverfly 
change  and  alter  the  Body  with  fenfible  alterations,  by  vary- 
ing the  accidents  thereof,  and  producing  Sundry  qualities 
in_.  the  members,  fo  that  in  mirth,  the Jfirits  are  enlarged, 
in—,  fear  they  are  contracted,  in  bafhfulnejs  they  fly  up  to 
tho  Brain,  again,  in  joy  the  heart  is  extended  by  degrees, 
vn->  diffleajure'xt  is  drawn  in  by  little  and  little,  aslikewife 
in_>  anger  and  fear,  but  fudden  anger  and  defire  of  revenge 
procureth  heat,  blueing,  bitter  tall , and  tho  flux  of  the 
Belly , /rar  brings  coldnefs,  the  panting  of  the  heart , tho 
failing  of  the  voice,  and  palenefs,  heavinefl  caufeth  /treat- 
ing, and  a-  blewifls  palenefs , mercifulne/s  breeds  a certain 
heavinefs,  which  oftentimes  hurteth  him  t hat  is  moved 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  57 

to  mercy,  which  appeares  ordinarily  in  lovers,  in  whom 
there  is  fucha Sympathy,  that  whatfoever  one  indureth  $ 
the  others  likewife  fujfereth  the  fame  5 Anxiety  cauferh 
dryness  and  blac\nefs • defire  and  love , breeds  {undry  colours, 
fometimes  red,  fometimes pale,  as  we  daily  lee  in  lovers, 
efpecially  in  their,  meetings. 

Nowall  thele  pafions  when  they  be  exceeding  vehe- 
ment do  fometimes  bring  Death , which  happened  to 
Sophocles  and  Dionyfm  the  Sicilian  Tyrant , when  ho  re- 
ceived the  News  of  a de/perate  viUory  • the  like  hath 
befallen  divers  ethers  through  heavinefs  and  fundry  othen 
mishaps  have  proceeded  from-/  the  like pafions > when 
they  aflaulted  zFAFcns  minds , whereof  we  have  divers 
examples  in  /lories,  which  I mean  notr  to  /land  upon  as 
being  cu  thing  more  curious  then  necejjary  to  our  purpofc- 
only  I will  jhew , of  what  power  and  efficacy , fierce 
math  joyned  with  a_>  magnanimous  audacity  can  do,  by  the 
example  of  ^Alexander  the  Great,  who  being  over- 
matched by  his  Enemies  in  India,  was  feento  realty  forth 
from  his  ‘Body,  fire  and  light,  the  like  whereof  we  read 
of  the  Father  of  Fheodoricus , who  by  the  like  vehement 
effeff,  breathed  ouL->of  his  heart,  as  from  a burning  fur- 
naccy  fiery  /parlies , which  flying  forth  jhon  and  made  a 
found  in  the  zA ir.  Fhus  therefore  we  reprefentr  all  thefe  paf- 
lions /V/^ftory,  together  with their  convenient  and  proper 
Motions,  we  fet  forth  that  great  variety  which  worficih  fuck  de- 
light" Wpleafure,  that  it  zllurcth  out  Minds  unto  its  with 
a^fwcet  kind  of  compullion,  nootherwife  then  mofl  delectably 
Mufick  enchaunteth  the  Earesc/  the  Hearers^  which  (as  they 
write') is fo  forcible  that  way,  that  a certain  Mufitian  boafled, 
that  by  the  power  of  his  notes,  he  caufed  iSAA  en  to  grow  furi- 
ous, and  afterwards  come  to  themfelves  again.- 


Of 


P 


58 


Of  A&ions  and  Geftures. 

Of  the  (^Motions  procured  by  the  Seven  planets. 

A Mongft  the  Seven  ffovernours  of  the  IV orld  ( which 
tSM  ere:  Erifmcgiflus  calleth  V lanets , as  Saturn , fupiter. 
Mars,  Sol,  Venus,  Mercury  and  Z,^)  the  chief  and  principal 
is  Saturn , which  hath  alfo  received  divers  names  of 
antiquity,  as  Heaven,  Sith-bearer , the  father  of  the  gods, 
Tatrone^j  of  time,  and  from  his  effetts  here  below;  wife, 
intelligent , ingenious,  the  feed  of  great  profundity,  the  Auctor 
of  fecret  contemplation,  the  imprinter  of  weighty  thoughts  in 
Men,  a deflroycr  and  preferver,  the  SuhjeUor  of  power  and 
might,  the  keeper  of  hidden  things,  and  the  aAuUor  of  finding 
and  loofmg. 

His  influences  are  partly  good,  andpartly  bad,  accord- 
ing to  the  diftofition  of  him  thatr'  receiveth  them,  as 
weeping?  melaticholly  &c.  he  caufeth  religious  actions,  as 
to  bow  the  knee,  look  down  upon  the  earth,  pray,  and 
fuch  like  motions  of  the  Breafl  and  Face , common^  to 
thofe  which  pray,  or  other  auftere  and  fatyrical  Fellows, 
with  Head  declining,  Eyes  fixed  on  the  earth,  wafting 
himfelf  with  a furious  flence,  and  examining  his  own 
fpeech,  with  hanging///?*.  Moreover,  hecaufeth  a com- 
plexion of  colour  between  blacfl  and  yellow , meager,  dijlorted, 
of  anj  hard  sift,  eminent-’  veyns , aru  hairy  "Body, 
f mailer*,  Eye-brows  joyned  together,  a thin  beard,  thiefi 
lips , with  looks  caft  down  , an  heavy  gate,  enter  fairing  as 
hegoeth,  bciides  hemakcsaMan  fubtil,  winy,  a way -lay- 
er, and  murtherer:  Now  according  to  this  forme  of  Body, 
and  thefe  motions,  you  may  framo  any  Body  fubjed: 
unto  Saturn,  that  is  of  the  temper  and  complexion  anfwer^ 
able  to  the  nature  of  Saturn,  fo  thaf  by  that  which  hath 
been  faid  concerning  this  Blanet  in  particular,  as 
alfo  by  thatr'  which  shall  be  fpoken  feverally  of  tho 

reft* 


Of  A6tions  and  Geftures.  jp 

reft,  we  may  gather  one  general  %ule , as  touching 
the  <Jtrt  of  motions  in  our.  TiBurcs,  as  well  in  rdpeft  of 
the  quality  of  tho  humour,  as  of  the  motions  themfelves* 
&c. 

Jupiter. 

The  Second  T/anet  is  Jupiter,  fo  named  of  the  La* 
tines , as  you  would  fay  Juvans  Tater , the  Father  of 
beneficence  and  liberality , he  is  otherwife  called  of  tho- 
Toets , magnanimous , the  thunder er  and  lightner,  invincible o, 
altipotent,  magnipotent , goor/  natufd  , fortunate,  facet,  pleafant , 
the  belt  well-wilier,  bone  ft,  neat,  of  & good  gate,  honourable , 
the  author  of  mirth  and  judgement,  wife,  true,  the  revealcroi 
truth,  the  chief exceeding  all  the  ‘Planets  in  goodnefa 
the  be  flower  of  riches  and  wifdome:  the  dijf  oft  ions  and 
ffio/zi'  proceeding  frono  this  Tlanet  are,  a merry  znd in- 
genious countenance,  aBions  of  honour , /baking  of  hands,  after., 
tho  manner  of  thofe  which  entertain  grangers , com - 
mending  and  Jpeaknig  Men  with  cap  and  knee,  lifting 

up  the  bead  as  thole  ufe  which  pray. 

Concerning  the  complexion , diffoftion  and  feature^  of 
theBody,  he  makes  a Man  of  ami  xt  [anguine,  betwixt 
white  and  red,  of  a delicate  Body,  good  ftature,  cither  bald 
or  elfe  high- foreheaded , Eyes  fomewhat  big,  fhort  nofrels 
andunequal,  thccbee^teethfomcwh&t  big,  a curled  beard, 
deceitful  and  fair  conditioned:  All  vrhich  correfpon- 
dencies  betwixt^  the  qualities  of  the  mind,  and  the  cori* 
Jlitution  of  the  Body,  together  with  their  exteriouo 
ajfeBions , if  tho  Tainter  shall  with  judgement  confi derand 
obferve , they  will  breed  both  delight  in  him,  and  efti- 
mation  to  his  <iArt,  teaching  him_>  farthermore  the 
true  difference  between  an  hone/  man  and  £ variety  one 
thaO  is  merry,  and  a melancholly  Fellow,  a Man  of  his 
hands,  and  a coward,  and  fo  forth,  according  to  all  thofe 
qualities  naturally  proceeding  from  Jupiter,  &c. 


6o 


Of  A&ions  and  Ceftures. 

zLLVLars. 

The  third  {Planet  is  Mars,  and  by  thes  TWfisalfo 
called  ^Mayors,  the  god  of wan,  bloudy,  armipotent,  enfifer, 
magnanimous , bold,  inconcpucrable , full  of generofty , of  invin- 
cible power  y of  impetuous  pre fence , unrefijlable , a fubvener  of 
the  firong  and  mighty , and  a depofer  of  : he  is  the 
Lord  of  heat , burning  and  power,  th  cTlanet  of  WW,  brawls 
and  violence,  incenfing,  contentions  and  Wrf  Jpirits , and  ( in_, 
a word  ) broching  all  disordered,  inconfedcrate  and  heady 
actions:  his  fe  [lures  are  terrible , oW,  fierce , angry,  proud , 
hafty  and  violent : he  cauleth  M en  to  be  of  a red  complexion, 
a deep  yellow  hair , round  Yifiged > fiery  Eyes , acm7and  yferce 
countenance , by  reafon_j  of  his  intemperate  ; info- 
much  tha£_>  he  is  reputed  hot  and  dry,  in  the  highelt  de- 
gree,bearing  fw  ay  over  m/  choller - 

Sol. 

The  F ourth  Tlanet  is  £0/,  which  hath  divers  others 
appellations  as  Thoebus,  «Apollo,  Titan , Tean,  Homs,  Ojins , 
fiyfrcitcncnt,  Fiery , Cj olden  JJamiger 9 Radiant,  Igni-comus , the 
ZTye  of  the  JVorld , Lucifer,  Multi fidus , Omnipotent , tho 
Trince  of  Starrs,  th  c grand  Seignior , he  is  oh  good  S\ fiature , 
fortunate , hone [l,  neat,  prudent,  intelligent,  wife,  the  oovernour , 
the  befloWer  of  life  upon  all  Bodies  indued  with 
obfeuring  the  /igfe  of  tho  other  with  his  ex- 
ceeding brightnefs , and  yet-’  imparting  unto  them  all 
that^  light  they  have  > whence  in  refpeft  of  the 
he  is  called  Tyonifeus , and  of  tho  day  e Apollo , as  you 
would  fay  pollens  malum,  the  dijpeller  of  evil,  where  for  o 
the  iA thenians  called  him  dteH-UcLxov , &c. 

He  was  named  Thcebusby  reafori^  of  his  Beauty,  and 
/'Wwbecaufeof  the  violenrk^t  he  ins;endereth  in 
thofe  Bodies,  over  which  he  hath  dominion,  and -Sol  for 
the  preheminence  of  his  light  ; wherefores  the  Afiyrians 
named  him ^<tAdad,  which  fignifyeth  alone,  the  Hebrews 
Shcmefh • the  ^Motions proceeding  from  him  are  coura- 

gious, 


» 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  6\ 

gious , honourable , majefeical , confederate  and  wife  $ the  colour 
andhew  which  hegivethis  broWnifh , betwixt yellow  and 
blacky  mixed  with  m/,  caufing  thole  which  are  fubje£l* 
to  him  to  bo  of  a low  feature,  yet  of  a comely perfonage, 
bald,  curled,  with yellow  Eyes,  touching  the  affections 
of  their  mind,  they  are  confederate, prudent,  trufey , vainglorious, 
and  magnanimous * 

V enus. 

T h e F 1 ft  P lanet  i s V enus , w h o fe  denominations  a r e 1 i k e - 
wife  divers  , exprefled  by  variety  of  Spithites . as 
chief, ’ mild , /^/r>  bright , pleafant , powerful , fruitful , tho 

c5 Mother  of  loye  and  beauty,  the  progeny  of the  Firft 
other  of  tEMan,  she  that  Firft  joyned  both  Sexes 

together  in ^ /cw,  the  Queen  of  all  yVy,  friendly , merciful 5 

ever,  bountiful  to  Mankind,  embracing  all  things 
with  her  vertue,  humbling  the  ferong  and  lofty,  and  ex- 
alting the  and  and  directing  all  things;  they 
call  her  Aphrodite , becaufe  she  is  faid  to  be  born  of  the 
froth  oh  the  Sea,  and  Vhofphorus,  or  Lucifer,  wheiosheap-* 
pcareth  before  the  Sun  in^  the  Safe,  and  Hejperus  when 
she  folio weth  the  Sww,  her  motions  are  pleafant  and 
/«/,  being  given-;  to  /ports,  dalliance , dancing,  and  embrace- 
in?s,  she  makes  the  countenance  amiable , pleafant , and 
/wen?,  working  a kind  of  yphitenefs  iio  the  Body,  by  rea^ 
foroof  her  cold  and  moifl  nature  (refembling  tho  Water 
which  whenio  is  congealed  and  frozen,  looketh  white  ) 
yetr'  prettily  mixed  with  red;  she  caufethMeroto  be 
proper  of  Body, fair  androundvij aged,  with  blac\rowling  Syes , 
brown  hair,  of  a lovely  difpofition,  gentle , bountiful,  courteous , 
affable  and  gracious . 

EXT 'ercury. 

Mercury  is  the  fix t P lanet,  and  of  the  antient-'  is  cal- 
led the  Sonne  of  ffupiter,  the  Hcrauld  and  prolocutor  of 
the  gods,  the  Cfrcecians  call  him  which  fignifyeth 

finning,  ferpentiger , caducifer,  light- foot,  eloquent,  gainful,  wife , 

Q_  rea» 


6 2 Of  Actions  and  Geftures. 

rca/onable,  Jlrong,  potent  as  well  oothe  good  as  on  the  bad 
part,  the  notary  of  the  Sun,  fupiters  herauld , having  com- 
merce with  the  fupernal  and  infernal  gods , with  the 

male , and  /e; We  with  the  female,  molt  fruitful,  a n Her. 
?n aphrodite:  Lucian  calleth  him  the  Vmpire  of  the  oWj\>  o- 
thers  Hermes , or  the  interpreter , and  the  expounder  of  the 
mi  fieri  es  of  his  motions  are  inconjlant,  fiippery , mutable , 

yZrwg,  //Wy,  prompt  and  ready,  he  caufeth  a complexion 
neither  very  white , nor  very  blacky  along  wfage,  an 
forehead , [mail  Eyes,  not  altogether  blacky  an  even  h\gofe 
and  lomething  , thin  beard,  long  and  /lender  fingers : 
the  operations  which  he  caufeth  in  tho  minde  are 
witty , fubtile,  bufy,  (harp,  Wary,  an d fruitful. 

Luna . 

The  Seventh  and  laft  Vianet  is  Luna,  of  tho  anti- 
ents  called  P hcebe,  Diana  , Lucina  5 P roferpina  , Hecate  , 
Aden/Irena , Hr 'for mis , Jfocti  Luca , wandring , filent , double 
horned,  fafe,  night  walking,  cornigera u,  0^/2  of  Heaven , the 
firftof  th ej>  godde/Jes,  Queen  over  mens  w/Wx,  Mifiris  of 
all  the  Elements , she  to  home  the  jlars  have  relation, 
and  the  Elements  are  i jo  fubjeftion,  at  whole  beck 
the  lightnings  Jhine,  and  feeds  fpring,  the  Mother  of  com. 
Sifter  off  hoebus,  the  tranfporter  of  light,  from  one  pla- 
net to  another  ; imparting  her  light , to  all  the  other 
flarrs , and  retraining  their  divers  courfes  ; the  Lady 
of  mine  and  moiflure,  the  beftower  of  riches , the  lAQurfe 
of  mankinde  5 the  ruler  of  all  flates , pitiful,  merciful,  the 
preferver  of  menj  both  by  tea  and  Land,  mittigating 
tho  tempefs  at  -Sea  , the  fubduer  of  carnal  affections. 
Queen  of  the  world , and  vanquisher  of  Hell,  whofo 
Majefty  the  birds  of  the  a ire,  the  beafls  of  the  fields , the 
Jerpentes  i/o  the  roefs , and  caves  of  the  earth  , and  the 
fifhes  of  the  fea  doe  reverence?  finally  th e^Enemie  to 
Thieves  and  M nrthcrers. 

Her  motions  are  moveable , beneficent,  childi/h,  fimple,  ob- 
livious, 


Of  AfHons  and  Ceftures. 

liVious , and  curious*  she  makes  a man_^  of  a pale  comple- 
xion, intermingled  with  red  of  a comely  feature,  roun 
Vifaged and  marked blackffh  eyes , beetles  browes , tender  and 
foftfleflo,  the  Qualities  oi  whole  minds  aro  fatiability,  fa- 
cility, penfevenefe,  affeflion  of  news  , no  ready  gift  in_->  dif- 
courfing. 

And  Tronic  hence  fpringeththe  whole  variety  of 
all  the  othem  motions  befides  the  above  named  of  the 
Elements , all  which  ferve  for  tokens , and  fignes  where- 
by we  may  the  better  attain  to  the  knowledge  of  the  na- 
tures of  people , and  their^  affections  and  pafeions,  anfwera- 
ble  to  the  venue  and  influence  of  the  'Planets , which  the 
antient  iAatbematitians  have  by  long  experience  obfer* 
ved , neither  did  thofe  excellent  M otifecs  <tAL  Magnus, 
aJIbbos  Tritemim,  and  %ai : Lullius  confider  them_>  to  a~ 
ny  other  end  and  purpofe.  Wholoeven,  therefore  * 
shall  be  throughly  poflefled  with  thefe  things,  im- 
printing them  well  in  his  mind,  and  proceeding  ac- 
cording to  their  dirediion  in  his  Pictures , may  allure 
himfelf  thal_>  his  works  will  prove  nor'  only  commendable , 
but  even  exceeding  admirable , expreffing  in_j  them 
fadnefs  by  Saturn , by  fupiter  contentment , by  <S\/[ars  cruelty  i 
by  Sol  magnanimity,  by  oSMercury  quicknefs  of  ffirit,  by  Ve* 
nus  love  and  wantonnefs,  and  by  Luna  humanity  and  gentle- 
nefsi  exemplifying  moreover  according  to  thefe  Ob- 
fervations,  thefe  and  fuch  liko  effects,  united  toge- 
ther^ in  the  compounds  *,  all  which  the  Antient  Mafeers , 
carefully  obferved,  (as  may  appears  by  their  worlds) 
which  fufficiently  declare,  thar  they  both  under- 
flood thefe  myjleries,  and  took  great^/;w  iruj  expreffing 
them,  whence  ir  is  mod  apparent,  thar  the  knowledge 
of  thefe  things,  cannot-j  be  attained  unto*  by  the 
mere  practice  of  Painting,  bur  by  the  earned  feudy  of  phi - 
lofophy,  wherewith  the  Antienr  Painters  were  fuffici- 
ently furnished ; and  henco  it  is,  that  Michael  Angelo 

QU2 


64  Of  Actions  and  Ceftures. 

of  late  Years,  being  very  skilful  in_>  thefe  matters , 
gave  to  the  Devils  in_j  his  laft  judgement  in  the  V alkane  , 
not*'  only  the  aBions  and  gejlures  of  a Angels  and  nimbly 
an doSive  Men,  together  with  other  earthly  ornaments , 
but  alfo  divers  other  look}  and  countenances , moft  fuit- 
able  to  their  wicked  intents,  *as  in  his  own  difcretion 
he  thought*"  fitted;  whence  we  find  ( fharon  and  the 
other  Devils,  to  have  feveral  countenances , though  all 
of  them  dreadful  and  malicious , in  which  point  Leonard 
Vincent  was  much  renowned,  and  the  other  Five  men- 
tioned in  the  Second  Chapter  of  this  Treatife , who 
were  the  very  light  and  direBion  of  all  the  other  good 
T aimers, whom  I therefore  pafs  over,  becaufe  they  are 
recorded  in  the  lives  of  the  Tainters,  who  were  re- 
puted little  inferiour  to  Michael  Angelo. 

How  all  the  motions  may  accidently  befall  any  man  though  diver  fly. 


TlAving  hitherto  difeourfed  of  the  motions  arifing 
**-  from  the  Elements,  the  humours  and  the  bo  - 

dies , as  alfo  how  they  differ  each  from  other,  accor- 
ding to  their  feveral  operations  in  men , and  their  vari- 
ous effecls  5 it  remaineth  thatt  I should  now  fpeak  in 
particular  of  certaine  principal  properties  of  thefo  motions, 
taking  natural  examples , ( as  my  manner  is ) and  applying 
therrwto  the  Tlanets , from  whence  this  variety  of 
cffeBs  and  influences  defeends,  which  particularity  of 
motions'^  it  shall  beexpreffed,  it  will  difcoverall  forts 
of  pafions  of  the  mind  in  each  Dody  or  Thyfiognomy , but 
becaufe  each  man  is  fubjeS  to  fome  one  of  th cTlanets, 
and  therefore  ismore  efpecially  inclined  to  fome  one 
afeBion,  it  will  not  be  amifs  .toshew  how  upon  occafion 
any  ajfeBion  whatfoever  may  beftirred  up  in  a Man  of 
any  condition,  or  conflitutiom  the  mamfcjlation  whereofrifeth 
wholly  from  the  F i ve  Senfes,  as  the  inftruments  whereby 

the 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  6$ 

the obj eels  be  apprehended : as  by  the  Eye  vv e_j  Th  Fwl 
fee  that^  which  is  comely  and  undecent ; by  the  Sr^cs- 
Ear  we  hear  founds  pleafant  and  unpleafant,  as  praife  and 
dijpraife 5 by  the  Jfojlrils  we  fmell  fweet and  (linking,  ftrong 
and fharp Javours , by  the  tafle  we  difccriL-*  fweet,  (harp , 
unfaVoury , thick^,  fait , jliptif  virulent*  bitter,  fat , flrong,  un - 
pleafant , and  fas  zArifotle  laith  ) /wrrf  and  [oft : Finally 
by  the  feeling , we  touch  cold  and  hot,  moijl  and  t/ry,  as 
alfo  fharp,  light,  fippery , heavy , hard,  [oft,  grofs , / lender 
and  fuchlike  qualities,  from  whence  all  actions,  whereunto 
any  kind  of  2Wy  is  fubjeB,  arecaufed,  though  more 
abundantly,  and  more  apparently  in  fomc,  then  in 
others,  whence  we  are  given  to  underftand,  than* 
as  thefe  qualities  are  diftin£t  between  themfelves, 
and  are  feverally  applyed  to  the  Tlanets,  fo  likewife 
th cafeBions  proceeding  from  them  do  vary,  accord- 
ingly as  the  fenfes , apprehenfions  and  pafions , togethen. 
with  their  objefls , viz.  colours,  founds , /wf/r,  and 
matters  do  differ. 

Now  although  there  be  but^  one  particular  in/lincl 
ineach  private  Man,  which  inclineth  him  to  good  or 
whereunto  that"  Free  (fovernour  and  ^Arbiter  of 
his  afeBions  mod  naturally  learneth,  and  from  whence 
all  his  ordinary  rfS/ow  proceed  , notwithstanding 
there  is  no  impediment  why  Man  may  not  be  affected 
diver  fly , by  any  of  the  exteriour  fenfes  fthe  ordinary 
inflruments  of  all  our  operations ) by  framing  in  his  mind, 
pafions  anfwerablo  to  the  objeU  apprehended  by  his 
fenfes , and  fo  caule  fuch  like  A&ions  to  break  forth 
in  him,  as  be  repugnant  to  his  particular  inflinB,  the; 
truth  whereof  we  read  in  David  King  of  the  Hebrews  • 
who  was  lafcivioufly  affected , when  fronts  the  top  of 
his  T 'allace,  he  beheld  Eathfheba , bathing  her  lelf  naked • 
and  at  the  fame  inflant  was  ftirred  up  unto  cruelty  in_, 
commanding  Vrias  to  be  fain , although  he  were  natu* 

R rally 


66  Of  A&ions  and  Geftures. 

rally  both  a moft  continent  and  clemcntTrince.  Again  his 
Sonne  Solomon  the  Wife,  wasfubdued  by  his  fenfe,  and 
bewitched  by  tho  inticings  of  Concubines  and  Idolaters , 
things  much  abhorrent-'  from  the  Inltind  of  his  nature: 
And  thus  in  perufing  of  Hijlories,  we  shall  find  how 
divers  mo  foaliantTrinces,  have  upon  occafions  proved 
fainthearted , and  been  ftained  with  covetoufnefs  , many 
pittyfulMen  been  given  to  cruelty , religious  Men  to 
revenge  and  malice,  chaft  Men  to  luxury , flout"  Men  to 
cowardice.  See . obferving  moreover  the  alteration  of 
mirth  into  for row,  lamentation  into  laughter,  coyetoufnejs  into 
liberality  s which  I therefore  omit-',  becaufe  we  daily 
fee  lively  examples  of  people  fucceffively  affeded  with 
fundry  vices , as  rapines,  grief  loy^,dijhonejly , theft,  murder , 
hatred,  revenge,  trechery,  tyrany , mfolency, &c.  and  contrary- 
wife  with  religion,  mercy , loyalty , clemency , liberality,  hone - 
jly , victorious , defiro  of  honour,  &cc.  as  Thieves  being 
ashamed  to  lay  themfelves  open-;  before  compa- 
ny, for_>  fear  of  being  difeovered,  will  make  af  fair 
/hew  of  true  Men;  and  cur  tefans  and  light  Houf  wives,  iro 
the  prefenco  of  other  grave  zSXTatrons,  will  bare  the 
countenance^  of  very  hone/l  women,  concealing  thein,  ha~ 
bitual  naughtynefs,  for  Fear  of  the  df grace  and  punifhment , 
which  would  otherwifo  enfue-,  and  fellones  to  avoid 
the  danger  of  the  halter,  will  take  upon  them  the  habit  of 
hone  [land  civil  Men. 

Hence  then  the  Tainter  may  learn  how  toexprefs 
nof  only  the  proper  and  natural  motions , but  alfo  tho 
accidental , wherein  confifteth  no  fmall  part  of  the  dif- 
ficulty of  the  <t Art,  namely  in  reprefenting  diverfities  of 
affections  an&pafsions  in  one  Body  or  Face : a_>  thing  much 
pradized,  by  the  antient  Tainters  (though  with  greatr* 
difficulty  ) who  even,  endeavoured  to  leave  no  part  of 
the  Life  unexpreffed.  It  is  recorded  that  Euphranor 
gave  fuch  o touch  to  the  counterfeit  o fTaris,  that 

therein 


Of  Actions  and  Geflures.  67 

therein  the  beholder  might  at  once  colled,  that  he 
was  "Umpire  of  the  T hree  godde/Jes,  the  courier  of  Helena^ 
and  th  e flayer  of  ^Achilles , and  of  ‘ Tarajius  the  Ephefian , 
that"'  he  painted  the  Idol  of  the  d/Itbenians  in  fuch  fort, 
that  he  feemed  angry,  unjujl,  inconflani > implacable , gentle , 
merciful , &c.  agaiio  we  read  how  Ttoi  reprefented 
in  Oreftes,  fury  and  grief  mixed  together;  and  of  ano- 
ther who  refembled  iio  ‘Olyjjes  a dilfembhng^/m? ; as 
alfo  of  < tAriflides  the  Thebane , who(iro  the  Perfon  of 
a wounded  IVoman  giving  her  child [uckfex prefled  pain, 
and  y&ir  fo  lively,  that  it  is  hard  to  fay  whether  sho 
were  more  pained  with  the  fenfe  of  her  wound , then^- 
fraid,  lead  her  r/;/W  lacking  milf,  should  fuck  blond ; 
who  alfo  is  reported  to  have  beetle  the  Firft  that  be- 
gan to  reprefeno  thefe  perturbations  of  the  aSAdbind,  and 
was  afterward  followed  of  the  other  Tainters,  as  a guide 
herein,  as  it  was  once  by  chance  found  upon  afmall 
earthen  to/ of  in  his  Qhild-hood,  made  by  Leonard 

Vincent  himfelf  5 wherein  you  might-"  evidently  per- 
ceive, the  fimplicity  and  innocency  of  a Qhild , accompa- 
nyed  with  undemanding,  mfdome , and  Majejly : and  al- 
though if' were  the  countenance  of  hut  a young  and  tender 
Child , yer*  itleemedtoshew  forth  a kind  of  [age  anti* 
quity , much  to  be  admired. 


Of  divers  other  necejfary  zSKdotions* 

B Elides  the  Motions  already  declared  at^  large,  for* 
the  better  underdanding  of  fuch  other  as  might-" 
hereafter  ferve  for  our  purpoje , it  is  to  bo  obferved, 
that  there  aro  certain  others  of  no  fmall  importance , 
which  aro  to  be  referred  unto  thao  which  is  mod 
comely,  and  agreeable  to  Mans  Body,  as  well  i/o 
refpedof  fuch  ejfetts  as  proceed  frorro  the  fame?  as 
alfo  iio  regard  of  the  times  and  feafonr,  together  with 

R ^ ib& 


(58  Of  Actions  and  Ceflures. 

thcconfideracion  of  th c objects,  offering  themfelvesto 
our  [enfe,  for  the  better  attaining  whereof,  we  muff 
in  all  tho  aJBions  and  Cjeflures • make  choice  of  the 
chief ed  and  mod  principal , Searching  therro  out  mod 

vide  George  Vaf.iri  diligently , and  deducing  them  from  tho 
data piiruia capih.  circum/lance s , whichare  found  in  the  part 

tobe  reprefented,  as  Leonard  Vincent  did  in  the  Carton o 
of  St.  aAnne , which  was  afterwards  tranfported  into 
France , and  is  now  to  be  fee n in  sIAdilane,  with  are- 
I'm  Lovinm  a Fainter,  in  the  border  whereof,  there  are 
many  draughts , exprefling  the  great  joy  and  mirth  which 
the  Virgin  (AMary  conceived  , when  she  beheld  fo 
goodly  a_?  Qhild as  ( hriji  born,  confidering  with  hen, 
felf  that  she  was  made  worthy  to  be  his  Mother : and 
likewifeiioSt.  Anne , the  joy  and  contentment  which  she 
felt,  feeing  hen>  daughter  become  the  B lefjed  Mother  of 
(fod. 

Moreover  ho  that  Piece  which  is  to  be  feeniro 
the  Qoavpel  of  the  conception  in  St.  Francis  (fhurch  at  <AMi~ 
lane , where  you  shall  fee  how  St.  fohn  Baptifl  kneel- 
ing with  his  Hands  together,  bowed  towards  C^rtjl • 
which  was  an  aBion  of  obedience , and  Child reverence , 
and  in  the  Virgin , a gefure  of  chearful  contemplation , wh i left 
she  beheld  thefe  aBions;  and  in  the  <l 4ngel,  an  aBion  of 
aJngelical  Beauty  , in  confideration  of  the  joy  which 
was  to  betide  the  world  by  this  myjlery-,  in  as  yetr' 
a child  divinity  and tvifdome,  where  the  Virgin  Mary  alfo 
kneeled  by  holding  St.  John  in  her  Bight  Hand , and 
ftretching  forward  her  which  wasforeshort- 

ned,and  finally  th  z Angel  holding  £/;r//2in  his  Left  Hand, 
who  fitting  by,  looked  upon  SujFohn and  Bleffedhim-, 
again,  divers  other  Famous  Tainters  and  lights  of  the  art, 
have  obferved  other  motions,  as  contemplation  in  calling 
the  Eyes  up  to  Heaven,  admiring  tho  Angelical  (AMufeck^ 
and  neglecting  for  a time  all  Inferiour  Mufic\>  with  the 

hands , 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  6g 

hands , inflruments , and  other  earthly  melodies,  which  motions 
were  exprefled  inthar'  flngular  piece  of  St.  Cectb  which 
Raph.  Tainted  with  Four  other  Saints , which  workfls  now 
to  be  found  i VLjSolognia  at  St.  Johns  in  the  mount,  the 
Agony  alfo  and  forrow  of  the  af flitted,  which  Anton:  Cor - 
regno  exprefled  moft  artificially  in  his  owrL_>  City,  in 
Chrifl  praying  l n_,  the  Cjarden > a$  like  wife  'want , pant- 
ing, fweating,  fleeping , threatning , and  the  motion  of  tho 
flaming  fire : all  which  are  moft  lively  exprefled  by  them 
in^diverspto/,  and  now  to  come  to  the  Toets,  that-* 
which  ^r/tf/fofpeaketh  of  his  Orlando , may  ferve  fora 
fit  example  herein. 

His  leggs  and  hands  he  [hakes,  and  breaths  withall, 

Whiles  from  his  Face  the  liquid  drops  do  fall . 

And  ins  another  place,  of  a Man  grievoufly  difeafetl,  fa* 
mifhed , and  outr’of  heart*  in  the  Perfon  of  the  famo 
Orlando , when  Angelica  found  hiin^  lying  upon  the 
Jhore . 

‘Rough,  grifly • hair d, Eyes  pairing,  vifageWdn , 
patch , dW  d//  deform d in  fight > 

In  fine  he  look}  to  makg  a true  description 
In  face  like  Death , in  hew,  life  an  ALgy  ptia  n . 

And  that  of  Dant  defcribing  a Shipwrack  in  a great 
Tempefl  at  Sea,  where  the  Men  are  faved. 

And  even  as  they , who  panting  at  a wacl^, 

Scap'd from  the  Sea,  and  gotten  to  the  [hore, 

Turn'd  to  the  dangerous  water,  andlook^  back* 

And  thus  muchfor  examples,  for  he  that-*  would  fet 
dowri^  all  the  examples  which  would  ferve  for  the  shew- 
ing, how  in  every  effett  we  ought  to  choofe  the  moft 
proper  motions,  without  which  the  Ritture  vvill  be  of 
fmall  worth,  should  grow  infinite-,  we  muft  alfo  have*? 

S re- 


/o  Of  Actions  and  Geftures. 

regard  to  the  feafons,  for  the  Summer  caufeth open,  and 
ivearifomcj)  allions , JubjeB  unto  [matings  and  rednefs ; the 
fainter  re  drained,  dram  in,  and  trembling-  the  Spring  merry , 
nimble,  prompt,  . and  of  a good  colour,  the  Autumne  doubtful , 
and  moro  inclining  unto  melancholly  then  otherwife, 
notwithftanding  if  you  be  to  paint  a labouring  Man , 
you  mull  without-'  any  regard  of  the  [eafon{  though 
more  of  Summer  thenu>  any  of  the  reft ) reprefent  him 
with  raifed  limns  and  ftrong  mufcles  [welling  and  [landing forth, 
/wealing  and  burning , efpecially  in  fuch  as  carry  burdens, 
d ra  w gr e a t weights,  o r u fe  vehement  leaping , walking , jcjling 
with  weapons,  fencing  and  fuch  like  exercifes,  Iz&ly 9/Ieep  cau« 
feth  no  motions  of  vigor  or  force  to  be  reprefented.but  as  if 
the  body  were  without  life ; W herefore  we  muft  take 
heed , vve  doe  not  ( as  fome  ufe)  give  unto  thole 
which  feep  fuch  kinds  of  actions  in  their  lying,  as  in 
probability  will  not  fufferthem  to  feep9  as  vve  fee  oft- 
times  in  Men  lying  athwart  fioncs,  benches , &c.  being  re- 
prefented  with  their  limns [upported  by  their  own  force » 
wherein  it  is  evident,  that  fuch  Tanners  know  not 
how  to  obferve  a Decorum . 

Farthcrmore,  there  are  motions  proceeding  from  the 
Eaf,  as  daily  experience  teach  us,  for  Journefs  and  bitter- 
nefscauk  the  bending  of  the  Eyelids,  and  other  parts, 
fweet  and  favoury , a chearful  countenance ; the  like  of  good 
[mils,  whereas  contrary  wife  bad  [wells  mako  us  draw 
iru  the  SSfoflrils , look  afide,  turn_j  the  back^,  with 
wrinkled  Eye  Aids,  - Eyes  almoft  clofed,  and  mouth  drawn 
in^ ; of  hearing  and  touching  , they  alfo  caufo  .di- 
ftin£l  motions  in  our_.  Bodies,  as  for  example,  from  /harp 
founds  and  noife,  rifethfudden  fear  and  affrighting,  from_» 
touching  any  hot  thing, quicl^and/peedy  motions,  from  touch- 
ing cold  things,  refrained  and  fearful  motions,  as  iru  fuch 
in  tho  winter  touch  Ice  or  Snow . And  fol  conclude  of 
feeing , for  in  looking  upon  things  exceeding  bright „ 

the 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  f\ 

the  fght  is  offended,  anda  Man  withdraweth  himfelf 
for  fafegard  in  beholding  obfcure  things ; the  Eyes 
are  fanned,  by  drawing  near,  and  as  nr'  were  clogjn? 
them  as  "Painters  ufe  to  do,  whero  they  would  look 
. near  on  a_>  thing,  which<^ft#iscaufed  by  aPiBureCexr' 
afar  off  : zAnd  here  I -will  conclude  thofe  fmple  Motions 
which  arc  of  mod  Importance,  proceeding  unto  thofe  which  con - 
ffof  multiplicity. 

Of  the  Motions  of  all  forts  of  Cloth, 

THe  ci Motions  of  0 oth,  that_>  as  the  Folds  or  Flails 
ought-’ to  runne  out  every  way  like  boughs  from 
the  StemnieandPody  of  the  Tree:  and  mull  be  fo  mado 
that  one  Plait  rife  from  another  * as  one  bough,  orono 
Jlream-j  of  Water  lffueih  out_j  from  another,  in  fuch 
wife,  that  there  be  no  part  of  the  Qoth  wherein  thero 
appear  not-’  fome  of  thefe  motions  • now  thefe  motions 
would  b e moderate,  gentle  and  free,  without-’  any  interrup- 
tions, more  to  be  admired  for  their  grace_>  and  facility, 
then  for  affe&ed  pains  and  indujlry , and  becaulca  all 
forts  of  Qoth  have  their  moiions,  as  well  as  Bodies,  it-1 
mull  needs  be  that  they  differ  between  themfelves,  ac- 
cording to  the  differences  of  the  clothes  themfelves. 

Wherefore,  theymuft  be  more  light  in_>  fine  Cloth, 
as  Sarcenet,  Linnen , Cyprefi,  &c.  in  which  the  'Plaits  area 
fmall,  raifedup,  trembling,  and  as  it-1  were  fweetly  warring, 
fomewhatr’  puffed  up  by  extending  and  jbreading  them* 
felves  like  a Sail,  where  the  motion  receiveth  moro 
ftrengthby  th etvind,  they  do  fall  clofe  uporu-the  bare 
skin, as  appeareth  plainly  inwomens garments, in  whom  you 
shall  fee  their  1 hin  clothes  ftretched  upon_>  their  bare 
skin,  on  that-’  fide  where  the  'wind  bhrseth,  and  &/&%>« up- 
on the  contrary  part,  the  fame  fallethoutr’in  mantells, 
the  loole  ends  of  girdles  an  dgarters,  all  which  motions  do 

S a raoft 


72  Of  Adtions  and  Ceflures.- 

mod:  fitly  belong  unto  the  apparel  of  nimphs and  others 
goddcffes,  inrefpe£t  of  their  lightnef 5 grofs  and  dul  jhadows 
are  found  iji_^ftiff  cfof/w,  where  the  Ttox  ar c few  and 
grofs , fo  that  they  are  capable  but  of  flow  motion , and 
therefore  they  fink  downwards  * and  can  hardly  fall 
clofe  to  the  We  sl{[n,  byreafonof  their  own  grofjenef, 
which  fuftaineththem,andthefew^/o«/'do  chiefly  ap- 
peare  in  cloth  of  gold , felt,  thick^  leather  &c:  in  which 
the  <±Air  can  have  little  force  or  none , wherefore  the 
plaits  or  folds  have  their  motiom  accordingly  as  they  are 
handled  and  prefled  by  the  wearer-  as  under  the  arme,  and 
under  the  knee,  by  opening  and  firetching  out  the  legg  and 
the  armey  ever  making grofs,  hard,  and  fliff folds,  with- 
out"' all  fightings  or  plyablenefs , in  fuch  fort,  that  if  a_>Man 
may  lay  Finer  cloth  upon  them,  they  willeafily  hear  it  up 
withou  t prefiing  down. 

T emperate  motions , which  are  neither  toogrofs , non. 
too fight , are  fuch  as  appear  in  the  folds  of (luff and  othem 
* cloths  of  Fine  woof  which  therefore  may  convenient- 
ly be  moved  of  the  <*Air,  and  are  ply  able  toa_>Mans 
limns , and  fo  making  molt  fweet  and  pleafant  folds , they 
follow  the  hare  very  well,  becoming  very  nimble,  and 
falling  plyahly  about  tho  loyns.  And  hence  have  ‘Ra- 
phael, ichael  dAngelo,  Leonard,  (faudentius,  <tAlbertus 
Durcrus , and  other  Famous  sSATafersiw  Drapery  , taken 
the  method  and  way  ofgiving  the  true  motions  unto  garments, 
as  from— > the  molt  perfeB  pattern  for  their  general  ufo 
in  making  the  mantells  of  the  Saints , Tavi  lions  or  Tents , 
which  are  made  with  this  kind  of  Drapery,  befides 
thefe,  there  are  alfo  other  kinds  of  motions  called  turn- 
ings and  era /lings , which  are  proper  unto  Damask^,  Taj - 
fataes,  Sattins,  Cloth  of  gold  &c:  in  which  appeare  folds 
crofing  and  breaking  each  other,  by  the  divers  Venue  of 
the  Drapery . 

Whence  the  Venetians  have  taken  their  manner  of 

Dra« 


Of  Adtions  and  Geftures'  y) 

Drapery > who  make'theim  folds  much  different  from 
the  fa  id  motions  of  Raphael  and  the  reft,  which  indeed 
ought  not  to  be  ufcd  anywhere  fave  in  counterfeits 
by  the  life , where  it  feems  they  aro  not  onely  tole+ 
rable , but  a!fo  very  rcquifitc;  but  in  my  judgement  they 
should  not  ordinarily  be  ufed  in  Hifories , and  yetr'if 
occafion_j  do  require  that  they  should  be  reprefen- 
ted  in  any  place,  they  ought-"  not  to  be  done  wholly, 
but  only  fomewhat  and  relembled  with  a_^ pretty  touch 
andgrace  5 in  fuch  fort  that  they  may  not  favour  of  an_- 
affeded  imitation  of  the  natural  garments,  without  graces 
or^r  order  which  is  often  ufed  of  many  with  fmall  rea- 
Ion  ( as  I think: ) there  are  alfo  other  motions  as  of  velvet , 
limber  leather,  &c,  all  which  differ  one  from  another, 
but  I think  thefe  may  fuffice,  without^  proceeding 
any  farther  in  the  difeourfe  hereof;  only  let  thc^ 
Tainterbz  careful  and  indufriom,  as  well  hereinasin  thc^ 
reft : Infomuch  as  in  the  excellency  and  perfection  thereof 
dependeth  , as  well  hereon,  as  on  the  reft;  becaufe 
thefe  motions  of  garments  comefo  necr  the  life,  that  it  is 
evident,  that  they  are  able  to  make  a ^picture  feem  dif 
pleafingandilfavoured,  procuring  the  f corn  and  laughter  of 
the  beholders  ^ fuch  were  fome  of  thofe  which  were 
ufed  by  our  Great  (grandfathers  Sonne  Two  hundred 
Years  fince,  which  leemed  like  round  fields,  or  candles 
hanging  dowrm , which  fome  of  our.,  late  trorkpnen 
of  good  Note  have  alfo  ufed  , making  their  folds 
too  long,  hanging  dowiu'  like  Canes , without-"  any 
kind  of  grace.  Another.,  defect  in  the  Drapery  of  old 
(Pictures  I find,  which  is;  that-" they  feem  to  be  made 
like  unto  Scales  in  fome  fort  : which  I think,  they 
took  from  the  imitation  of  the  models  of  Men,  cloathed 
with  paper , which  point  afterwards  attained  to  high 
perfection , by  the  great  indufry  of  Dramant s and  zAndrm 

T Mon 


74  Of  Actions  and  Ceftures. 

<sSMontegnia,  and  was  afterwards  reformed,  and  made 
much  more  abfoluto  by  zAlbert  Durer,  and  Lucas  of 
Leiden,  and  Aldigr avers,  whofe  Folds  for  the  moft  part 
nere  likegHAf  confounded  in  one  another. 

Of  the  Motions  of  Trees  and  allotbcr  things  that  arc  moved. 

% 

T Aftly  the  eSMotions  of  every  thing  which  is  moved, 
*~J  oughtr*  to  be  exprefled  with  judgement,  according- 
ly as  they  agree  with  the  thing  whereunto  they  are 
given,  fometimes  quiche  fometimes  few,  fometimes 
moveable,  lometimes  not  : And  Firft  of  all  in—  Trees, 
when  they  are  fakcn  with  the  wind,  there  fmaller  ( and 
therefore  more  ^\ys>h\e)boughs,  mull  berefembled  w'ith 
fuch  an  aBion,  that  they  may  more  ftrike  one  againft 
another,  by yeilding  and  declining  from-,  the  part  whence 
the  jp/Wbloweth,  then  the  flijfer  (and  therefore  flower) 
the  Body  notwithftanding  remaining  Jlrong  and  / ledfajl , 
the  boughs  growing  from  thence,  begin  a little  to  bend, 
and  the  others  which  proceed  from  them  a_,  little 
more,  fo  that  in  the  end  they  shew  the  fame  agility,  in_» 
the  leaves  moft  of  all;  it  is  true  that  all  Trees  have  not  a_> 
like  motion  : For  the  Willow  movetb , and  is  flaken  ex- 
treamly,  theTm-tree  nofatall,  or  very  little,  and 
fo  forth  of  the  rell  according  to  their  natures , but  by 
the  way  we  muft  Note,  thztyoung  and  tender  Trees  of 
Body,  begin  Firft  to  move  from  the  bottom  of  the  Body, 
flaking  their  boughs  and  leaves  together.  Herbs  like  wifo 
whether  they  bear  flowers  or  fruits,  have  trembling 
motions , according  to  the  conditions  of  the  wvinde  which 
bloypeth  them*  andalfo  accordingly  as  they  are  forced  or 
oppre/Jed  of  any  thing-  as  fon,  example , an  Ear  of  Corn 
whena^Z?/W  fitsfeedinguponit,  whichwill  noton- 
iy  make  it  bendy  but  even  w-eigh  it  down  to  the  Earth  r 
as  well  obferved  thaLj  (fountry  Fellow?  in  Cfreect_j>  of  a 

Fainter v 


Of  Actions  and  Geftures.  75 

“Painter,  whether  itwerc  <iAriflides  oxPampbilus  I dailor 
well  remember,  who  had  painted  a ‘Bird  upon  an  Bar 
of  Corn,  without  making  the  fla/kjsenda  jot : In  like 
fort  the  motions  of  other  unfenlible  things,  as  quive- 
ring of  Feathers,  of  wings  and  plumes,  the  wreathing  of 
ropes,  the  knots  oftaw/j, flying  of  jlraws,  duft,  &c.  mult 
be  exprefled  according  to  the  "violence  done  unto  them, 
to  the  end  there  may  no  occafion  be  given  unto  the 
meaneft,  to  tax  and  carp  at  Painters  fotherwife  moft  ex- 
cellent; ) as  not  long  fince  fell  out,  in  the  work  of  a 
good  carver-,  who  in  the  wrong  fide,  where  he  had 
carvedtSMdcbael^Angelo,  made  a blind  ‘Beggar,  led  by  a 
T)og tyed  witha firing  about  his  (ecf,  which  feemed 
to  be  fo  jlretcbed,  that  it-’  wasas  flijf  a.sa.flaf,  without 
any  bowing : which  gave  occafion-;  to  a waggijh  Boy  to 
[cofat  it/  faying,  thatif  tho  Dog,  had  ftraitned  the 
firing  fo  harde,  he  had  either  been  flrangled,  or  not  able 
to  o-o  any  farther , which  caufed  certain--  Painters 
which  were  there  to  break  into  an  extreame  laugh- 
ter. ' . 

Many  fuch  blame  worthy  motions  may  bo  found 

in  PtBures,  which  would  not  fo  eafily  efcape  tho 
hands  of  Painters,  if  iio  every  thing  they  Paint,  they 
didconfider , thatit  istheir  owlodifigrace  be  it  ne- 
ver lolmall,  as  the  mod  diligent  Leonard,  and  Cceflar  Se- 
fmsAid.  ouO  of  whokhands  there  never  came  any  un- 
perfeft  piece  of  mr{-,  for  iro  the  ('mailed  herbs,  you 
shall  find  their  moft  trueProportion,  and  Pfatural  ejAfo- 

tion.  . , 

ojibertus  ‘Durems  was  no  lefs  careful  in_>  this  behalf, 
as  may  fufficiently  appear  by  his  prints  and  coloured  pieces, 
in  which  you  shall  find  the  legitimate  motions,  even  un- 
to the  fmallcft  hairs  of  the  beard,  as  in  than"  of  the  Duke 
of  Saxony,  which  was  alfo  drawn  again  by  Pitianus , and 
afterwards  in  the  hairs  of  St.  Sebaflians  dog.  In  the  print 

T %■  of 


y6  Of  Actions  and  Geftures. 

of  the  horfes  of  fenje  and  death , and  intho  great  leaves 
of  <i-// dam  and  Eve. 

The  motions  of  the  Sea—  mu  ft  be  other  wife  exprefled 
by  reprefenting  the  divers  agitations  of  the  venters , as 
likewife  in  rivers,  the  flashing  of  the  waters  upon  Boats, 
and  Ships  floating  up  and  down  on  the  waters,  through 
the  uncertainty  of  the  [urges  and  the  Ships  redftance. 
We  mult  alfo  reprefentr'  the  motions  of  waters  falling 
down  from_/  an  high  place , but  efpccially  when  they 
fall  upon  iomc  cRocp  on.  ft ones , where  you  shall  fee 
thcm_>  /flirting  up  into  the  iTir , and  fprinkling  all 
about. 

Clouds  alfo  in  th c<t/Iir  require  to  have  their.,  motions 
judicioufly  exprefled,  now  gathered  together  with 
the  Winds,  now  violently  condenfated  into  Hail,  Thunder- 
bolts, Lightning,  %ain,  and  inch  like  TMctcorr.  Finally 
you  can  make  nothing,  which  requireth  nor'  his 
proper  motions,  according  unto  which  it  ought  to  bo 
reprefented,  but  having  hitherto  fufficiently  ( as  I 
fuppofej)  dilcourfed  of  thefe  kind  of  motions , I will 
here  shut  up  all  with  the  molt  hot  and  vehement  motions 
of  the  flaming  Fire,  haftening  towards  aiu  end  as  that 
doth  naturally,  although  it  be  diversly  ftirred  and 
blown  wdth  the  wind,  whereby  notwithftanding  ga- 
thering more  force,  it  is  augmented  and  increased. 


The 


THE 


Art  Os  Miniture 


O R 


L I M N I N 

IHope  that  no  Ingenuous  perfon,  will  be  fo  bold  to 
attempt-'  this  oArt,  before  he  can  deflgn,  (that  is  to 
fay ) further  than  Copying  any  Pitlure  in_j  black^and 
white,  as  Cole,  blacf^Cbal^  blacJ^Lead  or  the  like.  It  is 
neceflary  to  draw  much  after  good  Heads  of  plaifler  of 
"Paris , becaufethe  difference  is  much  morej>  difficult 
to  draw  after  around  thcn_^a  flat , and  after  you  have 
pra&ifed  much  by  the  Heads  of  plaijler , you  mult  en- 
deavour to  draw  much  afterthe  life,  in  blacky  and  white, 
before  you  undertake  the  Art  of  Limning . 

T he  Colours  to  be  ufed  in  Limning  are  termed  thus* 


famine, 
Indian  Lake, 


mites  I ^hitel%ed\  %ed  Lead,  ' 
Czerus  S r j-  . cd„j 


Indian  Bed, 
"Burnt  Ocur,  &£c. 


Kiaflicot , 
Yellow  ocur, 
Eng . Ocur, 
Pinch, \ 


Sap  Cjreen,  1 {"Ultra  Marine  ,j 
PincfandBice,  fDutch  Bice , I 

Cjreen  Bice, 

P err a Vert. 


Smalt, 
ndipo. 


( jreens< 


IQ  all  Stone,  1 r,  . 
\iMumme,  'fvory  black, 

BroWns<  ( ullim  Earth,  >Blac\s<  co  j)  , 
\Vmber,  I 

1 j (X berry  dtone,  j 

j 

V 


ui 


As 


-8  The  Arc  of  Limning. 

As  for  Vermillion , Verdigriafe,  Orpiment,  See.  they  are 
too  courfe  and  gritty  to  ufe  in  'Water  colours ; ‘ Turnfoile , Litmus 
blew,  Vpllet,  ‘Brffil,  Logwood , Saffron , are  more  fit  for. 
Wafting  prints  then  curious  Limning. 

Thei way  and  manner  of  preparing  colours,  ■ 

White  Lead. 

To  make  youvwhite  lead  that  it^  shall  neither  rufl  nor 
), 'bine , both  which  are  no  fmall  inconveniencies  in_» 
the  <iArt  of  Limning , there foro  before  you  grind  ei- 
ther of  them,  lay  them  in  the  Sun  two  or  three  day  es, 
which  will  exhale  thofe  greajy  and  [alt  humours  that  poyfon 
and Jlarve  the  colours,  befides  you  muff  ferape  away  tho 
fuperfirics  of  the  white  lead,  and  only  referve  the  middle  of 
it,  then  grind  it  with  fairwater,  or  rnfemary  Water,  upona 
'Pebble  or  Porphire,  when  it  is  ground  havem  readinefs  a 
cball^flonew  ith  furrows  in  it,  into  which/iimnw  put  the  to- 
lour  while  itr"  is  wet,  and  fo  let  it  dry  in  the  Sun,  and  it 
will  be  exceedingly  cleanfed thereby,  after  its  is  through 
dry  it  muff  bo  wafhed in  fpring  water • as  for  example, 

Let  oneXnftance  ferveforall 
Colours  to  be  wafbed and  horn. 

'T'AkeaPdundof  white  lead  finely  ground,  put  it  into 
bafon  of 'firing  water,  ftirr  it  a while  together,  till 
ihcwaterbc  Aicoloured,  then  let  it  {land,  and  you  will 
foon_j  perceive  zgreafy  [cum  to  arife,  which  [cum  blow  off 
andpowreth  c coloured  water  into  a cleans  bafon,  leaving 
the  grofferBody  at  the  bottomeof  the  bafon  behind , 
it  being  good  for  nothing  but  groffen,  ufes , let 
the  purer  part  (land  One  home  or  Two,  untill  it  is 
quite  fetled,  then  powre  off  the  water  from  the  colour , 
and  put  it  in  frefh  water,  and  ftirr  it  as  before  mentioned, 

then 


The  Art  of  Limning,  yjfi 

then  let  it  Fettle  half  the  time  that  it  did  at  firfl:,  and 
then  powre  off  the  'water  into  a clean  bafon , leaving 
the  cornjer  part  behind,  and  when  if'  is  dry  put  it  up 
into  papers  for  your  ufe-  then  let  the  other  tvater  which 
you  powred  off,  fettle,  and  then  powre  off  the  mater 
from  it,  and  take-’ the  colour  when  it  is  dry,  and  paper 
it  as  before,  for  your  ufe:  colours  thus  refined  five  or  fix 
times  over  are  the  purejl , and  mod  fit  for  the  beftw/e, 
and  w'hen  you  ufe  it  lpread  a little  of  it  about  a l hell • 
withyourywger,  and  temper  ivwithgumwater. 

Colours  to  be  washed  are  thefe  following. 

%ed  Lead  or  eSMene  y <£\da(lkoty  green  "Sice,  blew  Bice, 
Smalt , Ultamarine y Sapgreen. 

Colours  to  be  ground  are  thefe. 

While  Lead  y Serns , Indian  Lake , B ronm  Oker y Yellow 
Okpr,  cPinck0  Indigo , Umber , Qullins  earth,  Qherry  fl one,  /- 
yory,  Lamp  blacky  Indian  red* 

Of  theNatureof  Colours  in  general 

....  \ 

Englifh  Ocur . 

This  lies  even  in  thcyMof  itfel£  and 
is  of  great  ufe,  efpeciallyif  well  ground. 

Binckmixed  with  Tiice,  a good  green. 

(jreeti)  The  F aireft  Tincl^ is  belt,  wtWground and  torn-* 
pered  with  blew  "Bice,  allowing  one  quantity  of  Tinch^  to 
three  of  blew  Bice  5 to  deepen  this  colour  in  Land - 
ship  ol  Drapery,  mix  with  it_>  a little  Indigo  finely  ground. 

Umber . 

/ f * * ? / 

B ratin')  This  colour  is  fomewhat-^rai/yj  to  cleanfe  it; 

Vi  burn 


i u 


go  The  Art  of  Limning. 

burn  it  in  a Cruciplc,  afterwards  grind  it  and  it  will  bo 
good. 

Indian  ^Red* 

DarkfRed)  Becaufe  this  colour  is  very  courfe,  you  may 
ufc  V tuber > and  a littlo  lakp  tempered,  which  is  as 
good. 

B lackj  Ivory  and  (fherry-flone , are  both  to  be  burntr'  in 
a Cruciplc,  and  fo  ground •,  [herryflone  is  good  for  Drapery , 
for  a blackJSatiin , temper  with  itr*  a little  white,  Indian 
Lake and  I ndigo,  heighten^  it  with  slighter  mixture,  deep  ^ 
enif*  with  \voryblac\  this  was  Hilliard*  way. 

Ivory  B lacl{. 

BIack)Gx\nd  Ivory  with  a pittance  of  white  Sugar  Candy » 
which  will  preferve  it  from  cracklingoutofyour  Jhel. 

Indian  Lake. 

'Purple)  Grind  this  with  a little  gum  water,  and  when 
is  ground' fine,  before  you  put  it  into  the  fheli,  mix 
a little  ponder  of  'white  Sugar  Candy  with  it,  which  will 
preferve  it  from_o  crackling , after  this  temperaturo  you. 
may  fpread  it  thinly  with  your  finger  about  th  z/hetL 

Obfervations  in  (grinding. 

Leave  not  your  colour  too  moifi,  buu/;/c^and  clammy , 
if  after  your  colour  be  dry  iio  your  fhell,  you  rubbing 
your  fingers  thereon  shall  find  any  to  come  off,  ir” 
muff  be  better  bound  with  gum,  and  if  too  much  gum, 
it  will  time  and  be  apt  to  crackle  off  after  it  is  ufed. 

To  tvafh  B ice. 

B lev)  Gri nd your  Bice  firft  very  purely,  then  filial 

large 

- © 


The  Arc  of  Limning.  81 

large  fhellw ith  clean-?  water,  put  the  B ice  therein  and 
ftirr  it,  then  let  it  fettle  One  ho  wer,  take  off  the  [cum 
and  powre  off  the  water,  then  referve  the  bottomo 
when  it  is  dry  for  ufe:  To  deepen  this,  ufe  Litmus  Water. 

How  to  choofe  your  Tend  Is, 

Choofe  fiich  ^Pencils  as  are  clear  and  /harp  pointed ’ not  di- 
viding into  parts  ; of  thefe  you  mull  have  in  readinefs 
a feveral  Pencil,  for  every  feveral  colour. 

cf o prepare  a Tablet  to  work^on  with  Miniture  for  Ticlurcs  by  the  life. 

Take  an  ordinary  playing  polijh  i tr*  with  a 
Dogs  Toothy  and  make  as  fmooth  as  you  can  tho  white 
fide  of  it,  cleanfing  it  from— > all  jpots  and  extuberances  $ 
then  choofe  of  the  bed  abortive  parchment,  aTiccepro* 
portionable  to  your  Cardy  which  piece  with  fine  and 
clean  /larch  pafl  fail  on  the  card,  temper  the  / larch  before^ 
you/^yHton,  m-^the/W^of  your  hand,  that  it  may 
be  free  (vomKjiots  b \ctth^j  card  thus pajled dry , then-* 
making  your  grinding- (lone  as  clean-?  as  may  be,  lay  the 
card  thereon-?  with  the  parchment  fide  downwards ; then 
with  ^Toothburnifh  or  poli/h  the  backfidc^as  hard  as  you 
can,  Note  that  the  outfido  of  thesis  beft  to  Limne 
upon,  and  muft  therefore  be  outmoft. 

T be  ([round  colour  for  a Face . 

YourcW  thus  prepared,  you  are  to  lay  a aground  of 
primer  of flefh  colour  before  you  begins  your  worthy  and 
that>?  muft  be  tempered  according  to  the  complexion  of 
the  Face  to  be  drawn;  if  the  complexion  be  fair , temper 
white  y red  leady  and  la/e  y if  an-;  hard  fwarthy  complexion  * 
mingle  with  your  white  zndred  a little  fine  aflicot y or 

X Englifh 


82  The  Art  of  Limning. 

Englijk  Ocur,  but  Note  thaf  your  ground  ought  al- 
wayes  to  be  fairer  then-,  the  Face  you  take;  for  it  is  a 
facile_j  matter  to  darken  a light  colour , but  a difficult 
to  lighten  a deep  one ; for  in  Limning  you  muff  never 
heighten,  but  work  them  down  to  their  juft  colour. 

Your  ground  thus  prepared,  you  muff  lay  it  on  the 
card , ("ordered  as  before)  with  a_-  'Pencil  bigger  then 
ordinary,  lay  it  on  as  Jmootb,  even,  and  free  from  hairs 
of  your  Fenc'd as  ’tis  poflible^>,  which  that  you  may 
do ) fill  your  Fencil  full  of  colour,  rather  thin  or  imatrijh, 
then_>  thicly  and  grofi,  and  with  two  or  threo  dmbes  of 
your  greats  Fencil,  lay  it  on  in  an  inftant,  the  nim- 
bler it  is  laid  on  , the  evener  the  colour  will  ly. 

Note  that  you  oughts  to  cover  rather  too  much 
then  too  little  with  this  prime-  cover  fomew'hat  more 
of  the  card  with  the  ground  colour , then  you  shall  ufo 
for  the  Face. 

This  done,  take  a pretty  large  Fallet  of  Ivory,  and 
beforeyou  begin-*  to  work,  temper  certain  little  heaps 
of  feveral  fbadoyces  for,  the  Face,  which  you  muff  tem- 
per withyour  finger  about  the  Fallet. 

» f * 

The  Order  of  Shadows  for  the  Face . 

Shndtvfs  In  all  your  Shadows , remembers  to  mix 
foro  ophite,  ( exempli  gratia ) for  the  red  in  the  Cheeks , Lips , 
&c.  temperZ,rf%,  red  Lead • and  2l?  little Kvhite,  for  the 
blew,  as  the  Feins f &c,  a little  Indigo  and  white for  blerx> 
jBice  is  never  ufed  in  a Face,  for  th cfaintejl  and  Wakefl  colour 
or  [hades.  Lake  and  white,  a little;  Ow,  and  a little  Indigo , 
adding  thereto  if  you  will  a fmall  pittance  of  P/V/c^or 
aTALa/licot,  for  the  deeper  (hadows,  white  Sng/i/h  Ocur > 
Vmber,  for  the  darkefl  and  hardcjl  fbadows , ufe  Lakg^j  and 
JP  inf^  mixt  with  Vmber  : Note  that  blacky  mu  ft  not  by* 
any  means  be  ufedin^a  Face,  for  other  shadows  your 

own 

% 


The  Art  of  Limning, 

bwnobfervationumuft  dire£t  you,  for  it  is  impoffi- 
ble  to  give  a general  for  the  shadows  m all  Faces, 

unlefs  we  could  force  nature  toobferve  the  fame  method 
in  compofing  and  modelling  them,  fo  thar'  one  in  every  pun . 
Bilio  should  refemble  the  other. 

For  your  Light  to  draw  by  a_;  Northern  is  ac-  Light 
counted  beft,  which  if  it  fall  /looping  down  from  an  high 
windoiv,  is  beft. 

Place  your  felf  to  your  ‘Desk  , thar"  the 
light  may  ftrike  in  fidelong  frorro  the  left-hand  to  the  right, 
andoblerve  that:"  in  ail  your  works  it  will  shewtotheJ 
beft  advantage,  when  it  is  turned  and  feeio  by  the  fame 
light  it  was  drawn  by. 

Let  a Saucer  or  clean  Shell  of  fair  Water  be 
ever  on  your  right  hand , wherewith  youmay  in  Lim>  tig. 
temper  your  colours  and  wash  your  pencils,  together  with 
a brush  pencil  dry,  to  cleanfe  your  mrk^  from  duft . alfo 
a sharp  penknife , wherewith  to  take  away  fuch  /fecks  or 
/?^Vrasmay  cafually  mix  with  your  colours,  or  fall  into 
your  card-,  you  may  alfo  conveniently  cover  your 
piBure__j  with  a piece  of  paper,  whereon  to  try  your  gen* 
cils  before  vou  bes;in  to  work. 


cTo  begin  a Face. 


Having  thefe  accommodations,  draw  the  Thefirji 
lines  of  porphile(i.  e.  the  outmoft  Jlroal \ ) of  a Face  dra» s. hf- 
w ith  la\e  and  ivhite§  mingled  very  faint,  by  thisyoumay 
conveniently  mend  the  draught  ( if fa/fe ) with  a deeper 
mixture  of  the  fa  mo  colour,  the  lines  being  exactly  drawn* 
and  true  proportion-*  obferved  ( which  is  the  chiefeft 
thing  of  concernment  ) next-'  obferve  the  deeper  and 
more  remarkable  fh adorns,  and  with  the  fame  faint  Crimfori 

X £ colour * 


84  The  Art  of  Limning. 

colour  of  lake  and  white 3 give  fome  j light  touches  and  marks 
fomewhat  roughly  of  thefe  jhadowes,  which  afterward 
you’l  finish. 


' The  Order  to  be  ohfer'vcd  in  drawing  by  the  life , 

The  Order  of  p i x ft  you  muft  only  dead  colour  tho  Face , 

drawing  fi>/t  J J « 111 

firing,  as  the  Oyl-painters  do,  and  not"  meddler 
with  the  reft,  and  this  firft  fitting  commonly  takes 
up  two  hours. 

Second  fating.  The  fecond  fitting  vvill  require  Four  or 

Five  hours , in  that"  time  you  are  to  go  over  the  Face 
very  curious jly , obferving  what  ever  may  conduce  ei- 
ther to  likgnefs,  or  judicious  colouring  , alio  obferving 
of  thefeveralgrac*/,  beauties , or  deformities , as  they  ap- 
pear  in  nature  y orelfe  in  fmoothnefs  of  shadowes,  or 
clofe  and  fweet  couching  the  colours. 

Third  fitting  . The  third  fitting  commonly  takes  up  two 

or  three  ten,  and  is  fpenr'  in  ■clofing  what  was  before 
lehimperfeB  and  rough-but  principally  in  giving  to  every 
deep  fcadow,  the  firong  touches  and  deepnings  as  well  in  the 
darf  Jhadowes  in  the  Face , as  in  the  Eyes,  Eyebrows,  Hair 
and  Ears,  and  thefe  touches  are  ever  the  laft  part  of  this 
bufnefs,  and  are  never  to  be  done  till  all  the#4/rand 
©ra/tfrybefinisht,  thefe  touches  (if  well  done)  add  ex- 
ceedingly to  the  life. 

C oncer n in  <y  dead  colouring . 

^ o o 


The  dead  colouring  of  aF ace  is  to  be  done  the  roughed 
and  boldeft  of  all ; having  drawn  your  F ace  with  lakg_j 
and  Stefas  before)  you  muft  take  to  the  faid  colour  a. 
littl  eredlead,  tempering  itto  the  colour  of  the  Cheeks,  Lips, 
&c.  but  very  faintly , Secaufe  you  cannot  lighten  a deep 
colour,  without  hazard  of  i poiling  the  picture. 


The  Art  of  Limning,  85 

ThefirftroWto  begins  the  Face  with,  is  the  n6t  im  t0 
red  of  the  Cheeks  and  Lips,  fomewhat  ftrongly  L,m*- 
the  bottome  of  the  Qain,  if  the  party  be  beardlefs ; over 
under  and  aboutr*  the  Eyes  you  will  perceive  a delicate 
and  faint  rednefs,  and  underneath  tho  Eyes,  inclining 
‘ to  purple  colour , which  in  fair  and  beautiful  Faces  is  ufuaf 
and  muft  be  obferved ; the  tip  of  the  Ear,  and  the  roots 
of  theH^/Vare  commonly  of  the  fame  colour. 

All  this  you  muft  do  after  the  manner.,  of  hatching, 
with  faint  and  gentle  flroa\r , washing  it  all  along,  ln_> 
short,  ihy  our  dead  colouringy  ou  muft  cover  your  ground 
with  the  aforefaid  red , and  the  fubfequent  (hadows. 

3\fote  ) Be  nor"  too  curious  in  your  fir [l  wording , bur' 
regard  a good  bold  following  of  nature,  rather  then-;  fmooth 
curiofity , the  roughnefs  of  the  colour,  you  may  end  ar  an- 
other fitting. 

T he  fecond  ivork^  of  Limning . 

The  m/being  done,  the  next  is  the  faint  blews  rtefecond 
about  the  balls  and  corners  of  the  Eyes , and  the 
gray  and b/ewifh  under  the  Eyes,  the  Temples, &c.  which 
you  arealfo  to  workf tom  the  uppermoft  part  of  the  Face 
almoft  all  over,  bur  exceeding/wm  and  faint,  byde- 
grees,fweetning  and  heightning  your  fh  adorn,  as  the  light falls: 
And  in  going  over  the  Face,  be  fureto  mark  our  the 
hard Shadows  in_j  the  dark  fde  of  the  Face,  under  the  Jfofe, 
Chin,  Eyebrows,  &c.  As  the  light  falls , and  fomewhat^ 
jlrong  touches , inthofe  places  bring  up  your  work  toge- 
ther in  an  equal  roundnefs , nor  giving  perfection-/  to 
toany  particular  parr  of  the  Face,  but  vifi  ting  all  the 
parts  curioufy,  and  in  a kind  of  randome,  by  which  means 
you  will  better  obferve  the  likenefs , roundnefs,  poflures > 
colouring , or  whatever  elfe  isrequifite  to  the  perfecti- 
on^ of  your  work^ 

Y Having 


86 


7kc  ih.rd  Having  done  the  fainter  or  lighter /hades,  and 
Procedure.  fomewhatr"  fmoothed  and  wrought  theno 
into  tho  red , you  may  go  over  the  hair,  difpofiflg 
into  fuch  forms,  folds  or  tramels , as  may  become  youo 
Till ure  bed. 

You  mull  at  firft  only  draw  them_>  with  colour  as  near 
as  you  can,  [uitable_j>  to  the  life , and  after  wash  them 
lightly  atr'  the  firft,  and  then  once  more  perufe  youn* 
wo>\,  being  careful  to  fill  up  the  void,  empty  and  bar o 
places , which  aro  uncovered  with  colour , and  at  laft 
deepen  it  fomewhar’  more  (Irongly  then  before  in  tho 
decpcfl  Jhady  places,  (till  carefully  obferving  the  life 5 thus 
much  for  the firft fitting. 

The  Order  of  Limning  in  the  fecond fitting. 

The  party  being  fet  juJlin->  his  former  Seat , you 
muftmoft  exactly  obferve  and  curioufly  delineate  with  your 
pencil , thofo  feveral  varieties  of  nature,  which  you 
did  rudely  trace  out  before,  to  do  this  you  muftufe  tho 
fame  colour  iruthe  fame  places  you  did  before,  working, 
driving  and  fweetning  thefamo  colours  one  into  another, 
to  the  end  thatr'  nothing  be  left  in  your  worb^w ith  o 
hard  edge , uneven , or  a_>  lump  together,  but  alfo  fo  Jwept 
and  driven  one  into  another,  with  the  point  of  fome- 
what  lujbarper pencil,  then  you  ufed  at  the  firft  as  thao 
your  Jhadows  may  lye  [oft  and  fmooth,  being  dijfterfed  and 
gently  extended  into  all,  and  towards  the  lighter  parts  of 
th  cFace,  like  air  or  a vapoury  fmoakg,  but  before  this  you 
muft  carefully  obferve  all  the/hadows  an d colours. 

rhe  ground  behind  F or  the  (f  round  behind  tho  TiUure,  it  is 

the  Tidure.  commonly  blew  or  crimfon,  fomewhat  like 

a Sattin  o r red T ehet  Curtain  : if  blew  you  muft  lay  it  thus, 
y ouo  "Bice  being  pure  and  cleare  wash,  temper  as  much  in 
a shell  as  will  cover  a Cat'd,  let  it  be  all  throughly  moifl 

and 


The  Art  of  Limning.  87 

and  Well  bound  withgww,  then-)  with  a filial! pencil,  go 
about  with  the  fame  colour,  the porphile,  that  is  the  utmofl 
Jlrokg  and  ambient  fupetfleies  of  the  TiBurc ■ this  done  take 
a greater  pencil  and  therewih  wash  over  Tome  what  careful- 
ly the  whole  ground  that  you  mean  to  cover  with  a blew, 
fomewhat  thin  and  watrish,  and  then  withareafonable 
vi 'r  pencil  full  of  colour  and  flowing,  lay  over  that  place  with 
a thick  and  fuhftantid  Body  of  colour,  which  before  you 
had  only  washover,  in  the  doing  of  this  you  muft  be 
very  [wifi,  keeping  colour moifl  that  you  have  laid,  not 
permitting  any  part  to  dry  til  the  whole  bo  cove- 
red. 

<iA  f rim I on  (f round,  \ 

If  you  would  have  your  (ground  (frimfon  like 
Sattin  , you  muft  with  Indian- Lake  trace  out 
where  and  in  what_>  places  you  will  have  thefe  flrorig 
and  hard  lights  and  reflexions  to  fall,  which  is  feen  in_^ 
Sattin  or  Velvet,  there;  lay  your  lights  with  a thin  and 
ypaterijh  lake y and  while  it  is  yet  wet  with  a jlronger  and 
darker  colour  of  lake  tbick^  ground,  lay  the  deepning  and  hard 
Jlronglhailow,  clofeby  the  other  lights;  your  beft  way 
is  to  have  a_> piece  of  Sattin  before  you  to  imitate. 

After  this  lay  your  linnen  with  a flat  vy>bite,  Fo,  Utthod  im 
and  the  Drapery  like  wife  flat , then  go  over  the  To“ches° 
your  face  again,  endeavouring  to  reduce  each  shadow 
to  its  true  perfection , therL^draw  the  lines  of  the  Eyelids , 
expreffing  the  rcddark^S^oflril,  the  shady  entrance  in- 
to th cEares,  th c deepnefs  of  the  Eyebrows,  and  thofe 
moreperfpicuoustt^i  and  marki  *n  the  face , with  a pen- 
cil fomewhat  more  curious  and  sharp  then  before,  you 
may  darken  your  ground  as  you  fee  will  be  moft  advanta- 
gioustothe  fettingout th cTiXure.  ’ 


88  The  Art  of  Limning. 

Tht  h.w  Next  go  qycr  your  hair  heigbtning  and  detpnim 
it  as  you  shall  fee  by  the  life,  drawing  fom clocks  loofc- 
ly  over  the  ground,  which  would  otherwife  feem  un- 
plea [ant. 

Linnen  shade.  To  Shadow  in  Linnen,  ufe  blacky,  white,  a little 
yellow,  and lefs  blew,  the  b/acly mult  be  deepned  with  Ivory- 
blacky  with  which  mix  a little  Laly,  and  Indigo,  or  Lit - 
mm  blew,  thus  much  for  the  fecond  fitting. 

Fhe  manner  of  finishing  at  the  third  fitting. 

Third  ftdng.  he  tforci  will  be  wholly  fpent  in  giving 
the  firong  touches  and  oblervations  neceffary  for  the 
rounding  of  a face,  which  you  will  now  better  lee  to  do5 
the  apparel,  hair  and  ground,  being  already  finished.  In 
this  fitting  curiou  fly  obkrve  whatever  mayconduce  to  fi- 
militude,  which  is  the  chiefeft  thing,  as  Scars,  F\lolesi 
&c.  glances  of  the  Eyes,  defending  and  circumficUions  of  the 
oSXLouth,  never  make  your  deepe/l  shadows  fo  deep  as  they 
appear  in  the  life. 

"Thus  much  of  the  Face  and  three  fittings, 

F or  Ornaments  thus. 

orient.  ^ymour  five  a)  for  colouring  armour,  firft  lay  Li- 
quid Jilverflat  and  even,  which  dryed  and  burnish  with  a 
Footh , temper  the  shadows  with  Siher , Indigo , Litmus , 
and  a little  Vmber,  workthefe  shadows  on^the  Silver  as 
directed  by  the  life . 

Gold  Armour.  For  the  goldarmour , lay  gold  as  you  did  fiver* 
for  the  Shadow , Laly,  English  Ocur , tempered  with  a 
littlegold. 

rearis.  To  exprefs  rottndnefs  and  lujlre  of  F earls,  youn* 
ground mu&bcwhite  and  Indigo , youn,  shadow  blaclyand 
Finely 


The  Art  of  Limning.  80 

‘Diamonds  areexpreft  with  Aground  of  flat  Li-  Diamonds, 
quid  /ilver,  the  deeming  is  (Jherrifione,  tot^and  Ivory's  the 
deeper  the  fhadow,  the  fairer  the ! Diamond . 

Lay  a ground  of  fiver,  burnifht  to  tho  hignefi  km*. 
of  th c^Ruby,  theiotake  Turpentine ol  the  be/I  and  pure/I, 
and  temper  with  it very  neat  a little  Indian  Lake; 
thero  taking  a needle,  or  fo trie  (mail  Iron  injlrument  heat- 
ed in  a Candle , ( lay  or  drop ) a little  of  the  compofitioio 
upon  the  fiber,  fashioningthe  Jlone  in  it*  round  or  J quare, 
or  what  fafioion  you pleafe,  with  the  point  of  your  in/lru- 
merits,  youmuft  let  it  lye  a day  or  two  to  dry,  if  it  bo 
too  long  in  drying,  add  to  your  compofition  alittlo 
powder  of  clarified  TATaficf;  Ibis  receipt  u not  commonly 
known. 

Fora  ny  green  jlone,  te  m p e r y our  Turpentine. o E me  rau  Ids, 
with  Ferdigreafe,  and  alittlo  Tumerickjoot,  fir  ft  ferap- 
ed  with  Vinegar , then  let"  it  dry,  then  grind  it  to  find 
powder , and  temper  it. 

Mix  Turpentine^  with  Vltramarine  , Sec-  s*?hire ~ 
Note  thaO  the  ground  to  all  mud  bo  Liquid  fiver  po - 
lift. 


oj[ true  Receipt  to  make  liquid  gold . 


; 


Take  of  fine  leaf  gold,  the  Value  of  is,  6d , ^ugoui 
grind  this  gold  with  a flrong  and  thief  gum- water  upon  o 
reafonable  large  Jlone , which  you  mu  ft  grind  very  fine, 
and  painfully ; as  you  grind  it,  ftill  add  more  of  youo 
flrong  gum-water,  and  though  the  gold  look  never  lb  Mac. ^ 
and  dirty  Tis  never  the  worfe,  having  brought-’ it  to 
acompetent  finenefs y wash  itiio  a great  fell  as  vou  did 
2 Vice-,  &c.  Being  very  clean  add  to  it  a littlo  quantity 
of  TMercury  fublimate , with  tho  point  of  your  Knife « 
which  youmuft  temper  with  it,  and  a very  little  gum 
to  bind  it  in  the  (hell,  and  as  it  Jetties,  and  begins  to  dry 


in r the /bell,  shake  it  together,  and  remove;  and 

fpread  the  gold  about  the  Tides  of  the  (hell,  that  it  may 

be  altogether  of  one  colour  and  fnenefs , ufe  with  fair 

ivatcr,  as  you  do  the  other  colours. 

Not,.  So  for  liquid  /liver,  only  obfervo  ( and  ’tisa  fe~ 

cret)  that  whcn_>  your  fiber  either  with  long  keeping  or 

moijlnef  of  the  Air  be  comes  {lamed  and  nt/ly ; you  muff 

to  prevent  this  inconveniency,  before  you  lay  the 

fiber  Cover  over  the  place  with  a little  fuice  of  frarlick^, 

which  will  prefer ve  it. 

/ M 

Of  Landskip0 

I 

in  drawing  Landslip  with  water  colours  ever  begin 
with  the  5%,andif  t here  be  any  Sunbeams, do  them  firft. 
Purple  Clouds.  For  the  Turtle  Qouds,  only  mingle  Lake  and 
white  > 

reiiow.  Th c Sun-beams,  Adaficot  and  white. 

Note r . Work  your  blew  Sk^e  with  [malt  only,  or  Vltra- 
marine . 

Note  2 . At  your  fir  ({working  dead  colour  all  the  piece  over, 
leave  nothing  uncovered,  lay  the  colour [mooth  and  even. 
Notei.  Work  the  Sk[e  down_j  in  the  Horizon  fainter  as  you 
draw  near  the  Earth , except  in  tempefluous  skies,  work 
yourfurthcrc5^o««^///jfo  that  they  should  feem_>to 
be  loft  inth caAir. 

*°'e  4.  Your  firft  ground  muftbeof  the  colour  of  the  Earth 

o 

and  darl{j  yellowifb , brown , green,  the  next  fiicceflively 
as  they  loofein  theirdiftance  muftalfo faint  and  abate 
in  their  colours. 

Notes-  Beware  of  perfection  at  a diftance. 

Notec,  Ever  place  light  again  flidarl^,  and  ^r^againft  light 
( that  is)  the  onlyjway  to  extend  the  profpeB  far  off, 
is  by  oppofing  light  to  Jhadows , yet  fo  as  ever  they  muft 

loofe 


The  Art  of  Limning"  y i 

loofe  their  force  and  vigor  in  proportion-,  as  they  re- 
move from  the  Eye , and  the->  ftrongeft  Jhadow  ever 
near  eft.  band. 


<iA  DarkCjreen. 

For  a darf  green  for  Trees  mingle  V erduter.  Thick , and 
Indigo , the  deepcjl  fhadows  of  all  in  green  arc  mado  with 
fap green  and  Indigo, 

(tA  fare  fecret  to  preferve  Colours. 

Take  fofemary  water  double  dif  tiled,  and  with  a few 
drops  of  i t_>,  temper  your  [hell  of  white , and  you  shall 
fee  it  become  inltandy  perfect:  white,  however  dead 
and  faded  it  was  before,  befides  this  water  aUayes  tho 
Bubbles  in  white  and  umber,  which  are  ufually  very 
troublefome  in  the  grinding  them. 

Some  general  obfervations  in  Aiiniture. 

t.  If  your  colours  peel  or  by  reafonof  thegreafinefs 
of  your  Tarcbment  will  noL_>  lie  on,  mix  with  them  a 
very  little  Ear  wax,  and  t’will  help  them. 

2.  Sit  not  above  two  yards  from  him  you  draw  by. 

3.  Draw  not  any  parr'  in  the  face  of  a picture  exactly 
at  the  fir  ft,  neither,  fnifh  a EMouth,  Eye  or  Jfofe,  till 
the  reft  ofyournwl^comeup,  and  be  wrought  toge- 
ther with  it. 

4.  When  you  have  finished  the  Face,  make  the  par- 
ty ftand  up  to  draw  the  Drapery  by  him. 

5.  Let  the  Tarty  you  draw  be  fet  in  an  higher  featthen 
your  felf  that  draw. 


p 2 The  Art  of  Limning. 

To  ma!<e  Crayons  orTaflils. 

pajnis.  Xo  inftance  one  for  all,  if  you  were  to  make 

zTaflil  for  & brown  complexion,  grind  on  your  /lone,  ferns,  red 
lead,  or  vermillion,  English  ocur,  and  a little  pinckj  to  this 
add  a proportionable  quantity  of  plaijler  of  parts,  burnt  and 
finely  fifted,  mix  this  with  the  other  colours,  and  you  may- 
role  it  up. 

n°u.  M ix  white  Stmt  with  all  your  other  colours , and 
feme  infteadof  Serm  ufc  Tobacco  pipe  clay. 

¥0  make  white. 

scr:«.  Take  two  parts  of  ordinary  chalf,  and  one  partr' 
of  t lAllum , grind  thofe  together,  fine,  make  them  up 
in  a lump,  burn  them  in  a £r«c/p/e  and  ufe  them. 

To  make  white  Lead. 

white  uAd.  Xake  a fruciple  whereinto  put  feveral  fmal 
■plates  of  clean  Lead , covets  them  with  white  wine  Vinegar* 
hut  the  Tot  clofe  and  dig  an  hole^j  in  a dunghill,  where  let  it 
abide  for  the  fyace  of  fix  Weeks  • Take  it  it  up  andferape 
offthe  Superfluities  of  the  white  Lead,  and  fo  ufe  them. 

To  prepare  a Card  fora  Tilhtre . 

Wet  a card  all  over  with  a great  pencil  fo  foone  as 
the  water  is  funck  in,  burnifh  it  fmooth  on  the  back^fide,  ha- 
vingtemperedfomey?W^witha  kpifein  the palme of your 
^Wfpread  it  over,  inftantly  lay  on  a piece  of  abortive 
parchment y let  it  be prefl  in  a book  till  it  bealmoftdry* 
then  fmooth  it  on  the  bac\?fide. 

To  preferye  Colours  fresh,  grind  them  with  the  gall  of a bAfleek 

To  prepare  JVhite  Excellently . 

Take  fome  Serm  which  being  grofly  bruifed  and 

put 


The  Art  of  Limning.  p j 

put  into  a fine  earthen  Vafon,  put  to  it  a good  quantity 
of  running  water  diltilled,  wherein  wash  the  Serus  till 
it  be  throughly  clean  and  purged,  which  you  shall  know 
by  the  Tafte  of  the  water , which  is  drained  from 
thence. 

Is  made  thus,  take  of  Oy l of  Turpentine  ono 
pound,  Sandrake  one  pound,  0>/ of  .V^/7^  one  pound, 
mixt  the  Oyles  together,  and  let  all  Hand  over  the  fire 
till  the  Sandra\e  bediffolved,  if  the  fire  should  chance 
to  catch  hold  on  this,  clap  a pewter  dijlo  over  it. 


Concerning  W ax-worfor  Moulding,  to  mah  the  Moulds . 


T ake  a good  big  lump  of  plaijler  of  Vans  and  rL’  UouU° 
burn  it  in  a Queiple  till  itr*  be  red  hot^  letit  cool,  thenbeat 
it"  very  fine,  and  fearfe  it  through  a "Tiffany  Sie've ; be 
very  cautious  that"  the  wind  come  not  at  it,  for  that" 
will  hinder  its  hardening ; after  it"  be  tempered  keep  it  wrapt 
up  m_;  a clean  brown  paper,  ufe  it  thus;  take  any  Earthen  on, 
TewterVcfiel,  thatis  shallow,  and  put  tensor  twelve 
fpoonfulU  of  fair  water  in  it,  then  prepare  your  fruit,  and 
bind  a rag  round  it  like  a cord  in  a wreath  long  wayes 
on  the  fruit:  then  take  fome  Unfed  Oyle  or  ( which  is  mor@ 
cleanly)  Oylo  f fweet  Mlmonds , with  which  in_^  a pencil  be- 
fmear  the  Lemmon , or  ()what  other.,  fruit  it  be)  on  the  one 
fide,  which  lay  uppermoffyour  Lemmon  thus  prepared, 
takelomeof  your  fifed  plaijler  of  "Paris,  and  temper  it" 
in  the  fore-mentioned  water  to  a pretty  tbiefnefs,  then-» 
as  fpeedily  as  may  be  with  the  help  of  your  ffioon, . caft 
it  on  the  oyled  Lemmon , lay  it  o jl->  very  thief,  leaft  the 
thinnejs  of  the  TALould  fpoil  the  worf  when_j’tis  hard- 
ned(  which  will  be  in  eu  fmall  time))  take  away  your 
rag , leaving  the  linnenfk  ill  fall  in  it’s  half  mouldy  which 
done  tu rn  the  hardned  fide  downward , then  Oyl  the  other- 
half  of  the  Lemmon  together,  with  the  edges  of  thd 

mould i 


a 


94  The  Art  of  Limning. 

mouldy  which  the  rag  did  cover ; then  wafih  your  porringer 
oi'vejfelwhcre  the  former  plai/ler  was  clean  and  prepared s 
and  caft  on  more  plai/ler  of  Tarts  as  before,  obferve,  if" 
mud:  not  be  too  thicl{  when  you  caft  it  on>  and  after., 
"tis  hardned,  you  muft  put  no  more  water  to  it,  for  then 
it  will  crumble • when  you  have  done  the  moulds  fo,  and 
made  a notch  that  onemay  fall  fitly  into  the  other,  tjre 
them-/  clofe  together,  havingbefore  well Oyled  them, 
and  keep  them  for  ufe. 

To  cajl  in  tbeje  zSAToulds. 

To  caft-  U fe  the  whitejl  and purejl  V irgins  wax. 

To  colour  the  Dp  ax  anfwerable  to  the  things  you  mould . 
r°  coloHr-  For  a cRsaddijh  your  ground  is  Serus,  which  muft 
be  afterwards  painted  over  with  Lal^e,  the  top  of  the 
'T^ddi/h painted  with  Ferdigreafe,  all  other  fuch colours  muft 
be  tempered  with  gum  water-,  gum  water  is  thus  made, 
diffolve  a lump  of  pure  gum  dAraback  about-"  the  bignels 
of  a Walnut,  in  two  ftoonfiills  of  jab  watery  herewith  tem- 
per your  colours. 

Note  thatr'  every  thing  <£\Touldable  is  either  all  of 
one,  and  the  fame  colour,  as  a ( Lemmon ) or  Jlriped  and 
particoloured  with  different  colours,  as  a Tear,  Tearmain^c. 
Now  fuch  as  areof  one  colour  maybe  eafily  caft  all  of 
the  fam c colour;  but  fuch  as  are  yaricated  muft  be  kept  out 
afterwards  by  colours  tempered  with  gum  water  (as  above) 
you  colour  your  wax  by  putting  into  it  whileft  it  is  hot 
and  melted  in-j  a Cj ally-pot , a little  linnen  bag  of  that  colour 
you  ufe,  provided  that  the  colour  be  before  bruifed  very 
fine. 

As  to  particulars  for  the  Lemmons  or  aJ pricocks,  take 
only  1l  urmcrickjrL^  a bag,  for  Oranges  turmericfiand  red  Lead 
well  tempered;  ^Apples,  Tears , o r (y rapes, turmericfi and 
a little  Verdigreafe,  IV allnuts  and figs>  mix  turmeric^  and 
f nglish  Ocur?  and  Vmber  all  in~>  a bag  together,  (jucumbers 


The  Alt  of  Limning,  95 

or  Hartichoaks, Teefcods  or  Filbirds,  turmeric verdigreafe  Sggs 
and  Serus,  all  put  into  feveral  baggsznd  fleept  in  the  Fir- 
ginswax,  when’tis  melting  as  before  mentioned,  for  Da- 
mafon  bru  ife  C harcole,  Indigo  and  blew  Jlarcb  in_j  a bag  toge- 
therefor  flesh  colour,  white  Lead,  and^rnwY/w/mixt,  &c, 

T o counterfeit  <rBsochcandid fweet  meats. 

Diflolve  the  quantity  of  a walnut  of  gum  Arabad ^ 'Kochc*n d ). 
in  two  jfoonfulh  of  cicarwater , let  it  be  very  thicks  theio 
take  any  piece  of  broken  V enice  g/afs , the  thicker  tho 
better,  beat  it  in  a worter,  fo  fmall  asyou  plealc,  that 
it  may  ferveyour  occafion,  daub  ovec_.  fome  caft  fweet 
meats,  with  the  fore-mentioned^;;?  water,  drew  this 
powder  oru  them,  and  fwill  with  much  delight  fatisfie  the 
expectation. 

Additional  Obfervations  out"  of  a *S\danuJcript  of 
Mr.  Billiards  touching  Miniture. 

When  you  begin  to  Limn  temper-,  all  your  colours 
fresh  with  your  Finger,  inybmfhell,  or  on  your  pallat, 

Heart. 

Your  Veart  mud  belaid  with  a white  mixture , with  a_* 
little  blacky  a little  Indigo  and  e SMa/lick^,  but"  very  little 
in  comparifon  of  tho  white,  notto  thehundreth part; 
that  dry,  give  the  light  of  the  P earl  withalittlo  fiver  9 
fomewhat  more  to  the  light  then  the  jhadowed  fide, o * 
then  tako  a white  allai’d  with  z5\4a(licot,  and  under- 
neath the  jhadowed  fide  give  it  a comparing  flroal^,  which 
shews  a reflection  i then  without"  that  a fmall  fhadow 
of  Seacolc  undermoft  of  all:  But  note,  your  fiver  muft 
be  laid  and  full. 

* Fhe  manner  how  to  draw  with  Indian  Inb^ 

To  draw  with  Indian  /Rafter  the  manner  of  Wafhing, 
Or  infteadof  Indian  /;;^tako  Lamp- Factor  Dread  burnt , 
temper  tu  little  of  your  Indian  I nl^  with  fair  water,  i vlj 

A a 2 


9 6 The  Art  of  Limning. 

cu  / hell , or  upon  your  band,  your  outlines  being  drawn-* 
with  Cole  or  hlacl^Lead,  take  an  indifferent-;  long jloarp 
pointed  pencil,  dip  the;  point  into  fair  water,  then  dip  the; 
pencil  into  tho  Indian  I if,  and  draw  all  your  outlines 
very  faint , ( Note  that  all  tho  temperature  of  Indian  I nk^ 
mult  be  thin  and  waterifh , and  not  too  bladfl)  when  itr*  is 
dry , take  a little  crum^  of  (lalewhite  bread,  andruboutthe 
outlines  which  you  drew  with  the  C0^,  (tftoo  blackj  then 
da/lo  on  your  ( hadows  very  faintly , and  deepen  it  by  degrees,  as 
you  think  convenient,  then  finish  it  with  flipples,  it  be- 
ing moft  advantagious  to  any  one  that  shall  pra&ico 
'Limning,  beware  of  taking  too  much  colour  in  your  pen * 
til , which  you  may  prevent^  by  drawing  the  pencil 
through  your  Lippsi  in  laying  on  your  shadows,  never 
lay  thenoto^/rrp,  but  deepen  them  down  by  degrees,  for 
if  toodeepyou  can  never  heighten  them  again. 

How  to  prevent  your  colours  from jinking  in. 

Take  ‘Roach  <*  Allum  and  boyle  it  in  feting  water,  then-? 
take  a bit  of  a feunge  and  dip  it  into  the  water , and  wet 
the  backyfide  of  your  paper  that  you  intend  to  draw  on, 
very  thin , whileft  the  water  is  hot,  in  thc^a  wetting  of  it 
be  as  nimblo  as  you  can,  and  this  will  prevent  it 
from_;  fenking. 

The  manner  how  to  draw  with  water  colours  upon  Sattin. 

T ake  Iging  glafs  and  fleep  it  Four  and  twenty  hours 
in  water,  then  hoyl  it  in  Jfitit  of  wine  untill  it  be  very 
clammy,  which  you  will  perceive  by  dipping  your  fin - 
ger  into  it,  then  aftem  your  outlines  are  drawn  upon 
the  Sattin , take  an  indifferent  big  pencil > and  wash  it 
^/;iover  as  far  as  your  outlines  are,  which  will  prevent 
your  colours  from— > finkhig  or  flowing. 

st/l  farther  obfervation  in  grinding  of  colours . 

Obfervc  in  grinding  ultramarine  and  other  colours,  that 

your 


The  Art  of  Etching.  pg 

your  motion  be  not  too  fwift,  but  grind  it  gentle  and  flow, 
becaufethe  Jwiftnefs  of  the  motion , caufeth  the  f tones  to 
beat,  by  which  confequence  your  colour  will  Jtarte  oil, 
loofe  fometh ing  of  it’s  Luftre,  efpecially  if  it  be  a colour 
of  no  great  Body  as  Einck^ and  Indigo , &c.  obferve, 
in  grinding  white,  that  you  grind  it  not^too  much, 
lcaft  it  pro vegreafy  or  oyly,  or  of  a dirty  colour . 

How  to  prepare  Vmber. 

Tak  cVmbcr  and  grind  it  very  ’fine,  put  it  into  an  earth- 
en pot  ox  gaily  pot,  of  fairwater , coveritover  and  keep  it" 
from  dufl , and  in  frojly  weather,  let  it  freeze  untill  it  thaws 
ofitfelf,  then  power  off  the  water,  and  when  it  is  dry 
put  it  up  in  paper  for  your  ufe.  And  when  you  temper 
iti n-j  your  [hell,  ufe  a drop  or  two  of  white  Onyon  water 
which  will  preferve  it  from  cradling. 

The  Art  of  Etching. 

The  grounds  and  %ules  of  Etching . 

BEfore  that""  you  begin  to  Etch  uponL^  copper , it  is 
very  neceflary  topradfifo  the  Art  of  drawing , till 
you  be  able  if  need  requires  to  draw  any  head 
after  tho  life,  or  to  draw  a defign  , for  if  you  in* 
tend  to  praSice  the  dTrtof  Etching , you  willfind  it  very 
profitable  to  draw  after  good  prints,  which  are  well  de- 
figned , andgraW,  and  when  you  have  praBifed  fo  long 
that  you  are  ablo  to  coppy  any  print,  or  drawing  very  ex- 
aBly-,  then  draw  after  good  Heads  of  plaifier  or  figures , 
according  to  your  own  fancy , which  will  learn-; you 
to fhadow  according  to  dffrt,  if  well  obferved,  there- 
fore be  fare  when_j  you  draw  after  plaifier , to  obferve^ 
very  exa&ly  to  talced  the  true  outlines  ox  circumferences , 
and  thenL  take  notice  how  the  fhadow  falls , then_->  fha- 
dow it  very  faint  and  [oft,  where  need  requires.  The 
printswhich  I recommend  unto  you  as  abfolutely  the  befi  to 

Bb  learn 


pg  The  Art  of  Etching.' 

learn  to  Steb  or  Cjras>e  after,  be  the  prints  of  Henry  Cjoldshis 
and  Hernon  EM  idler,  therefore  it  is  very  convenient 
to  leaan  to  batch  with  th cTen  exaBly  after,  either  of  the 
aforefaid  prints  of  (foldflis  or  EMuller,  and  when  you 
have  brought  it  to  that  perfection-,  and  can  draw  very 
well  after plaifler,  you  may  praBife  to  draw  alter  the  life ; 
but  beforo  you  draw  after  the  life,  you  mu  ft  be  very 
exact  and  true  1 n your  outlines  or  circumferences. 

The  lnflruments  with  their  particular  names 
■which  are  ufed  to  Etch  with  all. 

A f'opper  plate  policed,  a pieco  of  ground  bound  up 
in  a_>  piece  of  Silf  or  Tajfatae,  and  preferved  from  any 
dud  or gr cafe  ■ and  about  twenty  JYjedlesoi  all  flags,  the 
beft  are  made  at  Qcafe ; then  take  the  Ufeedles  and  let 
them_>  indifferent  deep  into  fome  round fender  flick, s about 
a flpanlong,  with  a 5\(eedle  at  one  of  the  ends  of  the  flicks, 
and  a pencil  at  the  other,  a feraper,  a polijher,  and  two  or, 
three  good  French  gravers,  wellgroww/and  whetted,  and  a 
pair  of  Compafles,  a 'flitler,  i'omcgreenrrax,  a Bottle  which 
holdeth  fome  half  a pound  of  flngle  nAfta  /omiftop- 
cd  clofe  with  fjfiwaXj  fome  whiter  Lead,  a Stiff,  a hand 
Vice  to  hold  the  Plate  over  the  fire , an  Oyl  f lone . 

The  ife  and  property  of  every  particular  In  flmnent . 

The  CopperPlate  is  the  only  matter  to  Etch  upon; 
theground  is  to  lay  upon  the  Copper  Plate,  when  they 
are  bcnli  warmed ; your  CAfecd/cs  are  to  hatch  withall  upon 
the  ground,  the  pencil  is  to  wipe  away  the  bits  of  ground , 
which  rife  when  you  hatch  upon  the  ground  with  your 
Hflctdles,  the  feraper  is  to  fcrapc_j  outr'  any  thing  that  is 
amifs,  the  Polisher  is  to  male efmootb  any  place  that_>  is 
rough , I'o  that  you canmend  any  place  that  is  amifs  ac- 
cording to  your  own  Mind ; the  Gravers  are  to  mend 
here  andtherea  ftroaf  where  need  requires.  Butnote, 
that"  your  (gravers  muft  be  ground,  and  whet  very  Jharp 
andfmootb,  upon  an  Oyl  flone_j  before  you  ufe  them, 
, your 


The  Art  of  Etching,  9*) 

youL,  Compares  are  of  very  littlo  ufe  iru  Etching , ex- 
cept it r'  be  to  nteafure  a di (lance , or  jlrikc  a Qrcle>  the 
Ruler  is  ufed  to  hatch  all  the  jlraight batcher  or  Lines  upon 
the  Plate.  Thcgr^umzxisuled  to  make  a fFall round 
about  the  edges  of  your  Plate,  to  keep  the  oA  qua  fortir 
from  running  off  from  the  Plate , the  Aqua  fonts  is  the 
finisher  of  the  work,  when  you  have  hatched  the  de- 
fign  upon  the  Plate  with  your  Needles.  The  whiter 
Lead  is  ufed  to  [crape  upon  the  badgfide  of  the  drawing  or 
print  that-"  you  Etch  after.  The  Stift  is  ufed  to  draw 
through  all  the  outmoft  Lines  or  circumferences  of 
the  print  or  drawing  which  you  Etch  after.  The  Oyl [lone 
is  to  whetr’  your  (gravers  upon;  having  thefe  things 
in  readinefs,  Note  that  if  it  be  a black  Ground  that 
lyes  upon  the  Plate,  then  you  muft  take  white  Lead  and 
rub  itr'  upon  the  bacl^fideot  thz print  or  drawing  which  you 
intend  to  Etch  after,  but  if  it  be  a white  Ground, 
then  you  muff  take  black,  Lead , or  a piece  of  Charcole 
and  rub  on  the  bac\ ^ of  your  print  as  aforefaid. 

The  manner  and  way  to  mal^e  the  (ground. 

Take  a quarter  of  a pound  of  V irgins  wax,  and  half  a 
quarter  of  a_>  pound  of  Expoltum  burnt , oEzAmber  One 
Ounce,  of  Ma/ltc fiOnc  Ounce.  Having  all  thefe  materials 
in_^  readinefs,  you  mull  take  the  AAAafiic\  and  the 
Expoltum^  and  beat  them  very  fine  in  a mortar;  this  be- 
ing done,  take  a new  earthen-*  Tot,  and  put  the  wax 
into  it,  and  fet  it  upon-/  th c fire,  let  not  the  fire  be 
tooto,whichifyoudo  itw  ill  burn  the  ground-,  therefore 
when  they  are  throughly  melted  y take  it  off  from  the  fire > 
and  pourthe^mW  out  into  a Tot  of fair  water , and  make 
it  up  into  a Tall,  andpreferve  it  from  du(U  and  when 
you  will  ufeit,  take  a,  quantity  o£ it andbinditup  in_^a 
piece  of Tajfatae  or  Silfi,  and  ufe  it  as  hereafter. 

<*A  red  (ground. 

Grind  red  Lead,  very  well  tempered  with  Vernifh. 

Bb  a A 


joo  The  Art  of  Etching. 

A white  Cjround . 

Take  of  wax  one  Ounce,  Bpfin  two  Ounces , melt  them-j 
together,  add  thereto  a quarter  of  an  Ow/a?  of  Venice^ 
Scrits , finely  ground 

qj[  blacky  (/round. 

sputum.  ^Jfbhaltum  two  parts,  Beeswax  one  part,  melt  them 
together,  being  warm,  lay  it  thinly  on^  with  a Lawn  rag . 

Another  (/ round . 

Grind  red  Lead  with  Linfccd  Oyl;  Note,  your  ground 
mult  be  laid  very  thin. 

L he  manner  and  way  to  lay  the  (/round  upon  the  Blate . 

Takefeme  ( harcole  and  kindle  them,  thisbeingdone, 
take  an  hand-yice  and  /crew  it  fafl  to  ono  of  the  comers 
ofthePlate,  as  near  to  the  edge  as  you  can,  becaufo 
you  mull  lay  the  ground  all  over  the  Plate,  then-;  take 
the  Plate  and  hold  it  over  the  fire , till  it  be  lo  warm  to 
melt  th t ground,  then  take  the  ground  which  is  bound  up 
and  r«6it  to  and  fro  upon  the  Plate  till  it  be  covered  all 
over  alike;  then  take  of  the  fliffeft  Feathers  out  of  a Buclq 
wing  that  is  not  ruffled , and  fpread  the  ground  very  thin , 
and  fmooth  every  where  alike  upon  the  Plate,  but  have 
afpecialcare  you  beat  not*  the  Plate  too  hot,  lead:  you 
bum  the  ground  i which  if  it  be,  the  ground  will  breakup 
when  you  put  on  the^^/om>andfpoil  the  Plate?  you 
may  difeover  when  it  is  burnt , by  its  riling  as  it  were 
fandy,  which  if  you  perceive,  you  mull  take  a clean  Imnen 
rag,  and  warming  the  Plate,wipe  the  ground  off,  and  lay 

anewasaforefaid.  But  if  you  perceive  the  ground  to 
be  fmooth  and  not  fandy , take  it  off  from-?  the  fire , and 
when  it  is  cold,  take  a piece  of  Link^ and  hold  undent 
the  ground  till  you  have  fmoakgd  it  very  blacky  but  leLj> 
not  the  flame  touch  th^j ground,  lead  you  burn  it,  this 
being  done,  if  the  Plate  be  cold  hold  itr'  over  the  fire 
agairL_>  till  it  be  j uft  warm,  to  let  the fmoak/nelt  into  th cj> 
ground,  that  itmay  not  rub  off  under,  youvhand,  then 

hold 


The  Art  of  Etching.  ioi 

hold  it  off  from_->  the  fire , with  the  ground- fide  of  the 
Plat cdownwards  for  to prefervo  it  from  the  dujl , other- 
wife  when  the  ground  is  Warm,  dujl  will  flye  in  and 
fpoilit,  thereforeyou  mufthold  it  with  th c ground- fide 
downwards  untill  th e ground  is  cold . 

T'he  way  to  draw  the  outmojl  lines  of  any  Trint  or  drawing  upon 

the  ground  of  the  cPJatg_j. 

Firft  take  the  drawing  or  Trim  which  you  intend  to 
Etch  after,  and  [crape  a little  white  lead  upon  the  haclfi fide 
of  it,  then  take  a feather  and  rub  it  ovec^  every  where 
alike,  and fhakg  off  that  which  remains,  theri->  take 
the  print  and  lay  it  upon  the  Plate  on  that  fide  the  ground 
is,  then  fallen^  the  four  corners  of  the  print  to  the  Plate 
with  a little  [oft  wax-  this  being  done,  tako  the  Stift 
and  draw  upon  the  print  all  thc^  outmoft  circumferences 
ax\Alines  exactly , and  when  you  have  fo  done,  takeoff 
the  print  from-/  the  Plate,  and  all  the  fame  outlines  and 
circumferences  which  you  drew  upon-;  the  print  with  the 
Stift y w i 1 1 b e exactly  and  unfailably  u p o n t h e ground \ 

Several  Ob  fixations  in  Hatching . 

Firft  obferve  exactly  and  judicioufly  how  your  principle 
is ) hadowed , and  how  clofe  the  Hatches  joyn,  and  how 
they  are  laid,  and  which  way  the  light  falleth  ol  cometh • 
the/i^femuft  fall  all  one  way,  for  if  the //Vk  fall  fidewayes 
ifi-jyom  print,  y o u m u ft  hatch  t h e other  fide  which  is  far- 
the/l£\ fom  the  light  darkeft,  and  fo  place  your  lights  alto- 
gether on  the  one  fide,  and  nor"  confujedly  to  have  the  light 
come  on  both  fides alike,  as  ifitr'ftoodin  the  midft  of 
many  lights,  for  neither  doth  the  light  withall  its  bright ± 
nefs  illuminate  any  more  then  that-' part  that  is  dircBly 
oppofite unto  it,  then  obferve  exaBly  how  clofe  all  tho 
Hatches  joyn,  and  how  they  are  laid,  and  which  way 
they  twifl  and  wind,  then_j  follow7  them  as  exactly  as  pof- 
fibly  you  can,  but  before  that  you  begin  to  Hatch  or 
(hadoWy  you  mult  draw7  all  the  outmojl  lints  with  a 'Jfeedle 

Cc  upon- 


102 


The  Art  of  Etching. 

upon  the  ground , as  <t Artificially  as  you  can  5 and  then_j 
you  muft  fhadow  its  with  your  jfecdles  of  feveral  forts 
according  to  your  principle , and  when  you  will  make 
a broad  fir oak^  then  break  off  the  point  of  a great  (eedle 
and  'whet  it'  upon  an  Oyl /lone  four  fquarc  untill  it  comes 
to  a_j  pointy  and  if  you  will  hatch  fine  firoaks,  then  you 
mud  ufe  fine  pointed  Bfeedles  • and  if  middle  figcs , then 
break  off  the  point  of  a middle  fixe  Ufjedle,  and  whet  it  as 
aforefaid,  and  fo  according  to  all  (i^es.  But  fomo 
oSM  a filers  when  they  make  a hold  flroafij  hatch  it  fine  at  firff, 
and  fo  by  degrees  make  them  broader . 

Bfccefiary  Obfervations  in  Etching  Landslips. 

Gbferve  when  y7ou  Etch  Landslips,  to  make  ol  hatch 
that"  which  isneareft  to  the  Eye  darkefi , and  fo  let  ic 
lofe  or  decline  its  fbadows  by  degrees,  and  that  which  is 
fur  theft  off  muft  be  faintefl > and  fo  lofe  equally  by  de- 
grees . the  fame  Obfervation  muft  bo  in  making  the 
Slfie,  for_,  that  which  is  neareft  to  the  Eye  muft  be  the 
darkefl  [hadotycd,  but  in  general  as  faint  and  Jo  ft  as  pofli- 
ble,  and  foalfolet"  it  lofe  by  degrees  as  before  is  men- 
tioned, and  the  nearer  the  Skie  cometh  to  th c ground, 
the  more  it  muft  lofe  and  be  fainter • but  when  they  as 
it  were  meet  together  the  Skie  mujl  quite  be  loft , and 
when  you  have  hatched  it  as  exaBly  as  you  can  pofiibly  with 
your  0\fecdlesy  according  to  th<o  print  or  drawing,  that" 
you  doit  after;  this  being  done,  compare  them  exaBly 
and  judicioufly  together,  and  if  you  finditrlike  the  ori~ 
gin  a/  take  fome  green  foftwax , and  make  a Wall  round 
about  the  edges  of  the  Plate. 

How  to  make  the  Wax  wall  round  about  the  Elate , to  kgep  the 
oyf qua  fort  vs  from  running  of  from  it. 

T ake  fome  green foft  Wax  and  temper  it  till  io  be  warme  2 
theo  draw  it  into  a long  / lender  roul  as  long  as  will  reach 
about  tho  Plate,  then  flat  it  zn&fafienit  about  the  edges 
of  the  Plate,  andlet  it  be  about  half  an  inebhigh,  then 

take 


The  Art  of  Etching.  ioj 

take  an  old  kn'fi  and  beat  it  iio  the  fire,  and  fear  the  Wax 
round  about  under  the  P late  very  clofe,  otherwife  the 
cJquiL  j fortis  w ill  run  out,  but  be  lure  to  fallen  the  wall 
as  near  to  the  edges  of  the  Plate  as  you  can  convenient- 
ly, thenu  pour  the  Aquafortis  upon  the  Plate,  letting 

it  lye  till  it  be  deep  enough. 

Ho'w  to  ufe  the  Aqua-,  fortis  on  the  "Plate. 

You  muft  ule  {ingle  Aqua-,  fortis.  Take  a quantity  of 
zAqua  fortis  and  pour  it  into  aglafsmd  mingle  it  with  a 
little  Vinegarto  weaken  it  if  it  betoo  Jlrong,  oralittlo 
nA  qua-, fortis  which  hath  been  ufed  before;  for  in  cafe 
the  Aqua—  fortis  work  too  jlrong , it  will  make.;  the  worf 
very  bard,  and  fometimes  make  tho  ground  to  break 
up;  and  when-,  you  have  tempered  it  very  well,  poure 
itupoiothe  Plate  almo  ft  as  high  as  the  wax  mall ; the  deep- 
er the  <• Aquafortis  lyeth,  the  harder  it  will  cat,  and  where, 
you  perceive  it  to  bo  deep  enough,  pourolf  the  Aqua 
fortis  from-,  the  Plate  into  a glafs , and  preferve  it  to 
mingle  with  other  as  aforefa id ; this  being  done,  take 
fome  fair  'water  and  mjh  the  Plate,  and  then_»  take  off 
the  wax  trail  and  preierve  it  for.,  the  fame  ufo again; 
theawarme  the  Plate  and  take  a clean  linnen  rag  when  il_> 
is  indifferent  tv  arms,  and  rub  off  the  ground  from_.  the 
Plate  very  clean,  then  take  {ome  Oyl  and  rub  over-  the 
Plate  to  clean  it,  and  if  you  perceive  thatr'  the  Aqua  for - 
tis  hath  not  eaten  zs  deep  in  fome  places,  as  it  should  be, 
then  itmuftbe  helped  with  a (prayer. 

Obferyations  by  which  you  may  fnow  when  it  is  deep  enough. 

When-,  the  <tA qua  fortis  hath  lain  upon  the  Plate  a 
littl e_a  more  then  a quarter  of  an  hour,  or  half  an—'  hour , 
there  being  no  certainty  in  time,  becaide  fometimes 
the  Aqua^fortis  will  work  f ranger  then  at  another;there- 
fore  when  you  thinkit  is  deep  enough,  pouf  off  tho 
Aqua— i fortis  from  the  Plate  into  a glafs , then  wajh  the 
Plate  with  a little  fairwater,  then  take  a and  [crape 

Ce  2 off 


jo4  The  Art  of  Etching. 

off  a little  piece  of  the  ground  where  i tr*  is  hatch,,  and 
may  be  leall  prejudicial  to  tho  Plate,  and  if  you 
perceive  it  not  tobe  deep  cnoughytake  alittle  candle  ta/lov? 
and  melt  it  in  a ffoon,  and  while  it  is  Warm,  take  a penal 
and  cover  the  plate  with  it  > where  you  [craped  the  ground 
off,  then  pour  the  aqua-fortis  upon  it  again,  andJetit 
lye  till  you  guefsit  to  be  deep  enough  •,  then  pour,  the 
Aqua-*  forth  from  the  Plate  as  aforefaid,  and  at  any 
time  when  you  perceive  thao  the  eA qua forth  doth  not 
mrkjlrong  enough,  you  pour  off  half  the  old , and  re- 
fresh it  with  (omenew,  for  when  the  aAqua-j  forth  hath 
been-j  upon  the  Plate  about  half  an  hour,  it  will  bo 
much  the  waller,  becaufe  the  jlrength  of  itr’doth  evapo* 
away,  and  by  a little  puffin?  you  will  como  to 
the  certain  knowledge  when  the  Aqua  forth  hath  eaten  deep 
enough. 

Another  way  to  know  when  it  is  deep  enough . 

Take  a little  piece  of  a C°pf>er  and  lay  a ground 
upon  it  as  you  before  mentioned  , and  make  zu  Wax 
wall  about  it,  then  hatch  it  with  feveral  hatches  as  you 
think  beft,  and  when  you  pour  the  Aqua  forth  upon 
the  one , pour  it  upon  the  other , and  when  you  think 
they  be  eaten  deep  enough  , pour  the  Aqua  forth  frorro 
the  little  Plate,  andwafhit  with  fome as  afore- 
faid,  then  take  a Ifnife  and  [crapes  off  a little  piece  of 
the  ground  from  tho  little  Plate  where  it  is  hatch , and 
in  cafe  you  percieve  it  nor'  deep  enough,  cover  the 
places  again  with  fome  warme  candle  tallow , and  then  pour 
the  Aqua  forth  upon  it  again  till  you  guefs  io  be  e- 
nought  then  pour  the  Aquafortis  from  the  little  Plate 
again,  and  try  as  before,  and  ifyou  feeit  to  be  enough, 
pour  the  Aqua  forth  from  the  great  Plate,  and  wafh  itr 
with  a little  /^/V  water  before  you  warmit,  or  elfe  the 
zA qua forth  will  fain  the  Plate. 


A 


The  Art  of  Etching.  iojf 

way  to  lay  a white  (f  round  upon  a IBlacf. 

Firft  you  muft  underfland  that  mod  grounds  are  blach^ 
and  when  you  lay  a white  ground  upon  a black,  you  muft 
not  fmoak^  the  blacky  with  a Lin{,  and  you  muft  lay  the 
undermoft  ground  the  thinner > when-/  you  Jay  a whiter 
ground  upon  it  5 and  if  you  would  lay  white  groundup- 
on  a ->bUc\j,  takeaquantity  of  Serice,  as  much  as  you 
think  will  cover  the  plate,  andgr/Wit  very  finewnhgum 
watery  and  temper  it  very  thiny  then  take  a pencil  and  wafh 
the  plate  all  over  very  thin  and  even . 

way  to  lay  a red  Cj  round  upon  a blachfif  round. 

T ake  the  red  Chalk^zndgrind  it r1  very  fine  with  gum  water  y 
then-;  take  a pretty  big  pencily  and  wafh  the  plate  all  oven, 
with  the  red  ground  very  thin  and  f moth , as  before  men- 
tioned 

dA  ^Receipt  for  aground  takgn  out  of  a Manufcript  of  Collots. 

Take  ^.quarter  of  a pound  of  Virgins  wax y and  half 
a quarter  of  a pound  of  the  beft  Sxpoltum. burnt  of  Amber , 
and  half  a quarter  of  a pound  of  *5\4afiic\ if  it  be  warm 
weather  y becaufe  it  doth  harden  the  ground  and  preferve 
it  from  in  jury  * when  you  lean  with  your  hand  hardupon 
it;  if  it  be  cold  weather,  then  take  but  an_>  ounce  of 
^Alafich^  this  being  obferved,  then  take  an  ounce  of 
Tig  fin,  and  an  ounce  of  Shoomakgrs  pitch , and  half  aiL^* 
ounce  of  other  pitchy  half  an  ounce  of  Vernifh;  having 
all  thefe  materials  in  readinefs,  take  a new  earthen  pos$ 
and  put  the  Virgins  wax  into  it ; and  when  it  is  melted  * 
ftir  it  about,  and  putin  the  other  materials  by  degrees  as 
before  mentioned*  and  when  they  are  throughly  Ming* 
led  and  melted y take  the  pot  off  from  the  fire  and  pour  itr* 
out  in  a clean  pot  of  fair  water,  and  wor\  it  into  a Z&2#,  and 
preferve  it  from  duft  and greafe9  and  when  you  have  oc- 
cafiontomake  ufeof  it,  take  a quantity  thereof  and 
bind  it  up  in  a piece  of  Sil^  and  make  ufe  of  it  as  be- 
fore mentioned* 


1 06  The  Arc  of  Etching. 

71] c Ground  of  Ejne  brant  of  Vine. 

Take  half  an  ounce  of  Expoltum-,  burnt  of  Amber,  one 
ounce  of  Virgins  vvax,  half  an  ounce  of  VAT.  a fief  „ 
then  take  the  EMafthf  and  Expoltum,  and  beat  them 
feverally  very  fine'm  a Mortar;  this  being  done,  take  a 
new  earthen  pot  and  fetitupona Charcole-fire,  then  pur" 
theVirginsvvaxinto  itandwe/at,  thenshake  into  it  the 
EMafick  and  Expoltum^by  degrees , ftirring  the  Wax  a- 
bout  till  they  be  throughly  mingled,  then  pour  it  forth 
into  fairvvater  and  make  a 7>all  ofit,  and  ufe  it  as  before 
mentioned,  but  be  fure  you  do  notr’  beat  the  plate  too 
hot  when-;  you  lay  the  ground  on  it,  and  lay  your  blacky 
ground  very  thin,  and  the  tub  it  c ground  upon  it,  thisisthca 
only  way  of  Tdjncbrant. 

7 be  tray  to  prejerye  any  (j  round,  "which  is  laid  upon 

a Elate  in  Frofty  weather. 

• 

T ake  the  plate  and  wrap  it  very  warm  in  a wollen  cloth  s 
and  lay  it-*  in  the  warmed  place  you  can  convenient, 
for  if  the  frofl  is  gotten-dnto  th c ground,  it  will  break  up 
when  you  pour  the  Aqua  forth  upon  it. 

aA  way  to preferve  the  Tlate  from  injury  of  the  Aqua-j 
forth)  where  the  (f round  breaks  up. 

If  you  perceive  the  ground  to  break  upirL_>  any  place  9 
pour  off  the  zAqua^forth  from  the  plate  and  wafh  it  with 
a little  fair  water , then  take  a quantity  of  Candle  tallow  and 
melt  it  in^a  fpoon,  and  while  it  is  warm  take  a pencil  and 
cover  the  Plate  which  is  broken-*  up  with  the  faid 
tallow , and  fo  far  as  tho  tallow  is  fpread , the  dAqua  fortis 
will  not  eat  •,  fome  make  ufo  of  V erni/h  inftead  of  tal- 
low, and  when  you  have  covered  the  place  that  is  brokff 
en , pour  ohj  the  Aqua-,  forth  again,  and  let  it  lye  upon 
the  plate  till  you guefi  it  hath  eaten-)  enough ,*  then  pour 
the  (t Aqua  forth  from_>  the  plate  and  preferve  it,  then-* 
taketho  wax  Wall  and  preferve  it  alfo,  and  wash  the 
plate  with  a little  fair  Water*  then-»ruboffyour^««^/ 

as 


The  Art  of  Etching.  107 

asaforeftiid,  and  for  the  places  which  xh^j  ground  breaks 
up  in,  it  mud  be  helped  with  a C jraver . 

Therefore  it  will  beneceffary  for  one  that  defretb  to  learn  this  Art, 
to  praBice  graving  a little 3 fo  much  as  to  help  a {iroakgwhere  you  thin { 
convenient. 

way  to  makg  the  Aquafortis  worhjoft  or  hard 
according  to  nature  or  art. 

Firft  take  Candle  tai low  and  melt  it  in  2u  ffoon , then  with 
a pencil  cover  that  placo  fo  far  as  you  will  have  it  to 
be  faint,  but  note  it  muft  be  after  the  Aqua^fortis  hath 
lain  upon  your  plate  an  indifferent^  while,  and  fo  by 
degrees  you  muft  ufe  the  tallow  as  you  would  have  it  faint- 
er,this  is  very  neceffary  when  you  Etch  Landslips, which 
muft  lofe  and  ftand  atadiftance^  by  degrees , therefore 
when  you  Etch  Landslips,  obferve  to  ftop  off  that  place 
firft  which  muft  be  fainteft,  andfo  by  degrees  ftopir' 
off,  and  make  it  lofe  equally  > and  note  the  nearer_,  you 
come  to  the  Eye,  i t muft  bo  jlrongefl  and  darkejl  fbaded , 
but  not  on  that  ft de  from  whence  the  light  cometh 
for  that  fide  muft  be  preferved  as  faint  as  may  be,  but 
according  to  art. 

Obfervations  in  Etching  ProffeBive. 

ProffcBive  is  a thing  thatr"  is  one  of  the  difficulteft 
oArts  that”'  is  praftifed  ; becaufo  it  is  nor"  rightly 
underjlood , buo  bv  good  oArithmetic/^ $ otherwifo 
you  can  never  undcrfland projfeBive , becaufe  you  cao 
never guefs  rightly  how  much  a Pillar  or  Figure,  or  the 
like  muft  decline,  ox  lofe  at  their  feveral  diftances,  ac- 
cording  to  Art  and  "Proportion . Fon,  when  you  Etch 
0 piece  of  projpeBive  after  a drawing  or  a print,  ob- 
ferve thefc  Rules,  beware  of pcrfeBton  ab  adiftance* 
and  be  fare  to  floadow  that  which  is  neareft  to  the  Eye „ 
perfeBcJl  and  ftrongejl , and  the  farther  frorro  the  Eye , it 
muft  decline  inlength  and  breadth?  and  heighth  according  to 

D d a Art 


io8  The  Ait  of  Etching. 

An  and  Proportion,  obfervo  alfo  to  let  it  lofe and  bo 
fainter  by  equal  degrees . 

A iv  ay  to  (jrave  any  hand  or  letter  upon  a Copperplate . 

Take  fome  ( harcole  and  kindle  them,  then  takoa 
hand-vice  zndlcrew  it  to  the  comer  ofthe/?/^e, and  hold 
it  oven,  the  fire  till  it  be  warm,  then  take  a piece  of 
Virgins  wax,  and  rub  it  all  over,  the  plate  until!  it  is  co- 
vered every  where  alike-,  this  being  done,  take  a 
ft  iff feather  of  a Duckswing  thatisnot truffled,  and  drive  it 
even  and  fmooth  every  where  alike,  and  let  it  coole, 
then  write  the  hand  and  letter  whichyou  intend  to  grave 
upon  the  plate,  on  a piece  of paper  with  ungumd  [nl{j  then 
take  the  paper  which  you  have  written,  and  lay  that 
fide  which  is  written  downwards  next  to  the  wax,and 
fallen  the  four  corners  with  a little  [oft  wax,  but  be  fure 
to  place  the  writing  fo  , that  the  lines  may  run 
flraight,  then  you  muft  take  a Dogs  Tooth , and  rub 
the  paper  all  over  which  is  fafined,  and  not  mifs  any 
place;  this  being  done,  takeoff  the  paper  from_~,  the 
platcj*  and  you  shall  fee  the  very  famo  Letters  which 
you  wrote  on  the  paper  hath  left’’  their  perfect  impreftion 
upon_j  thewvwc;  then  take  a Stift  and  draw  all  the  Let- 
ters through  the  wax  up otlj  the  plate,  and  when  you 
havedono  that,  warm  the  plate , and  take  a linnen  rag 
and  rub  the  wax  clean  off,  and  you  shall  fee  all  tho 
Letters  drawn-)  upon  the  Copper,  then  get  fome  good 
French  Cf  ravers  and  grind  them,  as  they  should  b <u>  very 
(harp  towards  the  points  u p o n_j a (frind - flone,  and  after- 
wards whet  them  very  fmooth  and  sharp  upon  a good 
Oyl  jlone,  then  Cfrave  the  Letters  with  them. 

The  way  to  polijh  a fopper  Plate. 

At  firft  you  buy  the  Copper  rough,  then  you  have  it' 
planifhed,  if  you  cannot  do  it  your  felf;  when  it"  is 
planished, , then  you  polish  it  with  thefe  following  Inftru - 
ments. 

The 


The  Art  of  Etching.  top 

* The  Raines  of  the  Inflmments  or  ’Toolcs  "which  are  ttfed 
topolif  a (^offler^Plate. 

A Plain  which  cuts  very  well,  and  of  aru  indiffe- 
rent-'  btgnefs,  but  not  broad;  fome  pieces  of  pumice- f ones 
fome  pieces  of  S and- f ones , and  fomecuS Vloulton-flones  3 a 
foft j blew  fone,  and  a burnijber  and  fcrapcr-y  and  lom o 
Char  cole. 

The  ufe  of  every  particular  Pool  or  Injlrument. 

Firft  fallen  your  Plate  with  fome  fmall  Jfaih r,  to  a 
place  that  is  as  high  as  your  middle  3 thcii-j  make  ufe 
of  the  plain  to  shave  all  the  roughnefs  off  froni^  it  and 
make  if  very  even  in  all  places  alike,  and  if  you  per- 
ceive any  craclfis  or  little  holes  upon  that  fide  which  you 
Jhave>  then  you  muftx/?^  them  all  clean  out,  and  when 
you  have  shaved  it  even  and  fmooth  with  the  plain,  then 
take  a piece  of  S and- f one,  and##  the  plate  with  fomo 
water,  and  rub  to  and  fro  with  the  ftone  upon  the  plate  > 
till  you  have  worn  it  very  fmooth  and  even  every  where 
alike,  but"  be  fure  to  choofe  the  fioftef  fones,  becaule 
they  make  the  lead  [cratches  • and  when  you  have  worn 
it  even  and  fmooth  with  this  fone , wash  oft the  [and  from 
the  Plate,  and  take  a piece  of  Pumice  flone^a  and  rub 
to  and  fro  upon  the  Plate,  quite  a crofs  the  grain  of 
the  former  fone,  becaufe  it  is  of  a hard  fandy  nature  , 
and  will  therefore  leave  fome  /cratches ; therefore  the 
Pumice  fone  is  of  a more  fofter  and  fpungy  nature^  and  is 
alwayes  ufed  to  Ware  out"  the  formers  [cratches  : and 
when  you  have  room  out  all  the  former  f cratches , you 
will  perceive  thereto  be  worked  into  /finer grain /hen 
Wash  the  [and  very  clean  off  from— > the  plate , ; then 
make  ufe  of  the  moulton  [lone,  and  wor\  with  it  quite  a* 
crofs  the  grain  of  the  Pumice  fone , untill  you  have  room 
it  quite  out  • withall  be  fure  you  fupply  this  and  all 
the  other  fones  with  mater,  when  you  work  with  them 

Iupon  the  plate , and  when  you  have  worn  out  all  the 

E e [cratches 


iio  The  Art  of  Etching. 

[cratches  of  the  Tumice  [lone clean  out,  then  for  the  fourth 
makeufe  ofth  t [oft  blew  [lone,  it  being  of  a very  [oftgrain 
and  fofter  then  any  of  the  former;  then  work  with 
that  quite  acrofs  the  grain  of the  Moulton- /lone,  till  the 
grain  is  worn  out,  but  if  you  perceive  any  [cratches  in  the 
plate  here  or  there,  rub  them  over  with  y ouc_.  burnisher 
till  you  have  work’t  them  out , but  in  cafe  they  are 
very  deep , you  muft  mako  ufe  of  your  [ craper , and 
[crape  them  out , and  burnifh  them  afterwards  •,  this  be- 
ing done,  in  the  fifth  place  you  mull  burnifh  it  all  o- 
ver  ; lad  of  all  take  a cbarcole  which  is  throughly 
burnt , and  [crape  off  the  j fyne ; then  put  it  in  the  fire  till  it 
is  throughly  l{[ndled,  then  take  it  out  and  quench  it  iil-> 
Chamber  Lee,  and  make  ufe  of  it  as  of  the  former,  till 
you  have  gla[ed  the  plate  5 then  wash  it  very  clean  with 
fairwater,  and  let  it  dry. 

{ The  Manner  or  Way  of  tOMe^o  Tinto . 

"JClrJl  take  a very  well  polijhed  Elate  of  Copper , and  rujfen  it  all  oyer 
**  with  your  Engin  one  TP  ay,  then  cro[s  it  over  with  the  Engin  a* 
gain , andif you  find  occa/ion,  then  cro[s  it  over  the  third  time,  untill 
it  be  ruffe  ned  all  oyer  alike  ( that  is  to Jay)  if  it  were  to  bc_j  printed , it 
would  print  blacl ^ all  oyer  • this  doney  take  Char  cole  or  blacfi  Chalky  to 
rub  oyer  the  plate , and  then  draw  your  defign  with  white  Chalk^upon 
the  plate,  then  tal{e  a [harp  Stift  and  trace  out  the  outlines  of  the  defign 
you  drew  with  the  white  Chalky,  and wberc__j>  you  would  have  the  light 
ftrike  jlrongefljake  a burnt  [her,  and  burnifh  that  part  of  the plate  .where 
y ou  Would  haye  the  light  ftrike  as  clean  as  it  was  when  it  was  frfl poli - 
fhed • where  you  would  haye  the  fainter  light , you  mufl  not  polifhit 
fo  much,  and  this  Way  you  may  make  it  either  fainter  or flronger,  ac- 
cording to  your  fancy.  As  for  the  manner  or  shape  of  the  Engin , 
they  are  diyers,  and  if  any  ingenious  perfon  haye  a defire  to  have  any 
made,  the  Author  will  give  them farther  directions. 


FINIS, 


A Table  of  the  Contents  of  this  Book. 


OF  the  Vertue  and  Praife  of  Proportion  orSymetry. 

Of  the  Neceility  and  Definition  of  Proportion. 

Of  the  Head  in  Porphile  or  Side-vvayes. 

Of  the  Fore-right  Face. 

Of  a Head  inFore-shortning. 

Of  the  Side- Face  vvithout  any  Meafure. 

Of  feveral  Obfervations  in  drawing  a Head  after  the  Life, 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a Man  of  ten  Faces. 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a Mans  Body  of  ten  Faces. 

Of  the  extravigant  Proportion  of  ten  Heads. 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a young  Man  of  nine  Heads. 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a Man  of  eight  Heads. 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a Mans  Body  offeven  Heads. 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a Woman  often  Faces. 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a Woman  of  ten  Heads. 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a Woman  of  nine  Faces. 

Ofthe  Proportion  of  a Woman  of  nine  Heads. 

Of  the  Proportion  of  a Woman  of  feven  Heads. 

Of  the  Proportion  of  Children. 

..  ■ ; " ' ■ i ■ ■ ' "■“■.ii  i ii  n'lMnaaniiilBMd-.LU.^ 

The  Definition  of  Painting. 

Of  the  Vertue  of  Light. 

Ofthe  Neceility  of  Light. 

Ofthe  Nature  of  Light. 

Of  the  Vertue  and  Efficacy  of  Motion. 

Ofthe  Neceility  of  Motion. 

Ofthe  Paffions  of  the  Minde  their  Original  and  difference 
How  the  Body  is  altered  by  the  paffions  ofthe  Minde, 

Ofthe  Motions  procured  by  the  feven  Planets.  j 

Of  Jupiter. 

OfMars.* 

Of  Sol. 

Of  Venus. 

Of  Mercury. 

Of  Luna. 

How  all  the  Motions  may  accidently  befall  any  man  though  dif  erfly. 

Of  Divers  others  Neceffary  Motions. 

Of  the  Motions  of  all  forts  ofCloth  or  Drapery. 

Of  the  Motions  of  Trees  and  other  things  that  are  moved. 

The  Art  of  Miniture  or  Limning. 

Of  the  colours  to  be  ufed  in  Limning. 

The  way  and  manner  of  preparing  colours* 

Of  white  Lead. 

Colours  to  be  washed  and  How. 

Of  Colours  to  be  washed. 

Of  Colours  to  be  ground. 

Of  the  Nature  of  Colours  in  general. 

Obfervations  in  grinding. 

To  wash  Bice. 

How  to  choofe  your  pencils.  * .*  £p 

To  prepare  a Tablet  to  work  on* 

The  ground  colour  for  a Face. 

The  Order  of  shadovves  for  the  Face* 

Tobeginn  a Face. 

The  Order  to  be  obferved  in  drawing  by  the  lift 


5* 

7- 

Ibid. 


9° 

IQ. 

ly. 

Ibid. 

X& 

2©. 

21. 

22, 

Ibid, 

Ibid. 


24. 

3S- 

38. 

40. 

44. 

48, 

ST- 

58. 

5 9. 

60. 
Ibid, 

61. 
Ibid. 

<54, 
6?a 
71.' 
_ 74* 

77* 

Ibid. 

■780 

Ibid. 

Ibid, 

79° 

Ibid, 

Ibid, 

Ibid. 

8i« 

Ibid. 

Ibid, 

$%0 

If, 

84, 


The  Contents 


Concerning  dead  Colouring.  IbicL 

The  fecond  work  of  Limning.  8y> 

1 he  Order  of  Limning  in  the  fecond  fitting.  86. 

A Crimfon ground.  87. 

T he  manner  of  finishing  at  the  third  fitting.  88. 

Concerning  Ornaments.  I bid. 

A Receipt  to  make  Liquid  Gold.  85. 

OfLandskip.  90. 

A Dark  Green.  91. 

A rare  fccret  to  preferve  Colours.  Ibid. 

Some  general  Obfervations  in  Miniture . Ibid. 

To  make  Crayons  or  Paftiles.  92. 

T o make  white.  Ibid. 

To  make  white  Lead.  Ibid. 

T o prepare  a C ard  f or  a Pi&ure.  Ibid- 

T o prepare  white  excellently.  Ibid. 

Concerning  Wax  work  or  Moulding.  93. 

T o call  in  Moulds.  94. 

T o counterfeit  Roch  Candid  fyveetmeets.  95-. 

T o counterfeit  Pearl.  Ibid. 

T he  manner  how  to  draw  with  Indian  Ink.  Ibid. 

How  to  prevent  your  Colour  from  finking  96; 

The  manner  how  to  draw  with  water  colour  upon  farcin.  Ibid. 

A farther  obfervation  in  Grinding.  Ibid. 

How  to  prepare  Umber.  97. 


The  grounds  and  rules  of  Etching.  Ibid. 

T he  Inftruments  with  their  particular  names  to  Etch  vvithall.  98. 

Tne  ufcand  property  of  every  particular  Inftrumenc.  Ibid. 

The  manner  and  way  to  make  the  ground.  99„ 

A red  ground.  Ibid. 

A white  ground  IOO, 

A black  ground.  ] bid. 

Another  ground.  Ibid. 

The  manner  and  way  to  lay  the  ground  upon  the  Plate.  Ibid. 

T he  way  to  draw  the  out  lines  of  any  drawing  upon  the  Plate.  IOI 

Several  obfervations  in  Hatching.  ibid. 

Neccllary  obfervations  in  Etching  Landskips. 

How’  to  lay  a wax  wall  upon  a plate.  ] bid. 

How  to  ulc  A qua  Fortis  on  the  plate.  IO, 

Oblervationsby  which  you  may  knowvvhen  it  is  deep  enough.  Ibid. 

Another  way  to  knowvvhen  it  is  deep  enough.  I04. 

A way  to  lay  a white  ground  upon  ablack.  IOj 

A way  to  lay  a red  ground  upon  a black.  Ibid. 

A receipt  for  a ground  takv  n out  of  a Manufcript.  Ibid. 

The  ground  of  Rinebrant  of  Rine.  lQg 

1 he  way  to  preferve  a Ground  in  Frofly  wear':  er.  Ibid 

Away  to  preferve  the  Plate  from  injury.  jbid 

A wayto  make  Aqua  Fortis  eat  foft  or  hard.  1Qy 

Obfervations  in  Etching  profpcdivc.  Ibid 

A way  to  grave  any  hand  or  letter  upon  a Copper  Plate,  108 

The  way  to  polish  a Copper  Plate.  ibid, 

T heNames  oft  he  Inftruments  ufed  to  polish.  2 0 ^ 

T he  ufc  of  every  particular  tool  or  lnftrumcnt,  Ibid 

The  manner  or  vvayofMczo  I into,  1Ie 


A N 


APPENDIX 

T O 

The  Art  of  Painting 

I N 

M1NITURE 

LIMNING: 

DIRECTI  NG 

The  Choiceft,  Safeft,  and  Neareft  Way  to  attain  to  Perfe- 
&ion  in  the  (aid  Art ; with  all  the  feverai  Mixtures  and  Temperatures 
of  the  COLOURS  for  every  feverai  Work,  and  the  manner 
oflaying  the  Ground-colours,  and  howto  Htighten  and 
Deepen  upon  them  ; and  Dire&ions  for  Drawing  of 
Hiftory  in  Limning , with  feverai  Proper 
Obfervations. 

And  alfo  the  feverai  Ways  of  making  Cryons  or  Paflils^mtb. 

the  feverai  Ways  of  Working  with  them. 

Never  Fublifoed  before . 

- — 4 — 

By  A l exander  Browne,  Gent. 


LONDON \ 

Printed  for  Arthur  Tooksr , at  the  Globe  in  the  Strand,  over  again  ft  Ivie- 
Bridge ; and  WillUm  Battenby,  ^iThavie's  InneGate  in  Holborn, 
near  S.  Andrew's  Church.  1^75. 


. . 


*.y 


■ 


• s 'C  •• 


■ v.-ovo! 

■ - ' ■ 

■ { ■ • 


™ ip  A ?H.  . , j; 

? •• 

-a,  i\  - ■ ' ' • 1 ' 

-fU\  ; 


T O 


My  Worthy  and  Honoured  Friend, 

PETER  LELY,  Efq; 

Painter  to  His  Majefty 

O F 

t 

GREAT  BRITAIN , &c. 


SIR, 

Have  Experienced  (T  hope  Not  too  late ) 
that  Addrelles  made  to  Perfons  of  Great  Ti- 
tles do  not  fo  much  advantage  Writers,  as  the 
Cuflom  ^Dedications  would  maty  the  World 
believe.  This  pojfibly  others  have  found  as 
well  as  I, who  now  humbly  asl^from you  (One, 
if  not  in  the  Rank  of  Greated  Men,  yet  of  the  Greated  and 
Bed  Artids)  ProteSion  and  Favour.  He  mofl  values  that 
tyiowsmoft,  and  will  zealoufly  conferve  what  he  perfectly  un- 
der (lands.  I cannot  be  accus'd  of  Vanity  by  any,  nor  fufleffed 
of  Flattery  by  Tour  Self  if  I fay , No  Man  in  Europe  is  a Fitter 
Perfon  to  Patronife  Art : And  if  thofe  Painters  themfelves 
( whofe  Lives  I here  prefent ) were  now  on  Earth , and  capable 
of  matyngt  heir  Wills,  they  would , what  I now , intreat.  For 
certainly  there  cannot  be  a more  lading  Monument  of  Eterni- 
zing Paint  then  Mr.  LEE  T's  Name.  Whiled  You  own 
their  Tranflated  Memories  they  will  never  die.  Tour  Hand 
has  not  onely  made  the  Dead  and  the  Graves  Debtors  to  Ton , 
but  the  Living  owe  the  Befl  of  themfelves  to  Your  Pencil 
How  many  that  are  now  Old,  and  not  Handfom,  would  have 

¥ 


The  Epistle  Dedicatory. 
loft  the  Remembrance  of  their  Youth  and  Beauty,^  not  their 
Complexions  and  Firft  Vigour,  Drawn  by  You,  continued 
their  Glories')  All  Scions  of  the  Year,  all  Stages  and 
Deg  rees  of  our  Life,  are  at  once  in  view . The  Gravity  of 
Age,  and  the  Pleafantnefs  of  Youth,  live  together  in  the  fame 
Perfon.  But  thofe  Honours  payable  to  Y our  Merit  deferve  a 
better  Pen.  Ax  for  that  Part  of  my  Boo\_  which  lays  down 
Rules  and  Dire&ions,  and  feems  to  wear  the  Habit  of  a Ma- 
iler, I beg  Tour  Pardon ; for  when  it  gives  Inftru&ions  to 
others,  it  waits  for  Corre&ion  from  You  ; and  I pray  it  may 
give  me  at  leaft  a Fair  Opportunity  of  Knowing  my  Faults, 
jince  I Jh all  have  this  benefit  to  be  Reprehended  by  a Skilful 
and  Kind  Judge.  In  the  mean  time  Your  NAME  willfe- 
cure  mefrcm  the  Severity  of  Curious  Men,  and  the  Epiftle  fo 
Nobly  and  Strongly  Fronted,  will  guard  the  Book,  which  has  a 
long  time  been  Ambitious  to  be  in  Your  Hands  , and  does  to 
Your  Service  with  all  Submijfton  devote  it  felf  and 


Y our  mofl  Humble  Servant, 


ALEX.  BROWNE . 


I 


A N 

APPENDIX 


TREATING  OF 

The  Arc  of  Painting 

I N 

MINITURE 

0 R 

I . I M N I N G. 


Is  convenient  to  treat  firfi:  of  the  Colours  na- 
turally  and  (imply  by  themfelves,  without 
a Mixture  with  each  other,  and  to  Nomi- 
nate them  particularly ; and  the  rather  be- 
caufe  in  my  former  Treatile  of  Miniture  I 
did  fall  flhort  of  what  I do  intend  now  to 
treat  of  at  large.  I fhall  firft  begin  with  the  moft  ufeful  and 
onely  neceflfary  Colours  properly  uftd  in  Miniture > and  after 
that  give  you  an  Account  of  thole  Colours  which  may  be 
omitted,  and  are  unneceflary  ; for  *tis  certain,  that  many 
Colours  are  rather  a Confufion  then  a Help. 


Ff 


An  APPENDIX  to 

The  NAMES  of  the  COLOURS 
Mod  ufeful  and  onely  neceflary 
for  M IN  ITU  RE. 


{ Flalg  White  } 


Beds 


Carmine 
Indian  LaJ^e 
Cynnabar  Lal^e 
Florence  Laf^e  Blews  C.  r 

trt  , ««■ 

Yellow  Ofyr  burnt  ] 


Vltra  Marine) 
Dutch  Bice  j 


Y ellows 


Light  Maflicote 
Deep  Maflicote 
Y ellow  Ohgr 
Bom  an  Ol^er 
Gall- ft  one 
Light  Pinl ^ 
[DarJ^  Pinf^ 


Green  Pinlf 
greens  {Green  Bice 
T err  aVerte 


J : 


• • J f \ \ 1 j f'  ^ r . 

C C oil ens  Earth)  {Burnt  Ivory  ) 

Brown^f  mkr]BMs \le?  Cokf  > 


yJmher 
(Ruft  of  I 


ron 


Cherry -ft  one  burnt ( 
Verditer  burnt  \ 


the  An  of  LIMNING. 


Of  the  Nature  and  Property  of the  Colours  not  ufeful , and 

the  Reafom  why  omitted. 

Of  which  I fhall  begin  with  Cerufe.  As  for  Cernfe , it  is 
too  Yellow,  Courle,  and  Gritty.  Spanif)  Brown  is  omitted 
as  not  being  lb  Brisk  and  Glowing  as  Indian  Red.  R ed  i half^ 
is  too  Foul  and  Dirty,  and  alfo  Englijh  Ohgr  burnt . Artifi- 
cial Vermilion  may  be  omitted,  becaule  that  Native  Cynnabar 
is  better,  of  a Brisker  Colour,  and  better  Condition’d,  As 
for  Orpiment , it  is  both  Venomous  andCourfe.  Verdi greafe 
is  extremely  Courle,  and  will  fade  if  you  prepare  it  never  lb 
well.  And  all  Colours  made  of  Juyces  in  Germany  will  cer- 
tainly fade,  becaule  they  are  of  no  Body,  and  will  Ihine 
much.  Englijh  0\er  is  good  Condition’d,  and  may  be  made 
ule  of ; but  Roman  0(\er  is  more  Glowing  : therefore  you 
may  omit  the  former,  and  ule  the  later.  Sap  Green  may  be 
omitted,  becaule  it  both  fhineth  and  fadeth  : and  Green  Pin\ 
is  uled  inllead  ofit,  becaule  it  hath  neither  of  thele  Faults. 
Mummy  is  every  way  ill-condition’d,  and  hard,  and  will  not 
flow  out  of  your  Pencil,  unlels  you  burn  it  in  a Crucible  well 
Luted  ; fo  prepared, it  may  make  a good  Blad\.  But  as  for 
Blacl\s , thole  Four  which  I principally  mentioned  before,  are 
fufficient  enough  to  do  any  thing  withall,  though  there  are  ma- 
ny other  Blacks  uled,  as  Grape-ftones  burnt,  Vine-ftalks 
burnt.  Lamp  Black,  Blew  Black,  and  many  others  I could 
name,  which  in  my  Opinion  are  rather  a Confufion  then  an 
Help  ; which  for  brevity’s  lake  I omit , haftening  to  treat 
of  the  Temperature! , which  are  uled  in  general  for  Sha- 
dow!. 

V. 

Of  Temperature!  generally  ufed  for  Shadows . 

Thele  following  Temperature!  art  two  ways  uled;  one 
way  is  to  temper  with  your  Pencil  upon  the  Palat,  your  Na- 

F f 2 tura! 


4 An  APPENDIX  to 

tural  Colours  being  firft  plac’d  therein  order,  then  wet  your 
Pencil  in  Water,  and  temper  upon  the  Colour  you  intend  to 
make  ufe  of  firft  in  your  Temperature,  then  rub  your  Pencil  in 
a clean  place  of  your  Palat,  leaving  part  of  the  Colour  upon 
the  place  : and  in  the  lame  manner  take  from  as  many  of  the 
other  as  fhall  be  direfted  for  fuch  and  fuch  Temperatures. 

The  other  way  is  dipping  your  Finger  in  Water,and  tem- 
pering them  in  the  fame  manner  as  you  did  with  your  Pencil, 
placing  your  Colours  fo  Mix’d  upon  your  Palat  in  order. 

T befe  following  Temperatures  are  ufed  for  Drawing 
Heads  after  the  Life . 

I.  Temper , Lake  and  Indian  Red. 

II.  Temper , Red  Lead  and  Roman  Oker. 

III . Temper , Indian  Red  and  Ultra  Marine. 

IT.  Temper , Indian  Red,  Pink  and  Gall-ftone. 

V.  Temper,  Yellow  Oker  and  Indigo. 

VI.  Temper,  Red  Lead,  Pink  and  Indigo. 

VII.  T emper , R oman  Oker,  Red  Lead  and  Indigo. 

VIII.  Temper , Pink, Red  Lead,Y ellow  Oker  and  Lake. 

IX.  Temper , Lake,  Roman  Oker,  Indigo  and  White. 

X.  Temper , Indigo,Roman  Oker, Pink,  & Indian  Red. 

XI.  Temper , Umber,  Mafticote,  Red  Lead,  and  Pink. 

XII.  Temp  ery  Roman  Oker  and  Pink. 

7 befe  following  Temperatures  are  ufed  for  Colouring  and 
Shadowing  ingeneral  for  Hiflories. 

I.  7 emper , Sea  Cole  and  Lake. 

II.  Temper , Umber  and  Mafticote. 

III.  Temper,  Yellow  Oker  Burnt  and  White. 

IV \ Temper,  Umber  and  Ultra  Marine. 


V.Tem - 


the  Art  ofLiMNIN  G. 

V.  Temper,  Umber  and  Lake. 

VI . Temper,  Verditure  burnt,  Red  Lead,  and  White/ 

VII.  I emper.  Ultra  Marine  and  Lake. 

VIII.  Temper,  Ultra  Marine  and  Red  Lead. 

IX.  Temper,  Ultra  Marine  and  White* 

X.  Temper,  Indigo  and  White. 

XL  Temper,  Indigo,  Lake,  and  W hite. 

XII.  Temper,  Indigo  Pink  and  W hite. 

XII I.  Temper,  Indigo  Oker  and  White. 

XIV.  Temper,  Indigo,  Madicoteand  White. 

XV.  Temper,  Burnt  Ivory  and  Lake. 

XVI.  Temper} Cherry-done  burnt.  White  & R ed  Lead 

XVII.  Temper,  The  bed  Rud,  Indigo  and  Pink. 

XVIII.  Temper,  Lake,  R ud,  and  Light  Pink. 

XIX.  Temper, Rud  and  Lake  for  the  deeper  Shadows* 

Temperature?  for  Hair . 

I.  Temper,  Roman  Oker, and  White  for  Light  Hair. 

II.  Temper, Y ellow  Oker  and  White  for  Lighter  Hair. 

III.  1 emper,  Rufi:,  Roman  Oker,  and  White 

IV.  Temper,  Light  Pink,  Yellow  Oker,  and  Sea  Cole. 

V.  Temper,  Dark  Pink5Rud,  and  Roman  Oker. 

VI.  Temper, The  bed  Rufi:,  Gall-done  and  Pink. 

VII.  Temp  er,  Florence  Pink,  Burnt  Ivory  and  Lake; 
which  makes  a good  Shadow  for  Hair  or  Face. 

VIII  Temper,  For  Light  Hair,  Umber,  Yellow  Oker, 
and  White:  Deepen  it  with  Umber  and  Cherry- 
done. 

IX.  7 emper.  For  Dark  Hair,  Umber,  Yellow  Oker, 
and  Cherry-done  : Deepen  it  with  Umber  and 
Cherry-done. 


6 


An  APPENDIX  to 


Of  Colouring  and  Shadowing  of  Hiflory  in  Limning. , and 
alfo  other  Necejfary  Obfervations. 

The  differences  between  Limning  Pi&ures  to  the  Life,  or 
Hiftory,  are  Infinite  * notwithftanding  the  fame  Colours  that 
are  ufed  for  one  do  alfb  ferve  for  the  other.  And  to  parti- 
cularife  but  part  of  what  may  be  well  faid  upon  this  Subjeft, 
would  be  too  tedeous,  if  not  endlefs.  The  moft  Remarkable 
is  moft  certainly  in  the  Variety  of  Colouring  of  things  ac- 
cording to  their  feveral  Sexes  and  Ages  ; and  alfb  of  Inventi- 
on of  ordering  and  well  Stelling.  All  things  which  are  to 
be  reprefented,  are  many  times  according  to  the  Humour, 
Judgment,  and  Difcretion  of  the  Mafter  We  fee  generally 
in  the  Practice  of  the  beft  and  moft  Famous  Painters,  that 
they  that  do  follow  the  Life,  do  tie  themfelves  ftri<5tly  and 
precifely  to  follow  what  they  fee  in  the  Life,  toimmitate  it 
as  near  as  poflible;  yet  in  their  Inventions  they  affume  to 
themfelves  iuch  a Gentile  Liberty  and  Licence,  both  in  Co- 
louring and  Ordering;  but  not  fo  far  as  to  run  into  thofe 
Extremes  as  Barthohm<£us  Spr  anger,  Henry  Golt^ius,  Abra- 
ham Blomart,  andOuteawale^nd  feveral  other  Dutch  Painters, 
run  into  about  the  Year  1588;  for  their  Inventions  at  that 
time  and  A&ions  were  fo  extravagantly  ftrain’d  and  ftretcht 
to  that  degree  beyond  Nature,  that  made  their  W orks  feem 
to  the  Judicious  Eye  very  Ridiculous,,and  contrary  to  Na- 
ture ; and  at  that  time  it  was  grown  to  fuch  an  Impofture  or 
Mode, that  he  was  counted  no  Mafter  that  could  not  ftrain  his 
A&ions  in  that  extravagant  manner.  Which  Mode  was  after- 
wards laid  afide,and  the  W orks  that  thofe  Mafters  afterwards 
made  were  incomparably  Good, by  their  Embracing  more  the 
Ancient  Itjlian  way  of  Designing,  which  was  more  Mo 
deft,  Gentile,  and  Graceful.  So  far  they  abufed  the  Model!: 
Licence  , that  fo  Graced  the  Admirable  Works  of  Titian , 
Michael  Angelo,  and  moft  of  the  Eminent  Italians  of  that 

Age. 


the  Art  of  LI  M N 1 N G.  ? 

Age.  And  others  have  been  as  Extravagant  in  their  Co- 
louring. Which  two  Extremes  may  be  both  avoided  by 
imitating  that  Divine  Titian  for  Colouring,  who  was  of  all 
others  efteemed  the  belt. 

Of  the  four  hfnds  of  Colourings,  which  are  generally  to  be 
ohferved  in  Hijlorical  Limning. 

In  brief,  I imagine  there  are  Four  kinds  of  Colourings  ge- 
nerally to  be  followed  and  obferved  in  Hiltory,  vi^.  of  Young 
Infants,  of  Fair  Women , of  V irgms  middle  aged,  and  Old  Wo- 
men. And  every  of  thele  Complexions  is  in  the  power  of 
the  Judicious  Mailer  to  vary  and  change  his  manner  of  Co- 
louring, according  as  his  Genius  or  Judgment  dire&s  him,  or 
as  the  Subject  requires.  As  for  Infants  and  Young  Chil- 
dren, they  are  commonly  of  a thin  and  tender  Complexion ; 
the  Camatian  and  delicate  Colour  Nature  affords  in  the 
Cheeks  and  Ears,  the  Skin  appearing  almoft  Tranfparent ; 
which  you  may  very  well  exprefs  with  a Temperature  of 
White  Carmine  and  a little  Red  Lead.  The  Shadows  are  to 
be  Thin,  Subtile,  Faint,  and  Tender ,as  the  Parties  you  would 
reprelent.  The  Cheeks,  Lips,  Knees,  and  Toesmufl  be  more 
glowingly  coloured  then  the  other  Parts  of  the  Body. 

To  Ipeak  particularly  of  the  feveral  Mixtures,  and  Sha- 
dows, and  Colourings  requifite  in  this  Work,  ’twereendlefs; 
fo  innumerably  and  varioufly  hath  Nature  difplayed  it  lelf 
as  well  in  Colouring  and  Shadowing,  as  in  Symmetry.  The  Li- 
nen and  Lawn  about  thefe  tender  Bodies  are  to  be  made  Thin 
and  Tranfparent,  and  indifferently  ftrong  touched  in  the 
th ickeft  Foldings. 

Gg  2 


Ob- 


8 


An  APPENDIX  to 


% 

Obfervations  on  the  Complexions  of  Virgins  and fair 

Young  Women . 

The  Complexions  of  Virgins  and  Fair  Young  Women  are 
not  fo  much  different  from  the  other  in  the  Colouring  : as  in 
the  Sharpnefs  of  the  Work,  thofe  few  and  fharp  Mufcles  in 
the  Body  are  Gentle  and  Eafie  to  be  exprefled.  As  for  the 
Shadows,  temper  White  and  Pin\,  and  Indigo  and  White ; 
and  in  feme  places  Lafy, a little  Indigo  and  White , which  gives 
aPurplifh  kind  of  Colouring.  And  if  you  attain  to  perfe- 
ction in  this  or  any  of  the  reft,  there  cannot  be  imagined  a 
nearer,  nor  more  infallible  Dire&ion,  then  a diligent  Obfer- 
vation  ofthe  Life;  which  you  may  follow  with  the  better 
Affurance,  fince  you  already  know  the  Colours,  and  how  to 
mix  and  temper  them  at  pleafure.  As  for  Womens  Bodies, 
I mean  Naked,  they  are  to  be  reprefented  Soft,  Round, 
Plump,  Gentle,  and  Tender,  and  without  many  Mufcles. 
The  contrary,  Mens  Bodies  are  to  be  reprefented  Strong, 
Sturdy,  Stout,  and  Vigorous ; the  Mufcles  exactly  placed 
and  drawn,  which  to  do  with  Judgment  and  Underftanding, 
requires  Time  and  Study, and  Knowledge  in  Anatomy.  The 
beft  way  to  underftand  a Naked  Figure, is  to  draw  much  after 
thofe  Statues  of  Bfcup  or  Barter , in  which  you  have  Varie- 
ty of  Nakeds  fufficient,and  of  the  moft  Famous  Mafter  of  the 
World  : Next,  to  pra&ife  after  the  Anatomies  of  Vander 
Graft , as  alfo  after  the  Anatomies  of  Plafler  of  Pans,  and 
laftly  to  draw  much  after  the  Life  by  Nakeds.  But  before 
this  you  are  to  underftand, that  you  muft  firft  draw  thefeveral 
parts  of  the  Face  diftinCtly,and  then  whole  Heads  in  feveral 
Adions,  then  Arms,  Hands,  Legs  and  Feet,  Thighs  and 
Trunks  of  Bodies,  and  fo  proceed  to  Whole  Figures.  All 
which  1 have  lufliciently  ftored  this  Book  with,  and  as  many 
as  are  convenient  for  any  Young  Practitioner,  and  then  let 
them  pra&ife  after  thofe  Statues  aforementioned 


Of 


the  Art  of  L t M N I N G. 


<9 

i*' 


Of  the  T emperature  and  Colouring  for  Old  Mens 

Bodies. 


An  Excellent  Shadow  for  Old  Mens  Bodies, temper  Pin^ 
LaJ^e,  and  Red  Lead : and  in  the  Extremed  Deeped  Sha- 
dows, or  Deepenings,  either  in  Face  or  Body,  temper  LaJ^e 
and  Ivory  burnt,  which  will  make  an  Excellent  Glowing 
Shadow,  and  is  very  ufeful  in  the  Exprelling  of  the  feveral 
Furrows  and  Wrinkles  in  the  Face  and  Hands  of  People  ex- 
tremely Aged  , with  their  Dark  Eyes  and  Melancholy  A~ 
fpe&s,  which  affords  Sub;e<ft  enough  for  the  Ingenious  Artid, 
to  fhew  the  Riches  of  his  Invention  and  Spirit,  efpecially  if  it 
be  futable  to  the  Hiftory  to  have  many  Figures  of  feveral 
Sexes  and  Ages  in  one  Piece. 


The  Manner  of  Dead  Colouring  a Whole  Figure 
necejfary  for  Hiflorical  Limning. 


Of  Dead  Colouring  there  is  two  ways  or  manners : The 
one  is  to  temper  a Flefli  Colour  fomewhat  Lighter  then  you 
intend  it  to  be  after  it  is  wrought  down  by  the  Variety  of 
Shadowing  Temperatures,  which  Flpfh  Colour  you  mud 
temper  in  a large  Shell,  becaufe  it  requires  a Quantity  ; it 
mud  be  of  a good  Temperature,  neither  too  7 hick  nor  too 
Thin;  this  done,  you  take  a Goofe  quill  Pencil  full  of  the 
fame  Colour,  and  lay  it  on  quick,  even,  and  fmooth  on  the 
place  where  you  defign  the  Figure  ; if  you  be  not  very  nim- 
ble in  the  laying  'it  on,  ’twill  not  lie  even.  The  other  way  is 
thus ; indead  of  Flefli  Colour  make  yfe  of  the  bed  Flal^e 
White  well  prepared,  and  lay  it  on  with  the  fame  fized  Pencil 
as  before  mentioned,  and  lb  you  Dead-colour  it  as  the  Oyl- 
Painters  do,  which  mud  be  done  Free,  Rough,  and  Bolded 
of  all.  But  note,  that  you  draw  all  the  Out-lines  of  your 
Figure  fird  with  a Temperature  of  Lahg  and  White , before 

H h you 


lo  An  APPENDIX  to 

. . _ _ 1 ! 2 

you  lay  the  Ground-colour  for  the  Flefh.  Obferve  in  the 
Dead-colouring  that  you  leave  not  your  Shadows  too  Dark, 
Harfhj  or  Hard,  next  to  the  Light;  but  Faint,  Even,  and 
Mifty.  This  done,  temper  Labg  White  and  a little  Red 
Lead , with  which  you  muft  touch  all  the  Glowing  places  both 
in  Face  and  Body, as  your  Genius  or  the  Life  fhall  dired  you. 
This  is  to  be  done  extreme  Faint,  becaufe  if  you  lay  it  once 
too  Dark,  you  cannot  heighten  it  up  again  without  running 
the  hazard  of  fpoiling  it ; but  if  too  Light,  you  may  deepen 
it  by  degrees  at  your  pleafure.  This  muft  be  done  in  a 
Hatching  manner.  In  the  Face  you  will  perceive  a faint  de- 
licate Rednefs  under  the  Eyes,  inclining  to  a Purple,  and  is 
frequently  feen  in  Fair  and  Beautiful  Faces.  The  next  you 
touch  the  Tips  of  the  Ears  with  the  forementioned  Tempe- 
rature, as  alfo  the  Cheeks,  Lips,  and  Bottom  of  the  Chin,  and 
fo  you  proceed  to  the  Sole  of  the  Foot , touching  in  all  the 
following  Mufcles  and  places  with  this  Glowing  Colour. 
Then  temper  Gall-Jlone  and  Pinf^  for  the  general  Yellowifh 
GlowingShadows,  and  in  forne  places  you  adde  to  the  for- 
mer Temperature  a little  Lafye.  Then  you  will  perceive  in 
the  Life  a Faint  Blewifh  Colouring  in  fome  parts  of  the  Bo- 
dy, which  you  exprefs  with  a Temperature  of  Indigo  and 
White , and  foyou  proceed  according  totheSubjed  you  draw 
after,  whether  the  Life  or  Copying  after  a Painting : But 
note,  After  a Painting  you  follow  the  Colouring  in  general, 
as  near  as  you  can,  and  after  the  Life  obferve  the  fame  Rule. 
All  thefe  Shadows  are  to  be  expreffed  after  the  manner  of 
Hatching  with  a Pen,  with  Gentle  and  Faint  Strokes,  wafhing 
it  all  along. 

In  your  Dead-colouring  obferve  that  you  cover  your 
Ground-colour  with  the  aforefaid  Red  and  other  Shadows. 
Obferve  that  you  be  not  too  Curious  in  the  firfl  Working, 
but  rather  make  choice  of  a good  Free  and  Bold  Following 
of  Nature,  then  to  affed  an  extreme  Neat  way.  Let  not  the 
Roughnefs  of  the  Colour  difeou rage  you  from  proceeding 


the  Art  of  L / M N I N G.  1 1 

for  that  is  to  be  wrought  down  and'couched  by  degrees  with 
the  other  Shadows,  but  not  at  firft  ; then  by  degrees  yon 
fweeten  and  heighten  your  Shadows  according  as  the  Light 
falls  • and  in  fome  places  you  are  to  touch  it  with  ftrong 
Touches,  and  in  thofe  places  bring  your  Work  up  together 
to  an  equal  roundnefs  and  ftrength,  not  finifliing  any  part  of 
the  Figure  before  the  other,  but  vilitingand  working  all  the 
Parts  curioufly  alike,  and  in  a manner  at  random  ; by  which 
means  you  may  the  better  oblerve  the  Roundnefs,  Colour- 
ing, and  Shadowing,  or  whatever  efte  is  requiftte  to  the  per- 
fection of  this  Work.  Then  having  done  with  the  F ainter 
and  other  Sadows,  fweetening  and  working  them  into  the 
Ked{[\\\.  Be  extreme  careful  in  obferving  all  the  Variety 
of  Colouring,  and  alfb  with  your  Pencil  you  more  curionfly 
delineate  thofe  feveral  Varieties  of  Nature,  which  you  rudely 
had  traced  out  before  ; which  to  do,  you  mud  make  ufe  of 
the  fame  Colour  in  the  fame  places  as  you  did  before, working 
in,  driving,  and  fweetening  the  fame  Colours  one  into  ano-* 
ther,  to  the  end  that  nothing  be  left  in  your  Work  with  an 
Hard  Edge,  Uneven,  or  in  a Lump  together  ; but  all  as  it 
were  fweet,  or  driven  one  into  another  with  the  point  of 
fomewhat  a (harper  Pencil  then  is  ufed  commonly  at  the 
firft;  fo  that  your  Shadows  may  lie  Soft,  Sweet,  and 
Smooth,  they  being  difperfed,  and  gently  extended  one  into 
another,  like  Air.  But  obferve,  that  the  Skies  and  Waters, 
Trees,  Plants,  Flowers,  and  Ground,  are  all  to  be  Dead-co- 
loured before  the  Figures 

Temperatures  for  Garments  with  their  Shadows . 

For  Scarlet  temper  Carmine , and  deepen  it  with  Indian 
Lafy. 

Another  way  is,  to  temper  Native  Cynnabar  and  a little 
Red  Lead , and  (hadow  it  with  Indian  La\e. 

For  Crimfon  temper  Cynnabar , La\e3  and  White  ; deepen 

Hh  2 it 


12  An  APPENDIX  to 

it  with  Lahg.  Be  fure  to  obferve  when  you  temper  any  of 
theft  Colours  for  a Complexion  or  Garment,  you  temper  it 
on  your  Palat  or  Shell  with  your  Finger  ; you  muft  temper 
it  very  well  to  mix  them  all  together,  and  of  a good  Tempe- 
rature, not  too  Waterifh.  And  be  lure  you  preferve  all 
your  Colours  from  Duft;  and  before  you  temper  either  in 
Shell  or  upon  your  Palat,  brufhoff  the  Duft  with  a large 
Pencil  or  blow  it  off. 

Some  further  Dire&ions  how  to  temper  and  mingle  your 
Colours  by  way  0/Compofition  or  Temperature,  to 
mahg  all  thefe  following  Colours , and  alfo  the 
manner  how  to  Deepen  or  Shadow  them . 

For  Carnatian  temper  Laf^e  and  White , and  deepen  it  or 
fhadowit  with 

For  a Violet  temper  fine  Dutch  Bice  and  Lafy,  and  deep- 
en it  with  Indigo. 

For  a Purple  temper  Bice  and  Lafyy  and  a little  White ,and 
deepen  it  with  Lafy  and  Indigo . 

For  an  Orange  temper  the  beft  Red  Lead  and  a little  fine 
Yellow  MaHic and  deepen  it  with  Gall-flone  and  Lafy 

For  Orange  Tawny  temper  Cynnabar,  Light  Pinl and  a 
little  Yellow  MaJlicJ^;  fhawdow  it  with  Gall-ftone  and  La^e. 

For  a Peach  Colour  temper  Carmine  and  a little  White ; 
deepen  or  fhadow  it  with  Lafy. 

For  Poppinge-jay  temper  Pin\  and  a little  Indigo ; deepen 
it  with  Indigo. 

For  French  Green  temper  Light  Pinl ^ one  part,  and  fix 
parts  Dutch  Bice ; deepen  it  with  GreenPinf\. 

For  Sea  Green  temper  Bice,  Pin1^y  and  White ; deepen  it 
with  Green  Pirn 

For  Straw  temper  Yellow  Mafticote  and  very  little  Cyrma- 
har ; deepen  it  with  Dar\\Pin\\. 

For  Skie  temper  ZJltra  Marine  and  a little  White ; deep- 
en it  with  Indigo.  For 


the  Art  of  L 1 M N I N G.  1 J 

For  Lion  Tawny  temper  Red  Lead  and  Mafichy  deepen 
it  with  ZJmher. 

For  Afh* colour  temper  Cherry -f  one  and  White,  deepen  it 
with  Burnt  Ivory. 

As  for  all  Temperatures  wherein  there  is  Dutch  Bice , be 
fure  to  make  choice  of  that  which  is  very  Fine  ior  your  ule, 
orelfe  you  will  find  that  in  Working  it  will  lie  very  Rough 
and  Uneven,  and  will  not  Cover  well.  As  for  Indian  Lal^e, 
*tis  the  Brisked,  Brighted,  and  Bed-conditioned  of  all  other 
Lafys  but  it  being  very  fcarce  and  dear,  indead  thereof 
you  may  ule  Florence  Lal\e . 

Of  Drapery,  or  drawing  Apparel. 

As  for  Apparel  and  Clothing  of  Perlbnages,  you  ought  to 
be  extreme  careful  not  onely  in  the  Habiting  every  thing  pro- 
perly belonging  to  the  Degrees  and  Funftions  of  thePerfons 
reprelented,  but  alio  in  giving  them  their  right  and  proper 
Colours.  As  for  Example, the  Bleded  Virgin  is  univerlally 
and  by  common  confent  reprefented  in  Purple  and  Azpure ; 
S John , commonly  in  Scarlet , I mean  the  Evangelid , for 
S.  John  Baptift  is  never  without  the  Hairy  Mantle  : the  red 
of  the  Apodles  are  veded  in  Green  or  Crimfon , and  as  it  plea- 
leth  the  Painter.  As  for  the  manner  of  Drawing  of  Drape ~ 
ry,  1 find  but  two  ways  in  Miniture . 

I he  firfl  way  or  manner  of  Working  ofT)  rapery. 

The  fird  way  is  that  which  the  Italian  and  French  do  ufe, 
working  it  with  the  point  of  a Pencil,  and  Hatching  it ; and 
other  places  dipled  all  over  alike,  yet  fo  as  when  it  is  finifli- 
ed,  you  may  perceive  the  Parchment  appear  in  feveral  places 
quite  through  the  Work,  which  in  my  Opinion  is  too  flight 
a way.  That  manner  I do  approve  of  better,  for  Wafhing 


I4  An  APPENDIX  to 

or  Drawing  any  Defign  with  Indian  In\,  and  indeed  ought 

not  to  be  called  Limning  but  Wajhing. 

The  fecond  way  or  manner  of  Wording  0^ Drapery. 

The  fecond  way  is  that  which  I fhall  recommend  to  you  as 
the  beft  and  mod  proper  way.  Firff,  lay  a good  full  flat 
Ground  all  over  where  you  defign  your  Drapery , of  what 
Colour  you  would  have  it.  This  Ground-colour  being  laid, 
you  will  find  it  much  the  eafier  to  work  on,  upon  which  you 
both  heighten  and  deepen,  according  as  your  Genius  or  as  the 
Life  fhall  diredf  you.  If  you  would  have  the  Drapery  blew, 
you  take  an  indifferent  large  Pencil  with  Vltra  Marine , or 
inftead  of  that  Dutch  Bice , if  it  be  very  well  prepared ; let 
your  Pencil  be  pretry  full  with  either  of  thefe  Colours,  then 
lay  the  Colour  all  over  the  place  you  intend  for  Drapery 
Even  and  Smooth ; you  deepen  it  with  a Temperature  of 
Lafy  and  Indigo  ; your  Heightnings  muff  be  very  Faint  and 
Fai  r in  the  Extreme!!:  Lights.  T he  fame  Order  you  are  to 
obferve  in  all  Dr  apery  of  what  kind  foever,  and  this  was 
Ifaac  Ohvar  s Way. 

I have  feen  feveral  R are  Pieces  of  Limning  done  in  Italy , 
and  in  Germany : In  one  I remember  there  was  Crimfon  Velvet 
Curtains,  and  Cloth  of  Gold  exceedingly  well  exprefled,  and 
heightned  with  fine  Shell-Gold ; in  this  you  would  hardly 
bel  ieve  what  an  Ornament  this  Heightening  with  Gold  , and 
what  Luff  re  it  gives  to  fair-coloured  Draperies , as  Crimfon 
Velvet , Red,Green,  and  Blew  ; efpecially  if  you  mix  fbme 
of  the  Gold  with  the  Ground-colour  it  felf,  which  will  make  it 
much  the  fairer.  And  in  this  fame  manner  William  Bower , 
and  Lucas  V an-Valtynberge  heightned  all  their  Works  of  Ar~ 
chite&ure  and  Buildings ^tcuWy  in  Rich  and  Stately  Rooms 
and  Palaces.  And  fo  tar  Albertus  Durar  was  in  love  with 
this  manner  of  Working,  that  I have  feen  in  feveral  of  his 
Pieces  the  Dirty  Earth , the  Dried  Stales  of  Rotten  Trees , and 

Sticks 


the  Art  of  L I M N / N G.  i 5 

Stithy  of  Hedges  in  Landskips,  Heightened  with  Gold.  And 
other  Remarkable  Obfervations  there  are,  which  you  will 
meet  withal!  better  by  your  own  Practice  then  by  my  Re- 
lation. 

Obfervations  and  Dire&ions  in  Drawing  Garments, 

Obfervation  L ■ 

Fird,  be  lure  that  you  draw  the  Out-lines  very  True 
and  Faint,  becaule  the  whole  Grace  of  a Pifture  confidetK 
mod:  in  the  Outmoft  Draught,  more  then  in  the  Curious 
Work  within.  And  to  perform  thisExadly  you  mud  lute 
the  Garments  to  the  Body,  and  make  them  Bend  and  Yield 
with  it ; and  not  make  them  Strait  and  Stiff  where  it  bendetho 
And  to  ft  the  Garments  rightly  to  the  Body,  you  mud  ob- 
ffrve  which  part  of  the  Body  bends  in  or  out,  that  the  Gar- 
ments may  anfwer  to  the  Body  upon  the  lead  Turning  any 
way.  That  the  Garment  may  turn  with  it,  you  mud  ob- 
ferve  where  the  Body  fhould  come  if  it  were  Naked  , and 
there  make  the  Garments  in  the  right  place,  making  them 
Bend  according  to  the  Joynts  and  Limbs  of  the  Body,  fome- 
times  plainly  to  appear  through  the  Garments,  efpecially 
where  the  Garments  are  driven  by  the  Wind,  or  by  any 
other  occafion  lie  Loofe  to  the  Body.  Indeed  where  the 
Body,  or  any  part  of  it,  dicks  out  more  then  the  other,  it 
fliould  be  fhewn  in  a plain  and  vifible  manner  through  the 
Garments  : Which  thing  you  mud  take  notice  of,  efpeci- 
ally by  the  Life  ; as  you  may  fee  it  extraordinarily  well  ex- 
preffed  in  thole  Statues  of  Rome , done  by  the  Hand  of  the 
aforementioned  Bifcup  or  Parier.  Be  fare  to  exprefs  it 
Lightly,  and  with  a kind  ofTranfparency, 

Qb~ 


f 

A 


An  APPENDIX  ta 


1 6 

Observation  II. 

• . * / 

You  mult  begin  at  the  Upper  part  of  the  Garment,  and  fo 

draw  down  that  part  of  the  Garment  (on  both  fides)  that 
lies  Clofe  to  the  Body, before  you  draw  the  Loofe  parts  that 
flie  off  from  the  Body;  for  it  you  draw  the  Loofe  parts 
firft,  before  you  have  finished  thofe  parts  that  lie  Clofe  to 
the  Limbs  and  parts  of  the  Body,  you  will  be  foon  Out, and 
apt  to  place  the  Body  Awry  and  Crooked  ; therefore  many 
Matters  draw  the  Naked  Body  firft,  and  put  on  their  Gar- 
ments afterwards ; by  which  means  they  can  better  fee  to 
place  the  Garments  rightly,  fo  as  to  hang  Even  upon  the 
Body.  By  thefe  means  you  may  be  fure  to  place  the  Body 
{freight , by  drawing  thofe  parts  of  the  Garment  firft  that  lie 
neareft  upon  the  Body  or  Limbs. 

Observation  III. 

You  muft  draw  the  greateft  Folds  firft,  and  fo  ftrike  the 
greater  Folds  intolefs;  and  be  fure  you  let  not  one  Fold 
croft  another.  Break  alfo  fome  of  the  Folds  into  lefs ; and 
the  Cloler  the  Garments  fit,  the  Narrower  the  Folds  muft  fit. 
And  you  muft  obferve  to  order  your  Garments  fo,  that  the 
Folds  may  fall  all  one  way,  efpecially  in  a Standing  Figure  : 
though  fometimes  it  will  be  otherwife,  as  when  a Figure  is 
drawn  Sitting.  But  the  Garments  of  a Standing  Figure 
are  fubjeft  to  be  driven  by  the  Air,  and  therefore  muft  be  pla- 
ced one  way.  But  you  muft  obferve  not  to  fold  your  Gar- 
ments in  any  place  where  they  fhould  fit  ftreight  , as  the 
Breatts,  Knees,  and  Thighs  bear  them  out : which  muft  be 
furpriled  as  aforefaid,by  the  Appearance  of  them  throughly; 
and  therefore  the  Garments  muft  always  fit  Plain. 


ON 


the  An  of  LIMN  IN  G.  17 

Obfervationsfor  Placing  the  Lights,  and  for  Shadowing  of 
Garments,  and  other  things  in  general . 

Obfervation  L 

Let  all  the  Lights  be  placed  one  way  in  the  whole  Piece  of 
Work,  whether  in  the  Figure,  Faces,  or  Garments.  If  the 
Lights  fall  fideways  on  the  Pi&ure,  you  make  the  other  fide 
(which  is  furtheft:  from  the  Light)  darkeft.  And  let  the 
Lights  be  placed  all  together  on  the  one  fide,  and  not  confu- 
fedly  on  both  fides  alike,  as  if  it  flood  in  the  midft  of  many 
Lights ; for  the  Body  cannot  otherwife  be  Lightened  Equal 
in  all  places.  Nevertheless  you  may  obferve,  that  when  we 
expiefs  a Dungeon  or  Prifon  wherein  a Torch  is  lighted, you 
muft  obferve  that  every  thing  in  it,  as  well  as  the  Garments, 
mud  receive  their  Lights  from  it,  and  therefore  muft  be  Sha- 
dowed all  on  the  contrary  fide,  that  is,  on  that  fide  furtheft 
from  it.  And  this  you  muft  be  fure  to  obferve  in  all  your 
Shadowings  of  the  fame  nature. 

The  Reafm  ivhy  the  Shadows  mufl  generally  fall  one  way. 

Firft,  becaufe  the  Light  doth  not  with  all  its  brightnefs  il- 
luminate any  more  then  that  part  that  is  diredily  oppofite 
unto  it. 

The  fecond  Reafon  is  taken  from  the  nature  of  the  Eye  ' 
for  the  firft  part  of  the  Body  coming  to  the  Eye  with  a big- 
ger angle,  is  feen  more  diftindly , but  the  fecond  part  being 
further  off,  is  feen  by  the  Eye  in  a lefler  angle.  And  if  you 
are  to  draw  two  or  three  Men  Standing  together  one  behind 
another,  though  all  of  them  receive  equally  the  Light, yet  the 
lecond  being  made  further  from  the  Eye,  muft  be  Shadowed 
darker,  and  the  third  more  dark.  It  is  a General  Obfervation, 
that  if  you  draw  many  Figures  together  in  one  Room,  they 

fC  k muft 


,8  J„  APPENDIX  to 

mud  all  be  Shadowed  on  the  contrary  fide  from  the  Light, 
whether  it  comes  in  at  the  middle,  or  end,  or  any  where  elle. 

Observation  II. 

That  part  of  the  Body  muft  be  made  lighted:,  which  hath 
the  Light  mod  diredly  oppofite  to  it ; as  if  the  Light  be 
placed  above  the  Head,  defending  then,  the  top  of  the 
Head  mud  be  made  Lighted,  the  Shoulder  next  Lighted, and 
16  you  mud  lofe  by  degrees.  That  part  of  the  Body  that 
dands  furt'ned  out  mud  be  made  Lighted,  becaufe  it  comes 
neared  to  the  Light, and  the  Light  lofe  fo  much  of  its  bright- 
nels,  by  how  much  any  part  of  the  Body  bends  inward,  be- 
caufe  thofe  parts  that  dick  out  do  hinder  the  ludre  of  the  full 
Brightnefs  of  the  Light  from  thofe  parts  that  fall  any  thing 
more  inward ; therefore  by  how  much  one  part  of  the  Bo- 
dy dicks  out  beyond  the  other,  it  mud  be  made  16  much 
Lighter  then  the  other  ; or  if  it  fall  more  inward,  then  it 
mud  be  made  more  Dark.  As  for  Sattens  and  Silks,  and  all 
other  Shining  Stuffs,  have  certain  Bright  Refledions,  exceed- 
ing Bright,  with  fudden  Light  Glances,  elpecially  where  the 
Light  falls  brighted  ; and  fo  the  Refledions  are  lels  bright, 
by  how  much  the  Garment  falls  more  inward  from  the  Light. 
The  like  is  feen  in  Armour,  and  BralsPots  and  Kettles,  or 
any  Glittering  Metalls : you  may  fee  a ludden  Brightnefs  in 
the  middle  or  centre  of  the  Light,  which  caufes  the  Shining 
nature  of  luch  things. 


O f Pi  ofeclive  Proportion. 


mer 


bird,  Protective  Proportion  differeth  much  from  the  for- 
for  according  to  the  didance  of  the  Eye  from  the 
thing,  it  judgeth  of  what  Proportion  it  hath.  As  if  one 
part  of  the  Body  comes  nearer  to  the  Eye  then  the  other, it  is 
to  be  reprefented  16  much  bigger  then  the  other  part  of  the 

Body 


the  Ari  of  L I M N I N G.  1 0 

Body  which  twines  away  from  the  Bye : As  if  one  Leg 
flood  behind  another,  the  foremod  coming  firft  to  the  Eye, 
mud  be  made  fomewhat  bigger  and  longer  then  the  other, 
becaufe  the  Eye  judgeth  fb  of  it.  And  fo  you  are  to  ob- 
fcrve  the  fame  Rule  in  any  other  part  of  the  Body^that  the 
Proportion  mud  be  leflened  according  to  the  didance  that  it 
is  from  the  Eye  ; which  notwithdanding  cannot  be  much  in 
a Principal  Figure.  But  this  Rule  is  more  nicely  to  be  ob- 
ferved  in  Cathedral  Churches, or  dately  Palaces, where  there 
is  a great  Variety  by  reafon  of  their  greater  didances.  As 
alfo  many  times  many  Figures  dand  far  remote  from  the 
Eye,  and  fbme  nearer,  which  you  are  to  take  /pedal  notice  of, 
that  you  exprefs  thofe  that  are  far  off  at  a didance  not  too 
big  nor  plain,  as  1 have  mentioned  in  my  foregoing  Treatife 
of  Landslip  in  Limning  more  particularly. 


Of  a Graceful  Pojlure. 

The  fecond  thing  in  good  Fidures  is  their  graceful  Pojlure 
and  Proper  ABions , that  is, that  the  true  and  natural  Motion 
of  every  thing  be  exprefled  in  the  Life  and  Spirit  of  it,  that 
is,  to  quicken  the  Life  by  Art;  as  in  a King,  to  exprefs  the 
greated  Majedy  by  putting  or  defigning  him  in  fuch  a 
Graceful  podure,  that  may  move  the  Spedators  with  Re- 
verence to  behold  him.  And  to  draw  a Soldier,  by  putting 
him  in  fuch  a podure,  as  may  betoken  the  greated  Courage, 
Boldnefs,  and  Valour.  And  fo  to  make  a Clown  in  the 
mod  Detedable  aud  Clownifh  podure.  And  fb  to  make  a 
Page  or  Servant  in  the  mod  diligent  podure.  So  in  all  your 
Draughts  the  Inward  Affedionsand  Difpofitions  of  the  Mind 
may  be  mod  livelily  expred  in  the  Outward  Adion  and  Ge- 
dure  of  the  Body.  Now  to  attain  to  the  Knowledge  of 
this,  you  ought  mod  diligently  to  obferve  the  Works  of  feve- 
ral  Famous  Maders,  and  alfo  to  follow  their  Examples,  who 
were  ufed  to  delight  themfelves  in  beholding  the  Eyes  of  Pri- 

K k 2 vate 


2o  An  APPENDIX  to 

vate  Murtherers,  the  Aftions  and  Carriages  of  Wreftlers,and 
thofe  that  fought  at  Cuffs ; to  obferve  the  A&ions  of  Stage- 
PJay  ers , the  Inticing  Allurements  of  Curtizans  ; and  for 
T hieves  that  are  led  to  Execution,  to  mark  the  Contrading 
of  their  Brows,  the  Motions  of  their  Eyes,  and  the  Carriage 
of  their  whole  Bodies,  to  the  end  they  may  exprefs  them  to 
the  Life  in  their  Drawings  and  Works. 

Of  Loofenefs  in  Drawing. 

The  third  thing  Excellent  in  a Good  Draught  i sLoofnefs, 
that  is,  that  the  Body  be  not  made  Stiff  in  any  part, but  every 
Joynt  muft  have  its  proper  Bendings,  fo  as  it  may  with  the 
greater  Life  exprefs  the  Intention,  that  the  Figure  may  not 
feem  lame  and  the  Joynts  ftiff,  as  if  they  were  not  pliable  or 
capable  of  Bending  * but  every  joynt  and  Limb  may  have 
its  proper  freenefs  and  loofenefs , according  as  it  may  beft 
fute  with  and  become  the  Pofture  in  which  the  Figure 
is  fit. 

Of  F orefbortening. 

The  fourth  Excellency  in  Good  Drawing  is  Forefhorten - 
ingx  which  is  to  take  a thing  as  it  appears  to  our  Eye,  and 
not  to  draw  to  the  full  length  and  proportion  of  every  Part, 
but  to  make  it  fhorter,  by  reafon  that  the  full  length  and  big- 
nefs  is  hid  from  our  fight.  As  if  I were  to  defign  a Ship 
ftanding  foreright,  there  can  appear  but  onely  her  Fore-part, 
the  reft  is  hid  from  our  fight,  and  therefore  muft  not  be  ex- 
preffed.  Or  if  I would  draw  an  Horfe  ftanding  fore-right, 
looking  full  in  my  Face,  I muft  of  neceffity  Forefhorten  him 
behind,  becaufe  his  Sides  and  Flanks  appear  not  unto  me  in 
their  full  latitude.  Wherefore  obferve  this  Rule,  that  you 
muft  always  rather  imitate  the  Vifible  Proportion  of  things, 
then  the  Proper  and  Natural  Proportions  before  mentioned 

by 


the  Art  of  L l M N I N G.  2 i 

by  Meafure  ; for  the  Eye  and  the  Underftanding  together 
being  direflcd  by  the  Pro/pe&ive  A Thought  to  be  the  Guide 
and  Meafure  to  judge  of  Drawing  and  Fainting.  Obferve 
therefore  that  in  all  F orejhortenings  there  mud  be  a Propor- 
tion obfervcd  according  to  the  judgment  of  the  Eye,  that 
what  Limbs  do  appear  may  agree  in  Proportion  as  well  as  in 
Forcfbortening. 

Gf  Natural  Guidances 

The  fifth  thing  in  Good  Drawing  is,  that  every  thing  be 
done  by  The  Guidance  of  Nature ; that  is,  that  nothing  be  ex- 
preft  but  what  may  accord  and  agree  with  Nature  in  every 
point.  As  if  we  were  to  defign  or  draw  a Man  turning  his 
Head  over  his  Shoulder,  I mud  not  make  him  turn  or  wind 
more  then  Nature  will  admit,  nor  mud  any  other  A&ion  be 
forced  beyond  the  limits  of  Nature, neither  fhould  anything 
be  made  to  come  fhort  of  Nature ; but  Nature,  though  it  is 
not  to  be  (drained  beyond  its  certain  bounds,  yet  it  fhould 
be  quickened  to  the  Highefi  pitch  of  it.  As  if  we  were  to 
exprefs  any  man  in  any  V iolent  A<fiion,as  in  a Battel,  either 
to  ftrike,or  to  avoid  the  Stroke  of  his  Enemy  ; or  as  in  Run- 
ning, or  W refiling,  or  Leaping,  or  other  Violent  A&ions : 
yet  mud  none  ot  the(e  be  drawn  in  a pofture  that  cannot 
agree  with  the  Motions  of  Nature,  that  is,  which  a Man  can- 
not imitate  with  his  Natural  Body.  And  fo  for  all  things 
el(e  whatlbever,  Nature  mud  be  the  Parent  and  Patern  for 
all  kind  of  Draughts. 

Some  further  Ohfervations  in  drawing  a Na\ed  Figure, 
landing  F or eright^  by  the  Lifeu 

In  my  Opinion  , to  underfiand  how  to  make  choice  of  a 
good  Nafyd,&nd  to  draw  it  well,  is  one  of  the  mod  Difficult 
Studies  in  Painting, becaufe  it  cannot  be  done  well  without  the 

LI 


un~ 


22  An  A PPENDIX  to 

underftanding  of  Anatomy.  Being  then  defirous  to  draw  a 
Naked  Figure,  you  firfl:  ftrike  a Line  Perpendicular  as  long 
you  would  have  the  Figure  to  be,  then  you  divide  that  Line 
into  fo  many  Divifions  or  Parts  as  you  defign  the  Proporti- 
on : the  common  and  ordinary  Proportion  is  Eight  Mea- 
fures  or  Heads,  whereof  the  Head  is  reckoned  one  of  the 
Eight.  Begin  always  with  the  Head  firft,  becaufe  the  Body 
is  always  proportioned  according  to  the  Head  ; then  divide 
the  Head  into  four  equal  parts,  the  firft  is  intended  for  the 
Hair,  the  fecond  for  the  Forehead,  the  third  for  the 
Nofe,  and  the  fourth  for  the  Mouth  and  Chin.  And  fince 
Nature , that  Cunning  Work-Miftrefs,  is  fo  extremely  Vari- 
ous in  her  Reprefentations,  the  Painter  is  not  bound  to  ob- 
ferve  this  Rule  exactly  when  he  draws  to  the  life  j becaufe 
all  thefe  Rules  were  intended  for  no  other  ufe  then  to  create 
the  Idea  of  fuch  and  fuch  Proportions  firft  in  our  Brain,  and 
before  they  be  defigned  in  a true  Symmetrical  way  upon 
Paper,  and  to  prevent  us  from  Defigning  our  Figures  in  an 
Extravagant  or  Prepofterous  Proportion.  As  for  Exam- 
ple, if  we  fhould  take  the  Phyfiognomy  or  Afped  of  a Thou- 
fand  Faces,  perhaps  we  fhould  find  them  all  differing  in  one 
thing  or  other,  fbme  men  having  long  Nofes,  others  fhort ; 
feme  have  an  high  Forehead,  others  a low  one  ; fome  that 
their  diftance  between  theNofe  and  the  Chin  are  fhort,  ano- 
ther is  longer.  See.  So  having  Skets’d  out  the  Line,  and  fra- 
med the  Head,  proceed  downwards,  and  one  Heads  length 
from  the  Chin  you  draw  the  Breads,  the  third  reacheth  to 
the  Navel,  the  fourth  to  the  Privities,  the  fifth  to  the  middle 
of  the  Thigh,  and  the  fixth  to  the  lower  part  of  the  Knee, 
the  feventh  to  the  Small  of  the  Leg,  and  the  eighth  to  the 
Sole  of  the  Foot.  Obferve  that  you  draw  the  Shoulders 
at  the  Extremities,  or  broadeft  part,  to  be  two  Heads  and  an 
half  broad,  the  breadth  of  the  Flips  to  be  but  the  diftance  of 
two  Heads ; the  Arms  are  to  be  fix  Meafures  of  the  Head 
long,  but  if  you  reckon  the  Breads  in,  they  make  Eight, 

when 


r 


the  Art  of  L I M N I N G.  q -> 

when  that  the  Arms  are  extended  out.  Note  alfb,  that  when 
the  Arm  hangeth  down,  it  reaches  within  a Span  of  the 

Knee.  - . 

Obferve  '(as  you  proceed  downwards)  to  place  all  the 
Mufcles  in  their  right  and  proper  places  according  to  Na- 
ture as  you  judicioufly  may  obierve  in  the  Life,  there  being 
no  certain  Rules  for  placing  and  drawing  the  Mufcles  in 
their  proper  places  7 herefore  *tis  extremely  Advantageous 
to  draw  very  much  after  the  Life,  and  after  good  Prints  of 
Anatomy,  and  thofe  Statues  aforementioned, and  Anatomies 
of  Plafler  of  Parts,  which  is  the  onely  wray  to  arrive  at  the  per- 
fection of  Drawing  a Naked  Figure  well,  without  which 
never  expeft  to  be  a good  Hiftory  Painter.  Indeed  a Hifto- 
ry  Painter  ought  to  underftand  all  things,  becaufe  he  is  to  re- 
prefent  all  things : he  mud  be  naturally  a Quick,  Free,  Good 
Inventor  and  Defigner,  as  alfo  to  know  well  how  to  order 
and  Stell  his  Figures  after  that  manner  ( if  many  in  one 
Piece)  that  they  may  not  feem  to  be  Crowded,  or  to  fall  Of 
fenfive,  but  to  order  them  Gracefully  on  the  Fore  Ground 
efpecially,  and  the  reft  of  the  Figures  to  decline  and  leflen 
proportionably,  both  in  Heighth  and  Strength  by  degrees  at 
their  feveral  diftances.  And  a Hiftory  Painter  mu  ft  of  ne- 
ceffity  underftand  PerfpeBive , Architecture,  Geometry,  Anato- 
my, Arithmetic &c.  and  not  onely  the  true  Shape  of  Mans 
Body,  but  of  all  other  Creatures  whatfoever,  and  all  other 
Shapes  and  Forms  that  are  in  the  World. 

Of  the  other  dijfeient  particular  Studies  in 

The  different  Inclinations  of  Men  do  affeft  and  delight  to 
Draw  one  thing  more  then  another,  becaufe  either  they  are 
more  pleafed  and  prone  to  that  which  they  do  phanfie,then 
to  any  other  thing  which  they  do  not ; or  elie  they  make 
choice  of  fuch  a Branch  of  Painting  as  is  eafily  attained  un- 

L 1 2 to. 


24  An  ATT  EN  D l X to 

to,  bccaufe  they  cannot  arrive  to  that  Perfedion  of  Drawing 
Hidory,  which  comprehends  the  Study  of  the  whole  Art. 
Therefore  the  particular  Studies,  which  are  of  general  pra- 
dice,  arethele  which  follow  ; Fird,  one  phanfies  or  betakes 
himfelf  to  draw  Pidures  by  the  Life,  another  to  draw  Land- 
Barrels  of  Horfe  and  Foot,  another  Sea-fights,  Storms, Calms 
and  Sea-havens,  &c.  another  all  manner  of  Huntings,  ano- 
ther Landskips  or  Landviews,  another  Fruits,  another  Still 
Life,  as  Inftruments,  Globes,  Books,  Deaths  Heads,  &c.  ano- 
ther phanfies  to  draw  all  manner  of  Beads,  another  all  man- 
ner of  Fowls,  another  all  manner  of  Fifh,  and  another  all 
forts  of  Flowers  ; feme  phanfie  Per/pedive,  others  Archite- 
dure  or  Buildings,  &c. 

The  wanner  of  drawing  Geld  Armour. 

Take  the  fined  Shell-Gold,  and  lay  it  Flat,  Even,  and 
Smoth  on  the  place  you  intend  for  Armour , and  when  ’tis 
Dry,burnifh  it  all  over  with  a fmall  Weefels  or  Dogs  Tooth 
fot  in  the  end  of  a Pencil  dick,  but  fomething  longer.  For 
the  Shadows,  temper  Lafy,  Roman  Otyr,  and  Gall-flone , with  a 
little  Shell-Gold.  The  Heightenings  being  burnifhed  are  to 
be  left  bright.  In  the  Fainter  parts  of  the  Shadows  ufe  a 
little  Shell-Gold , and  alfo  in  the  deeped,  which  mud  be  neatly 
and  fweetly  wrought  into  the  Gold.  Alfo  take  Gallflone, and 
temper  it  with  Shell-Gold , which  gives  an  excellent  Ludre  to 
all  Gold  Works.  In  the  deeped  and  darked  Shadows  mix 
a little  BlacJ\.  The  Heightenings  are  onely  the  fird  Gold  bur- 
nifhed  very  bright. 

The  manner  of  drawing  Stiver  Armour. 

Fird,  take  Shell-Stiver,  and  lay  it  on  as  you  did  the  Gold, 
and  burnifh  it  alfo  when’tis  Dry  as  you  did  the  Gold.  For 
your  Shadows  temper  Lafy  and  Indigo , and  a very  little  ZJm - 

her ; 


the  Art  ofLlMN  I N G.  2 5 

her ; work  all  your  Shadows  down  Even  and  Smooth,  ac- 
cording to  the  Qblervations  you  fhall  fee  in  the  Life.  The 
Heightenings  are  to  be  left  (the  Silver  being  brightly  burnifh- 
ed)  as  in  th zGold.  The  Thinner  part  of  the  Shadows,  be- 

ing part  of  the  Depth  of  the  Shadows,  muft  be  tempered 
with  a little  Shell-Silver , and  muft  be  fweetly  and  neatly 
wrought  into  the  Silver,  and  laid  very  Flat  and  Even,  as  be- 
fore mentioned. 

The  manner  of'  drawing  Chas'd  or  Embojfed  Armour . 

If  in  the  Armour  there  be  any  Carving  or  Embofjing , or 
Shining  Armour , as  I have  often  feen,  and  the  Lighter  places 
of  it  muft  be  Sparkling,  you  may  very  finely  exprefs  it  by 
Railing  in  thole  High  and  Round  places  with  a Tempera- 
ture of  Gall-ftone  and  Roman  0\er,  by  Touching  with  your 
Pencil  full  of  the  Colour  of  it  over  and  over  in  one  and  the 
fame  place,  till  the  Heap  or  Touches  be  railed  above  the 
other  Work;  that  done.  Cover  over  the  Rais’d  Work 
with  the  fineft  Shell  Gold , which  is  made  at  Antwerp  y hen  you 
burnifh  it  with  a Weefel's  Tooth  ; and  fo  the  like  if  it  be 
Silver  Embojfed.  To  exprefs  the  Roundnefs  and  Luftreof 
a Pearl , you  fhadow  it  with  Indigo , Cherry-flone  Blacl ^ , and 
a little  Pin\ j.  Cherry  f one  burnt , and  Dan ^ Pint and  Rufl, 
area  very  good  Shadow  for  Silver  Armour , and  fb  is  Ivory 
burnt  and  Darb^  Pinl 

• v 1 

The  manner  of  making  Paftils  or  Cryons,  with  the  fever  a l 

ways  ofZJfing  them. 

I have  oblerved  in  Dry  Colours,  or  Cryons,  that  they  are 
wrought  in  leveral  manners  or  ways : The  firft  is  that  of 
Valyant , whole  manner  is  to  place  leveral  frnall  Heaps  of  Co- 
lours in  Powder  upon  White  Paper,  of  leveral  Tempera- 
tures, according  to  the  Objed  he  draws  after,  whether  the 

Mm  Life 


26  An  APPENDIX  to 

Life  or  Painting.  His  Out-lines  being  firft  drawn,  he  makes 
ufe  of  feveral  Rolls  of  White  Paper,  very  hard  and  clofe 
rolled  up,  about  the  length  of  a Pencil  flick  ufed  in  Limning, 
and  fome  of  them  about  the  thicknefs  of  the  lame,  bigger  or 
lefler  according  as  is  neceflary,  with  which  he  rubs  in  the  fe- 
veral  Colours.  His  Work  is  reafonably  Neat,  and  has  a 
pretty  good  Force.  And  fome  of  the  French  M afters  have 
a manner  which  differs  but  in  two  things  from  the  former, 
inftead  of  the  Rolls  of  Paper  they  make  ufe  of  Stubbed  Pen- 
cils ; and  fome  of  them  are  fluffed  with  Cotton,  and  fome 
others  with  Bombaft  : And  inftead  of  placing  the  Colours 
on  Paper,  they  put  them  in  fmall  Boxes  of  Fur.  But  that 
way  of  drawing  with  a Paflil  about  the  length  of  a Finger,  I 
efteem  as  the  beft  manner,  which  is  compofed  of  feveral  Co- 
lours and  Mixtures  ground  together,  of  a good  Confiftence 
or  Stiffnefs,  and  fo  rolled  up  and  dried.  They  ufed  formerly 
to  temper  them  with  Milk,  Beer,  or  Ale,  and  feme  have 
anciently  made  ufe  of  ftale  Size  to  bind  the  Colours  toge- 
ther: But  I approve  of  none  of  thefe;  for  either  they  bind 
the  Colours  fo  hard,  that  you  cannot  draw  at  all  with  them, 
or  elfe  they  arefo  brae kly  or  loo fe  that  you  cannot  fharpen 
them  to  a good  point. 

The  hejl  manner  of  making  Cryons. 

Firft,  temper  as  many  Paftils  as  there  are  Varieties  and 
Changes  of  Colourings  in  Flefh  or  Faces,  Draperies,  Land- 
skips,  &c.  making  them  Lighter  or  Deeper  according  to  your 
Phanfie.  And  1 fhall  with  the  manner  of  the  Relation  of 
one  dired  you  how  to  make  all  the  reft  : As  for  Example, 
If  you  were  to  make  a Paflil  for  a Brown  Glowing  Comple- 
xion, grind  upon  your  ftone  Cerufe  and  Vermilion , Englifh 
Ofyr, and  a little  Pin\j>  you  need  not  be  too  Curious  to  grind 
them  extremely  Fine,  but  Reafonably  to  bruife  and  mix  them 
well  together ; to  this  adde  a proportionable  quantity  of 

Plafler 


2 


the  Art  of  L I M N I N G. 

Plalier  of  Pans  burnt,  and  finely  lifted  through  a fine  Tiffany 
Sieve,  then  mix  that  and  incorporate  it  with  all  the  Co- 
lours indifferently  Thick  and  Stiff'  like  moift  Clay ; and 
then  take  it  from  the  Stone,  and  roll  it  up  into  a Lump,  out 
of  which  Lump  you  make  your  Paftil,  by  rolling  it  with 
the  Palm  of  your  Hand  upon  your  (lone,  a fmall  quantity  of 
it,  as  much  as  will  make  a Pajlil  about  the  length  of  a Fin- 
ger, and  about  the  thicknefs  of  a Goofe-quilJ,  then  lay  it  in 
the  Sun  to  dry,  or  the  Wind,  but  not  by  the  Fire.  In  this 
manner,  and  with  this  mixture  of  P Infer  of  Par  is; with  all  the 
other  Colours  and  Shadows  in  general,you  will  make  them  of 
a Gentle  quality, and  bind  theColours  together, and  make  them 
hold  fharpening  to  a fine  point,  which  otherwife  would  be 
too  loofe  and  brittle.  So  being  dry  you  may  fharpen  them 
with  a Pen-knife  to  a good  point,  fb  fharp  that  you  may 
draw  a Hair.  The  Colour  mod  difficult  to  work  in  this 

kind  is  Crimfon , if  you  make  ufe  of  Lafy,  which  you  may 
avoid,  and  make  ufe  of  Kojfet.  Be  fure  to  mix  Cerufe  with 
all  the  other  Colours  and  Shadows  whatfoever,  Another 
way  to  make  a Crimfon  Cryon , to  prevent  it  from  being  brittle 
or  hard,  you  may  temper  it  with  a Lighter  mixture  of  the 
fame,  which  will  make  it  more  fo ft  and  gentle.  And  ip  this 
manner  with  Compofitions  you  may  make  all  manner  of 
Beautiful  Colours,  as  Greens  for  Landskips,  and  all  other 
Colours  for  Rocks,  Grounds, Skies,  Waters,  &c. 

The  Temperatures  for  Greens  are  made  of  Pin\  and  Bice5 
and  MafliCote  and  Smalt,  and  Maflicote  and  Indigo, with  which 
Colours  you  may  make  them  Lighter  or  Deeper  as  you 
pleafe,  remembering  that  where  you  are  to  temper  fo  ft  or 
firm  Colours,  as  Vmher , Ofyr,  Indigo y &c.  you  are  to  take  the 
lels  Phifer  of  Paris  • and  where  theColours  are  loofe  there 
bind  them  ftronger  and  fader  by  adding  more  Plajler  of  Pa- 
ris. And  when  your  Cryons  are  dry,  before  you  begin  to 
Draw,  fharpen  with  a Pen-knife,  according  to  the  largenefs 
or  fmalnefs  of  yourDefign, 

Mm2  An* 


Mm2 


An  APPENDIX  to 


28 

The  manner  of  Laying  the  Ground  Fleflh-colour  for  a Face 
to  he  wrought  upon  with  Cryons. 

The  befl:  way  is  to  colour  the  Paper  that  you  intend  to 
Draw  on  with  a Carnatian  or  F left-colour, near  the  Complexi- 
on of  the  Party  you  intend  to  draw  after  ; cover  the  whole 
Paper  with  the  faid  Complexion,  which  is  made  of  Cerufe 
Meny  and  a little  Tdlow  Ofyr  ground,  with  a little  Gum  Ara- 
bic\ : When  you  prepare  them  make  a good  parcel  of  Va- 

rious Complexions  together,  it  being  not  worth  while  to 
make  one  at  a time.  You  lay  this  Ground  colour  with  a 
Wet  Spunge,  but  let  the  Colour  be  fo  bound  with  Gumy hat 
it  may  not  Itir  from  the  Paper  by  Rubbing  with  your  Fin- 
ger on  it.  1 his  being  done  and  dry,  you  Skets  or  draw  the 
firfl:  Rough  Draught  with  Cole  ; that  being  as  you  would 
have  it,  you  draw  over  the  fame  Lines  again  more  perfe&ly 
with  RedChal\,  then  with  your  feveral  PaHils  you  rub  in 
your  Colours  firfl:,  then  with  your  Fingers  you  fweeten  and 
mix  them  together, driving  and  Scomeling  them  one  into  ano- 
ther after  the  manner  of  the  Oy  1-Painters.  And  becaufe  many 
times  the  Paflih  will  not  fharpen  to  fo  good  a point  as  Blacky  or 
lied Cha\ , you  mud  be  extremely  careful  to  clofe  and  finifh 
all  your  Work  at  lafl:  with  Red  and  Blac\Ckal\,  which  you 
may  fharpen  at  your  pleafure.  I fhall  not  need  to  infifl:  up- 
on particulars  of  this  manner  of  Drawing,  but  if  you  pleafe 
to  take  a view  ot  that  Book  of  Pi&ures,  which  are  all  drawn 
by  the  Life,  by  the  Incomparable  Ffand  of  Hans  Holbean 
Painter  to  King  Henry  the  Eighth  ; they  are  the  Pi&ures  of 
mod  of  the  Englift  Nobility  (both  Lords  and  Ladies)  then  li- 
ving ; and  were  the  Paterns  whereby  he  Painted  his  Pi&ures 
in  Oyl,  They  are  all  drawn  in  the  fame  manner  o fCryon 
before  mentioned,  although  fome  of  them  are  miferably  fpoil- 
ed  either  by  Injurie  of  Time,  or  the  Ignorance  of  thofe  that 
had  them  formerly  in  Keeping  j yet  you  will  find  fomething 

in 


the  Art  of  L I M N I N G.  2 d 

in  thofe  Raines  an  Admirable  Hand  and  Rare  Manner  of 
Working  ; who  with  few  Lines  and  little  Labour  exprefied 
the  Life  fo  Extraordinarily  well,  that  by  many  they  are 
efteemed  not  much  Inferiour  to  his  Admirable  Works  in 
Oyl.  This  Book  has  been  long  a Wanderer,  but  is  now 
mod  happily  fallen  into  the  Kings  Collediom 

There  is  another  Ordinary  way  of  Drawing  with  Cryons 
on  Blew  Paper:  The  Ground-colours  are  to  be  rubbed  in 
firft  with  a Pencil,  and  afterwards  with  a Stubbed  Pencil  or 
your  Finger.  And  if  you  pleafe  you  may  work  upon 
Parchment  exceeding  Neat  and  Curious.  In  this  manner  1 
have  feen  Little  Pieces  extreme  Curioufly  done  by  the  Hand 
of  that  Great  Maher  Hen  Goli^m  (the  Faces  were  about  the 
bignefs  of  a Jacobus')  who  was  not  onely  Famous  for  Paint- 
ing, but  alio  an  Extraordinary  Engraver,  which  his  Prints 
fufficiently  doteftifie;  efpecially  his  Twelve  Pieces  of  the 
Palfion  of  our  Saviour,  in  which  he  imitated  Lucas  Van  Ley- 
dens manner  fo  Extraordinarily  well,  that  they  are  efteemed 
as  good,  if  not  better.  As  alfo  his  Six  Incomparable  Mafter- 
Pieces,in  which  he  imitates  Six  of  the  mod  Eminent  Matters, 
as  in  one,  which  is  the  Storie  of  Our  B.’efled  Ladie,  he  imi- 
tates that  Admirable  R afhaelVrban  ; and  in  a fecond,  being 
the  Fliftorie  of  Elizabeth's  Saluting  the  Blefted  Virgin,  he 
imitates  the  Incomparable  Parmence,  and  in  the  third,  being 
the  Birth  of  Our  Saviour,  he  imitates  Titian^  that  Grand  Ma- 
fter ; and  in  the  fourth,  being  the  Storie  where  Our  Saviour 
is  playing  with  and  embracing  Saint  John , in  their  Infancie, 
in  which  he  imitates  Brodcius  ; in  the  fifth,  being  the  Storie 
of  the  Three  Kings  or  Wifemen  Offering  to  Our  Saviour,  he 
imitates  Lucas  Van  Leyden ; in  the  fixth,  which  is  the  Storie 
of  the  Circumcifion  of  our  Saviour,  he  imitates  Albert  Dure . 
In  the  fame  Piece  he  hath  Grav’d  his  own  Pidure  ftanding, 
under  an  Arch  of  the  Temple,  which  you  may  diftinguifli  by 
his  Picked  Beard  and  great  ftreight  Whiskers. There  is  ano- 
ther fmall  Print  of  his,  which  is  counted  the  beft  that  he 

N n hath 


3o  Ail  APPENDIX  to 

' 

hath  done,  which  is  that  of  Our  Saviours  Taken  from  the 
Crofs,  and  Lying  in  the Blefled  Virgins  Lap;  in  which  he 
imitates  Albert  Dure's  manner.  1 have  feen  Pi&ures  done  by 
Henry  Golt^im  in  Cryons , that  at  a fmall  diftance  you  would 
have  taken  them  for  Limning.  Some  he  drew  upon  the 
Rough  fide  of  Velam,  and  feme  on  the  Smooth  fide  of 
Parchment,  being  rubbed  in  with  lmall  Stubbed  Pencils,  and 
finifhed  with  lharp^pointed  Red  and  His  Paflih 

were  about  the  length  of  a Finger,  and  about  the  thicknefs  of 
a Goofe-quill. 

Another  manner  of  mafyngCryons. 

Take  your  Colours  and  grind  them  very  fine  dry  upon  a 
done,  then  fift  it  thorough  a fine  Tiffany  Sieve,  then  take  a 
piece  of  Tobacco-pipe  Clay,  and  lay  it  on  your  Grinding 
Stone,  and  temper  it  and  your  Colours  together  with  Strong 
Ale  Wort.  You  mud  have  a fpecial  care  not  to  make 
them  too  Wet,  but  of  a good  temper,  like  moiftClay,  to  roll 
up  with  your  Hand  upon  your  Stone  the  longed  way  ; then 
take  a piece  of  Paper  and  dry  them  in  an  Oven  after  the 
Bread  is  taken  out,  otherwife  dry  them  in  a Fire-fhovel,  and 
dry  them  by  degrees  untill  they  be  hard  enough  ; which  to 
know,  have  a piece  of  Paper  by  you,  and  try  if  they 
Cad,  which  if  they  do,  they  are  not  dry  enough  ; then  dry 
them  till  they  will  not  cad;  and  then  take  a Feather  and  feme 
Sallet  Oyl,  and  oyl  them  lightly  over,  and  fo  lay  them  to 
dry  again,  till  the  Oyl  be  foked  well  into  them,  which  will 
make  them  Good-condition’d  and  work  Free  and  Eafie.  Ob- 
ferve  that  thofe  Colours  which  bind  hard  of  themfelves  mud 
be  tempered  with  lefs  Tobacco-pipe  Clay.  I have  experien- 
ced 2 elloip  Of^er  burnt , and  rolled  it  up  into  a Paftil \ and  dried 
it  with  a Moderate  Heat,  and  when  it  was  throughly  dry  I 
made  it  very  warm,  and  then  dipped  it  intoLinfeed  Oyl,  and 
and  when  the  Oyl  was  well  foked  into  it,  I fharpened  it  to  a 

very 


the  Art  of  L I M N l N G. 

very  fine  point, and  Drew  with  it;  and  it  had  that  quality, 
that  rubbing  with  my  Finger  hard  on  that  which  I drew,  it 
would  not  rub  off,  nor  any  part  of  it  ftir  : and  I believe  all 
the  reft  of  the  Colours  may  be  made  to  have  the  fame  Qua- 
lity. And  without  doubt  thofe  Matters  in  Aldygrave  s time, 
in  Germany,  had  the  way  to  make  all  their  Cryoni  with  that 
quality  not  to  rub  off.  I have  feen  feveral  of  their  Draw- 
ings, that  would  not  Rub  out,  not  onely  of  th  tGerman  Ma- 
kers, but  of  the  Lorn  Dutch , as  of  Golt^ius  and  others,  of 
whom  I have  had  feveral  Drawings,  which  were  extremely 
neat, qualified  as  aforelaid,and(like  Oy  1-painting)  very  ftrong. 

Some  briefObfervationr  and  Dir eff  ions  for  a Toung  ¥ ra- 
ff itioner  in  the  Art  ^ Drawing. 

Obferve  to  draw  all  your  Out-lines  generally  at  firft  very 
Faint  with  a Cole,  becaufe  ifamifs  you  may  rub  it  out  with 
the  Feathers  of  a Ducks  Wing,  and  mend  it  the  eafier  by 
Drawing  Faint ; but  ft  you  lean  hard,  and  draw  very  Black, 
it  will  not  eafily  rub  out.  Next,  be  fare  to  draw  all  your 
Out-lines  right  and  agreeable,  according  to  the  Patern  you 
draw  after,  before  you  begin  to  Shadow  any  part  of  it. 
Then  obferve,  to  draw  thofe  Outlines  next  to  the  Light 
very  Tender  and  Faint.  Then  obferve,  in  all  your  Drawing, 
thofe  former  Rules  and  Proportions  prefcribed  in  general  in 
the  foregoing  Treatife,as  well  as  of  this , and  then  proceed  as 
I have  mentioned  before.  And  after  that  you  have  drawn 
one  Feature,  that  may  ferve  in  feme  meafure  for  diredion 
how  to  draw  the  other,  by  obferving  exaftly  with  your  Eye, 
being  guided  by  Reafbn,the  diftancefrom  that  to  the  next 
Feature,  making  a (mail  mark  with  your  Cole  where  it  ist 
be  placed^  and  then  you  draw  it,  and  fo  to  the  next  This 
Obfer  vance  of  the  Diftances  is  neceftary  in  a Whole  Figure, 
and  in  every  thing  elfe.  In  a Figure  you  obferve  by  the  di- 
ftance  from  one  Mufcle,  or  Joynt,  or  Limb,  to  the  other, 

N n 2 and 


32  An  APPENDIX  to 

and  the  lame  in  all  things  elfe.  Obferve  their  Bignels,  thei 
Length,  their  Windings  and  Turnings, as  a !fc>  their  Shadows 
too.  Obferve  to  Shadow  it  next  to  the  Light  extremely 
Faint,  and  where  you  fee  Bold  and  Free  Touches,  be  not  Ti- 
morous in  Expreffing  the  fame.  Be  lure  in  drawing  of  a 
Head  by  the  Life,  or  otherwife,  that  you  obferve  to  place 
your  Features  exadly  right  upon  the  Crols  Lines,  whether 
it  be  a Full  Face  ora  Three  quarter,  as  you  may  lee  in  the 
firft Print  at  the  Letter^.  As  for  thole  Heads  in  the  lame 
Print  that  ffie  upwards  in  F orejhortemng , there  you  rnufc 
obferve  to  make  the  Crols  Lines  to  flie  upwards;  and  in  thole 
Heads  that  decline  with  the  Afpedt  downwards,  to  make 
them  bending  downwards  in  a Circular  manner,  and  not 
ftreight.  And  after  that  you  have  the  Out-lines  true,  you 
proceed  to  trace  over  the  feme  Lines  with  a Pen,  which  you 
Skets’d  but  rudely  before  with  a Cole,  and  draw  all  the  Out- 
lines more  exadly,  and  then  finifh  by  degrees  , by  imita- 
ting all  the  Hatches  that  are  in  the  Print  with  your  Pen.  Ob- 
ferve the  diftances  of  one  Hatch  from  the  other, with  all  their 
Crollings, 'Turnings,  and  Windings;  and  be  not  Timorous 
in  following  any  of  them,  but  Bold  and  Free. 

Thus  I have  briefly  comprehended  thefe  things  in  a Gene- 
ral way,  and  given  you  fuch  Obfervations  and  Inftrudions 
as  I thought  were  moft  Convenient  concerning  the  feveral 
Arts  before  mentioned,  and  fhall  Conclude  with  giving  you 
an  account  of  the  Original  Invention  of  Drawing  and  Paint- 
ings and  the  Place  where  it  was  found,  and  the  Manner  how 
the  Art  of  Painting  was  railed  out  of  the  Grave  ( after  it  had 
been  fo  long  Extind)  into  Italy  again. 


Of 


the  Art  of  LIMN  IN  G.  ^ 


Of  the  Original  Invention  of  the  Art  of  Drawing  and 

Painting, , 


This  Art  was  Found  out  or  invented  firft  in  Egypt,  and 
Card  Van  Winder  (in  his  Hiflory  of  the  Lives  of  the  moji 
Eminent  Painters , &c  ) gives  this  Account,  that  it  was  found 
out  and  invented  firlt  in  Egypt  by  one  Gyges,  born  in  the 
Province  of  ‘Lydia,  and  called  by  the  Ancient  Writers  Ly- 
dia Maoma ; the  principal  City  of  it  was  fituated  near  the 
Hill  Tmolm , and  was  called  Sardis.  Quintilian  relates  fur- 
ther, that  The  Art  of  Drawing  did  take  its  Original  from  the 
Shadow  which  the  Sun  did  caff,*  and  moreover  he  tells  us, 
that  it  was  invented  by  a Shepherd,  who  attending  his  Flock 
in  a Sun-fhining  Day,  happened  to  cart  his  Eye  upon  the 
Shadow  of  one  of  his  Sheep,  which  flood  before  him  on  a 
plain  Sandy  Ground,  and  phanfied  to  trace  with  his  Stick  on 
the  Sandy  Ground  round  about  upon  the  Edge  of  the  Sha- 
dow' ; and  (afrer  the  Sheep  was  gone)  there  remained 
the  perfeil  Out-lines  of  a Sheep,  with  which  he  was  extreme- 
ly taken  ; From  w hence  the  Ancients  took  their  firfl  Deli- 
neation. And  afterwards  were  added  the  Inward  Lines  for 
diftineiion  of  the  Members,  delineated  and  made  after  the 
meafure  of  the  Eye  : and  fofrom  time  to  time  through  new 
Inventions  this  Art  was  improved. 


And  how  much  this  Art  of  Painting  tranfeends  other  Arts, 
that  Famous  Plutarch  gives  us  an  Account  of  one  Cajfander , 
(a  Captain  to  Alexander  the  Great")  who  at  a certain  time  be- 
holding the  Artificial  Counterfeit  of  the  forementioned  Ale- 
xander ,&c.  was  (o  extreme  joyfully  furprifed  and  taken  with 
the  Glorious  Majcftical  Looks , that  wrere  reprefen  ted  in 
thePiflure,  that  it  had  almofl  aftonifhed  him.  And  we  read 
of  Quefis , which  had  fo  great  efieemof  his  own  Pieces, that  he 
imagined  no  man  could  give  fo  much  for  his  Work  as  it  de- 

O o ferved, 


34  An  APPENDIX  to 

ferved,  and  therefore  chofe  rather  to  give  them  away,  then 
to  Undervalue  the  Art. 

Tbe  Life  of  J o h n C i m a b u e,  of  Florence, 

Painter . 

When  Wretched  Italy  was  Co  miferably  overw  helmed  by 
the  Horrid  Deluge  of  Unfortunate  War,  that  notonely  7 he 
Art  of  Painting,  but  alfo  the  Painters  did  all  fail,  and  were 
utterly  Extinft.  But  Providence  was  plealed  in  the  Year 
of  our  Lord  1240,  to  raile  at  Florence  one  John  Sirnamed 
Cimabue,  of  a Noble  Family,  who  railed  The  Art  if  Painting 
as  it  were  out  of  the  Grave,  where  it  had  been  buried  a long 
time,  and  revived  it  again.  He  being  an  Ingenious  Youth 
was  kept  to  good  Literature ; but  in  regard  that  Nature  in- 
fligated  him  to  other  things,  he  bellowed  much  time  at 
School  in  Drawing  of  Little  Men,  Horfes,  Houles,  and  other 
Fi  gures  j untill  it  happened  that  leveral  Grecian  Painters 
came  to  Florence  by  the  Appointment  of  the  Prince,  not  fo 
much  to  fettle  there,  as  to  renew  and  bring  to  Life  again 
fome  old  decayed  Paintings  ; who  being  there  imployed  in 
a Church,  Cw/abue  would  many  times  abfent  himfelf  from 
School  whole  days  together  to  fee  them  Paint ; fo  that  the 
Painters  and  alfb  his  Father  perceiving,  that  if  the  Lad  had 
but  fbme  fmall  Fundamental  Inftrudions  in  that  Art  for  the 
Beginning,  he  might  haply  attain  to  greater  perfection  ; 
which  afterwards  came  to  pals,  for  he  lo  improved  his  Learn- 
ingjthat  in  afhorttime  he  went  beyond  his  Mailers  in  that 
Art,  and  had  a Method  of  Drawing  a great  deal  more  Inge- 
nious then  they,  who  aimed  no  higher  then  to  follow  what 
they  had  been  accuflomed  to ; (a  very  Barbarous  Grecian 
manner,  far  differing  from  the  Ancient  Painting  of  the  Fa- 
mous Greeks  ! ) Infomuch  that  his  Name  and  W orks  added 
much  to  the  Fame  and  Honour  of  his  Native  City,  whick 
he  beautified  and  adorned  in  feveral  Publick  Places  and 

Churches  j 


the  Art  of  L I M N I N G.  ^5 

Churches;  reprefinting in  his  Works  fptiie  Pourtraicfures 
after  the  Life,  which  at  that  time  was  a Novelty.  Neither 
were  his  things  drawn  like;  his  Matters,  but  more  Smooth 
and  Fluent,  as  well  in  Nailed  Bodies,  as  Draperies  and  Hiflo- 
ries;  befides  figures  upon  Wood,  with  Egge  and  Size  Co- 
lours ; and  alfo  upon  Walls  in  Frefco , which  full  remain  and 
are  to  be  feen  at  Florence  of  his  Doing,  although  many  are 
decayed:  fi>  that  at  latt  his  Works  were  difperied  through* 
out  all  Italy.  And  it  fiems  very  ftrange  to  any  one  that  lees 
them  now,  to  imagine  how  a man  in  fo  Dark  an  Age  could 
be  fb  Excellent  in  our  Art.  One  of  his  Pieces  was  carried 
from  his  Houfe  with  Solemn  Mufick  in  a Stately  Procettion 
to  the  Church  of  Sanffa  Maria  del  Nova,  andhew’as  very 
well  latisfied  by  the  Clergy  for  the  fame.  It  is  reported  by 
Ancient  Writers , that  he  painted  a Piece  in  a certain  Court 
by  St.  Peter  s Gate,  and  when  Charles  the  French  King  patted 
through  Florence,  he  went  to  fee  the  fame,  and  all  the  people 
of  the  City,  (both  Men  and  W omen)  in  a great  Croud  did 
jovially  relort  thither ; fo  that  the  place  to  this  day  is  cal- 
led Jovial  At  Prfa  he  painted  a Piece  with  Egge  Colours, 
being  our  Saviour  on  theCrols,  with  fome  Angels  weeping, 
and  holding  in  their  Elands  a Scrole,  containing  words  pro- 
ceeding out  of  Cbrifl's  Mouth  to  the  Ears  of  the  Virgin  Ma- 
ry, who  flood  on  his  Right  Hand  alio  weeping,  Mnlier , ecce 
Film  tans  ; and  on  his  Left  Hand  to  John , Ecce  Mater  tua . 
In  the  Hand  of  an  Angel  another  Scrole, Ex  ilia  horaaccepit 
earn  D/fcipulas  in  faam  domum.  By  which  one  may  perceive 
that  Cimabue  began  to  open  the  Path  of  Inventions,  and  to 
give  light  to  his  meaning,  by  exprefling  it  with  words,  which 
was  then  a New  Invention  not  known  before.  He  was  alfo 
skilful  in  Architecture.  He  died  in  the  Sixtieth  Year  of  his 
Age  in  the  Year  of  our  Lord  1300,  having  fufficiently  rai- 
led 1 he  Art  of  Painting  to  a new  Efteem  and  Reputation. 
He  left  behind  him  many  Difiiples , and  amongtt  others 
£>ne  Giotto,  who  became  a Singular  Painter,  and  conti- 

O o 2 nued 


S6  An  APPENDIX  to 

J 

nued  dwelling  in  his  Mailers  Houle  in  Cucumber  Street, 
Cimabue's  Epitaph  was  thus,* 

Credidit  ut  Cimabos  Pi&urx  cafra  tenere  • 

Sic  tenuity  verum  nunc  tenet  ajlra  Poli, 

True  it  is, \f  Giotto  had  not  Excelled  his  Mailer  fo  much, 
the  Fame  of  Cimabue  had  been  in  more  Renown,  as  the  Poet 
Dante  relates  in  his  Purgatory  Saying  ,• 

Cimabue  for  the  befl  Painter  reputed  was,  but  for  that 

Giotto  now  hath  got  the  Report, he  fains  his  Fame, 

The  Expounders  of  Dante , who  wrote  in  the  time  o{  Gi- 
otto, about  Twelve  Years  after  the  Death  of  the  Poet,  Anno 
1334,  lay  upon  thefe  Verl ^s, Cimabue  of  Florence  was  a Pain- 
ter of  very  Noble  Works,  but  lb  Cholerick  and  Hally,  that 
if  any  one,  or  himlelf,did  but  lee  the  leall  Fault  or  Defed  in 
his  Paintings,  as  lometimes  it  happened  by  the  Colours  or 
Inftrumcnts,  he  would  be  apt  to  break  or  fpoil  them,  were 
they  never  fo  Godly. 

The  Life  of  S t e p h a n if  s.  Painter  ^/Florence. 

The  Alluring  defire  of  Sweet  Profit  and  Pleafant  Honour 
with  Natural  Inclinations  and  Love  to  Art,  have  preferred 
this  Man  and  Difciple  of  Giotto  (by  his  Pradicks  and  Indu- 
llry)  to  fuch  a Perfedion,  that  he  did  not  onely  exccll  all  his 
PredecelTors  in  the  Art, but  furpafled  his  Mailer  fo  far,  that 
he  wasefteemcd  defervedly  for  The  be  ft  Painter  of  his  time , 
as  his  Works  evidently  do  witnels.  At  Pi  fa  he  Painted  a 
Madonna  in  a Church  called  Ca  npo  Santo  Spirito,  which  Piece 
was  more  Rare  in  Drawing  and  Painting  then  that  of  his 
Mailers.  Alio  at  Florence , in  the  Cloy  Iter  of  Santo  Spirito, 
he  painted  three  Arches  in  Frefco  > in  the  firlt  he  reprelented 

the 


the  Art  of  L I M N 1 N G.  3^ 

the  Transfiguration  of  Chrifl  on  Mount  1 aim , with  Alofes 
and  Elias  ; where  the  Splendour  of  our  Bleffed  Saviour  re- 
fieds  upon  the  three  Apoftles,  which  appears  Extraordinari- 
ly and  Rarely  interwoven  in  their  Draperies,  in  luch  manner 
that  the  Nailed  may  be  perceived  thorough  the  Pleats  and 
Folds  of  their  Habits,  which  before  never  was  obferved,  nay 
not  by  Giotto  himfelf.  in  another  Hiflory  he  repreEnted 
the  P ojfljfed Man  whom  Chrifl  healed,  and  a Perfped  of  Ar- 
chite&ure  according  to  the  beft  Art  of  Perfpedives,  whereof 
little  was  then  known  ; which  he  accomplillied  with  Great 
Jud  gment  and  Good  Invention ; the  Columns,  Portals,Gates 
and  Windows,  all  according  to  their  Dimenfion  and  Pro- 
portion in  a Modern  manner  ; but  fo  much  differing  from 
the  Works  of  other  Mafters,  that  it  was  eafily  perceived  he 
had  the  beft  manner  in  that  particular.  A mongft  other  Pie- 
ces of  Shortenings  he  reprefented  a Pair  of  Stairs  or  Steps, of 
a ftrange  Invention,  which  afterwards  was  imitated  in  Build- 
ing, He  made  alfd  the  Hiftory  how  Chrift  laved  the  Apo - 
flies  from  perifhing  at  Sea;  where  he  reprefented  very  rarely 
the  fear  and  terrour  of  the  Apoflles  in  their  Poffures  and 
Countenances/or  it  feems  as  if  Peter  had  (poke  and  cried  out. 
Lord , help  us,rve  perijh.  This  Piece  is  efteemed  for  its  Beau- 
ty and  Foldings  in  the  Draperies , and  other  tilings,  as  the  beft 
Piece  of  all  others  of  the  fame  nature.  Amongft  others  of 
his  Works  he  painted  in  a Chapel  the  Fall  of  Lucifer,  with 
feveral  manneis  of  Shortenings  in  Bodies,  Arms,  and  Legs ; for 
which  he  was  called  or  nickmamed  by  the  Arcifls  The  Ape  of 
Nature  Moreover,  our  Stephen  painted  many  other  Pieces 
in  his  Native  City,  asalfo  at  Milan , Rome , and  elEwhere; 
but  Specially  at  Afcefl,  where  he  painted  an  Excellent  Piece, 
reprefenting  in  it  a Heavenly  Glory,  not  yet  finifhed,  by  rea- 
fon  that  hisQccafions  called  him  to  Florence ; here  he  paint- 
cd  in  fome  Round  Circles  feveral  Saints  (Male  and  Female) 
in  fuch  different  Ages  and  rare  Poftures,  fome  Old,  others  of 
a Middle  Age,  and  (bme  Young,  fo  well,  that  it  could  not  be 

P p defired 


j8  An  APPENDIX  to 

defired  better  : there  you’l  perceive  in  the  Heavenly  Spirits 
fuch  a Sweetnefs  of  Harmony  and  Eflence,  that  it  feems  al- 
moft  impoflible  that  it  fliould  be  done  by  any  Man  in  that 
Age.  Moreover,  above  thefe  fome  Angels  are  playing  in 
the  Glory  with  many  forts  of  A&ionsand  Adorations,ho!d- 
ing  in  their  Hands  The feaven  Churches  of  Afia,  mentioned  in 
the  Revelations , with  fuch  a rare  Graceful  Manner  and  Come- 
linefs,  that  it  is  to  be  admired  It  is  reported  alfo  that  he 
was  a Rare  Architect.  He  died  in  the  beginning  of  the  Ju- 
bilee, Anno  1 550,  in  the  49th.  Year  of  his  Age.  His  Epi- 
taph is  this ; 

Stephano  Florentino  P iB or  i,  facie  ndis  I magi- 
nibus,  ac  Color andis  F iguris , nulli  unquam  inferior*. 

Affine s moeflifs . 

And  now  ( Kind  Reader ) by  the  Lives  of  thefe  Two  Emi- 
nent Painters  I have  given  you  a tafte  of  aDefgn  which  I have 
almoji  perfetled,  that  ^ THE  LIVES  OF  ALL 

THE  MOST  EMINENT  PAINTERS 

that  could  be  Colie  bled,  Written  Originally  in  Low  Dutch  by 
CarelVan  M ande  r,  Painter  of  Molenbeke,W  by  me 
faithf ully  Tran  fated, (as  well  Ancient  as  Modern y\ z.Egyptian, 
Grecian,  Italian,  High  Dutch  and  Low  Dutch,  and  all  other 
Eminent  Majlers  of  this  Age.)  Which  being  a Worl ^ too 
Chargeable  for  ONE  SINGLE  HAND  to  carry 
on , (not  onely  in  rejpeB  of  the  Sculptures  fut  the  Charge  ^Print- 
ing afo)  1 cannot  promife  to  Publifh , unlefs  I can  meet  with  fome 
Reajonable  Encouragement  from  the  Ingenious  Lovers  of  Art. 

7 his  following  Obfervation  was  forgot,  of  Lay  mg  the  Ground - v 
colour  for  Hair,  and  the  manner  of  Heightening 

and  Deepening . 

Ail  Hair  generally  in  Miniture  is  to  be  laid  on  with  a 
Medium. Colour,  that  is  to  fay,  not  fo  Light  as  the  Lighted, 

AT/  nor 


V.  U Vfc 


the  Art  of  L I M N / N G.  g.p 

°or  io  Deep  as  the  Deeped  Shadow,  but  a Middling  Colour 
^etween  both,  on  which  you  may  both  Heighten  and  Deepen 
by  degrees  at  your  plealure.  The  Reafon  why  you  are  not 
to  lay  it  on  with  lb  Light  a Colour  as  the  Lighted  Heighten- 
ing, is  becaufe  it  will  require  a long  time  to  work  down ; and 
if  fo  Dark  as  the  Deeped  Shadow,  you  cannot  Deepen  it 
lower  with  the  fame  Colour.  Oblerve  to  lay  this  Ground- 
colour extremely  Even  and  Smooth,  and  the  Nimbler  you 
lay  it, the  better.  Make  uleof  a Goofe-quill  Pencil,  and  let 
the  Temperature  thereof  be  not  too  Thin,  becaule  the  Parch- 
ment will  appear  through  theGround,which  otherwi/e  it  will 
cover  very  well ; and  rather  then  it  fliould  appear  thorough, 
when  the  Ground  is  dry  that  is  fird  laid,  go  over  the  lame 
again. 

A DVERTISEMENTS . 

Becaufe  it  is  very  difficult  to  procure  the  Colours  for  Limn- 
ing  rightly  prepared,  of  the  hefl  and  brisl^ef  Colours , I have  made 
it  pan  of  my  hufmefs  any  time  thefe  1 6 Tears , to  colled  as  many 
of  them  as  were  exceeding  good , not  onely  here , hut  beyond  the  Seas . 
And  for  thofc  Colours  that  I could  not  meet  with  all  to  my  mind , I 
have  tad^en  the  care  and  pains  to  mafe  them  my  felf  Cut  of 
which  ColleUion  I have  prepared  a fufficient  Quantity , not  onely 
for  my  own  ufe , but  being  refolved  not  to  be  Niggardly  oft the  fame , 
am  willing  to  fupply  any  Ingenious  Perjons  that  have  occajionfor 
the  fane  at  a reafonable  rate , and  all  other  Materials  ufeful  for 
Limning,  which  are  to  be  had  at  my  Lodgingin  Long-acre,^/  the 
Sign  of  the  Pedel  and  Mortar,  an  Apothecary  s Shop  ; and  at 
Mr.  TookerV  Shop)  at  the  Sign  of  the  Globe,  over  againfl  I vie 
Bridge  in  the  Strand. 

Since  the  Printing  of  the  following  Catalogue  there  is  happily 
fallen  into  ALr.Tookers  hands  the  befl  Bool^that  ever  Zeeman 
did , con f fling  of  Men  of  War,  Merchants  Ships,  Fly-boats, 

Ships  Building  and  Careening,  &c. 

FINIS. 

ERRATA. 

In  the  fitft  Treatjfe,  p.icj.i,  t.  for  as  it  mre  round,  p.  13^*34-  t»from  tbsnct,  p.i7»l.uU.  r.  Status s. 


The  Contents  of  the  Appendix. 

rH  E Names  of  the  Colours  mofi  ufeful  and  cnely  neceffary  for  Mi- 
nicure. 2 

Ojthe  nature  andproperty  of  the  Colours  not  ufeful , and  the  Rea- 
fons  why  omitted . 3 

Of  Temperatures  generally  ufed  for  Shadows,  ib. 

The  Temperatures  which  are  ufed  for  drawing  Heads  after  the  Life . 4 

The  Temperatures  which  are  ufed  for  Colouring  and  Shadowing  in  general  for 
Hifiories.  ib. 

Temperatures  for  Hair.  5 

Of  colouring  and JhadowingofHifiory  in  Limning , and  alfo  other  neceffary 
Obfer  nations,  6 

Of  the  four  kinds  o/Colourings,  which  are  generally  to  be  obferved  in  Hifiori- 
cal  Limning.  7 

Obfervations  on  the  complexions  of  Virgins  and  Fair  Toung  women.  8 

Of  the  Temperature  and  colouring  for  Old  Mens  Bodies.  9 

The  manner  of  Dead-colouring  a whole  Figure  neceffary  for  Hiftorical  Limn - 


ing. 


ib. 

11 

12 

13 

1 3^4 


Temperatures  for  Garments  with  their  Shadows . 

Some  further  Directions  how  to  temper  and  mingle  jour  Colours,  isrc. 

Of  Drapery  or  drawing  Apparel . 

Two  ways  of  working  ofV)  rapery. 

Three  Obfervations  in  drawing  o/Garments.  15,16 

Two  Obfervations  for  placing  the  Lights,  and for Jbadowing  of  Garments,  and 
other  things  in  general ; with  the  Reafon  why  the  Shadows  mufi generally 
fall  one  way.  1 7, 1 8 

Of  Profpedive  Proportion.  1 8 

Of  a Graceful  Poflure . 1 9 

Of  Lonfnejs  in  Drawing , and  of  F orefloortening.  20. 

Of  Natural  Guidances.  a l 

Some  further  Obfervations  in  drawing  a Naked  Figure  ftanding  Foreright , 
by  the  Life.  ib. 

Of  the  other  different  particular  Studies  in  Painting.  23 

The  manner  ofdrawingGold  Armour,  Silver  Armour,  and  Chas’d  or  Em- 
boiled  Armour.  24,25 

Three  manners  of  making  Paftils  or  Cryons,  dec.  25,26,30 

The  manner  of  laying  the  Ground  Flefh-colouryor  a Face  to  be  wrought  upon 
with  Cryons.  28 

Some  brief  Obfervations  for  a Toung  Practitioner , isrc.  3 1 

Of  the  Original  Invention  of  the  Art  of  Drawing  and  Painting.  33 

The  Lives  of  John  Cimabue  ^WStephanus,  Painters  oj  Florence.  34,36 
Of  laying  the  Ground-colour  for  Hair,  and  the  manner  of  Heightening  and 
Deepening . *.38 

Two  Adverti feme nts.  ^3  39 

A CATALOGUE 


A Catalogue  of  Plates, 

The  Prints  whereof  are  ufirful  for  Gentlemen,  Artifts.and  Gentlewomen,  and  School-  miftrefles  Works, 
Sold  by  Arthur  Took  f.r,  Stationer  at  the  Globe  oyer  againfi  Salisbury  Houle  in  the 
Strand,  where  you  may  have  choice  of  Maps,  and  al/o  Italian,  Cjetinan,  and  the  Low  Countrey 
Prints,  India  n Ink.,  Abortive  Skins , all  forts  of  P amtings , and  all  Stationary  Wares. 


Plates  of  Arnold  dc  JoJc  bis  Graving. 

An  A'manack  Border  with  Boys,  and  the  Seafons 
of  the  Year,  invented  by  Mr.  Ifaac  Fuller. 

Ars  PifJ/tM,  bring  the  belt  book  extant  inEnglifh 
for  Drawing,  collafted  by  Mr.  Alexander  Ptowne. 

Four  Stories  ol  Ovirl in  ieveral  Plates, vi^.i.Pbacton, 
j. Venus  birth,  ^.Ulyffes  and  the  Syrens, 4 Si/yfbut. 

One  Plate  containing  7 ofthe  Nobilities  Heads. 


Plates  of  Mr.  Gay  woods  Etching , invented  by 
Mr-  Barlow  and  others. 


Two  Badges  or  Choice  of  Signs  for  Bars  and 
Rooms. 

Titian  and  hisMiftrcfs. 


A Cunnie-berry. 

Saint  GEOP^GE- 
Madam  Kfrck. 

A Cats  Head. 

A book  a 4 Leaves,  of  variety  ofBeafts,  Birds,  Flies, 


Fruits,  and  Flowers.  . 

A book  54  Leaves,  of  variety  ofbeaftsin  their  po- 
llutes and  aftions.  . 

A book  9 Leaves,  ol  variety  of  birds  in  their  le- 
veral  ailions.  _ . 

A book  07  Leaves,  of  ieveral  Stories  of  the  begin- 
ning ol  the  PIP  LE. 

A book  of  IWciei  Foldage,  11  Leaves. 

AProfpedt  Viewof  Lynn. 

Sea  fight. 


Several  Plates  Etched  by  Mr. Gay  wood  Mr. Place, 
andJAdr.  Holler. 

A fmall  Sea  Storm. 

A book  5 Leaves,  of  Sea  Havens. 

A book  6 Leaves,  of  Round  Sea  Havens. 

A book  » Leaves,  of  Landskip. 

A Sea  Haven. 

Pych  ft  r Caflle. 

Hurjt  Cafrle. 

Cowes  Caftle. 


Several  forts  ef  Plates  by  sh  Vers  Authors. 

Eight  Plate'  ofthe  King  and  Queen, Duke  and  Due- 
chefs  of  Mount  nth,  Engraven  by  Van  HoVe. 

Eighteen  Heads  ol  Drollery  and  Anticks. 

Three  Plate  ,t> i.Chrift  taken  from  the  Crofs, 
2.  A Friar,  0,-  Saint  Jerom. 

A Perpetual  Almanack  in  a large  border. 

Sixty  Stories  of variety  of  Landskip  and  Ovals  with 
neat  borders, and  vaiiety  of  Bcafts.Birds, Hunt- 
ing, Trees,  Worms,  Fruit,  Flowers,  Fillies,  &c. 
Coloured  fit  for  Cabinets, DrelTing-bores,  Pow- 
der-boxes, Baskets,  Skrecns,  icc. 

Four  Plates  ol  Littlcboys. 

Saint  George 

The  Queen 

The  Duke  ol  Monmouth 

AEaon. 

F I 

-1 


a- 


TbeTi 
TbeT 
Hij 
Tempt 
Of  col 
Ob 
Oftbt 
ca 
Obfer 
Oft  be 
Then. 


ini 

Temp 

Some 


Of  Or 
Two  E 
Tbret 
Two  ( 


fa, 
OfPr 
Of  a ( 
Of  Lc 
Of  N 
Some 
by 

Ofth 
Tbe  7. 

be 

Tbre, 

Tber 

w 

Somt 


Of  the  VTiginai  invention  vj  use  ► vj  ~ Q_  ^ ^ 

Tbe  Lives  of  ] ohnCimabue  ^WStephanus,  Painters  oj  Florence.  34,36 
Of  laying  tbe  Ground-colour  for  Hair,  and  the  manner  of  Heightening  and 
Deepening,  ~ 3 8 

Two  Advertifements,  39 


A 


X 


• k 


1 


Lo  cL&.  . 


V 


{ 


V. 


■ IV.  N. 

■ • 

- 

A’ 


' * • . 


’''vs' 


pW:j 

. *V*£  • . ' 


. 


\ 


*-  *■ .. 


sxSN 


^ To de,  J'c.uTj3  ■ 


I 


aa 


CL  4 1 ■ Cettea-tina.  invent; 


(U  lode.  Jculp 


-A  ■ 2 lomtrb  Irw  e-rvt? 


' cLt*  Jo  dz,  Jc,  i _ 


( 


. 2 u>m,irtZ  Ltwejvf 


-A.  - c/e  j To  J"c-ul^  . 


2.7 


Q.'S ' 


A^lonurt  Jnv  intf 


-A . tLe,  Io  d&  fc , 


■ to 2 0 m ii r~t.  JflV  £ U-it 


-a.9 


_^r ; de  Id  de.  Jeulj)  : 


r 


■jf":